FCA 2017.12.31 20FA


 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 20-F/A
(Amendment No. 1)
 
o
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2017
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
o
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number 001-36675
 
Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
The Netherlands
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
 
25 St. James's Street
London SW1A 1HA
United Kingdom
Tel. No.: +44 (0) 20 7766 0311
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Giorgio Fossati
25 St. James's Street
London SW1A 1HA
United Kingdom
Tel. No.: +44 (0) 20 7766 0311
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Company Contact Person)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on which Registered
Common Shares, par value €0.01
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 1,540,089,690 common shares, par value €0.01 per share, and 408,941,767 special voting shares, par value €0.01 per share.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required




to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ
 
Accelerated filer o
 
Non-accelerated filer o
Emerging growth company o
 
 
 
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP o International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board þ Other o
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow: Item 17 o or Item 18 o.
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No þ
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes o No o

        




EXPLANATORY NOTE
                        
This Amendment No. 1 on Form 20-F/A (the “Amendment”) amends the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017 of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. (“FCA”), as originally filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2018 (the “Original Filing”). FCA is filing the Amendment to include the financial statements and related notes of FCA Bank S.p.A. (“FCA Bank”), an unconsolidated joint venture incorporated in Italy, as required by Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Rule 3-09”). The Amendment also includes certifications by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and corrects a typographical error in the Section 906 certifications in the Original Filing.

Rule 3-09 provides that if a 50 percent-or-less-owned person accounted for by the equity method meets the first or third condition of the significant subsidiary tests set forth in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X, substituting 20 percent for 10 percent, separate financial statements for such 50 percent-or-less-owned person shall be filed. We own a 50 percent non-controlling interest in FCA Bank and account for FCA Bank using the equity method of accounting. FCA Bank met the significant subsidiary test described above at December 31, 2015 and for the year then ended, and did not meet the significant subsidiary test at December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the years then ended. Financial statements at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2014 and for the years then ended are provided for comparative purposes and are not required to be audited.

The Original Filing is being amended by this Amendment to include as exhibits: (i) the FCA Bank audited financial statements at December 31, 2015 and for the year then ended, and unaudited financial statements at December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the years then ended, prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; the designation “IFRS” also includes International Accounting Standards as well as all interpretations of the IFRS Interpretations Committee, (ii) the consent of the independent auditor of FCA Bank and (iii) certifications by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. This Amendment does not affect any other parts of, or exhibits to, the Original Filing, nor does it reflect events occurring after the date of the Original Filing. Accordingly, this Amendment should be read in conjunction with the Original Filing and any documents filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by FCA subsequent to February 20, 2018.

i



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 19.
1
 
2


ii



Item 19. Exhibits
Exhibit
Number
Description of Documents


 
There have not been filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F certain long-term debt instruments, none of which relates to indebtedness that exceeds 10% of the consolidated assets of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. agrees to furnish the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon its request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries.


1



SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F/A and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
 
FIAT CHRYSLER AUTOMOBILES N.V.
 
(Registrant)
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Richard K. Palmer
 
 
 
 
Name: Richard K. Palmer
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Dated: March 2, 2018
 
 


2
Exhibit 12.1 20171231 20FA


Exhibit 12.1
FIAT CHRYSLER AUTOMOBILES N.V.
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Sergio Marchionne, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V., certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F, as amended by Amendment No.1 thereto, of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.





 
 
 
 
Date: March 2, 2018
/s/ Sergio Marchionne
 
Sergio Marchionne
 
Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
 


Exhibit 12.2 20171231 20FA


Exhibit 12.2
FIAT CHRYSLER AUTOMOBILES N.V.
SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Richard K. Palmer, Chief Financial Officer of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V., certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F, as amended by Amendment No.1 thereto, of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.





 
 
 
 
Date: March 2, 2018
/s/ Richard K. Palmer
 
Richard K. Palmer
 
Chief Financial Officer


Exhibit 13.1 20171231 20FA




Exhibit 13.1
FIAT CHRYSLER AUTOMOBILES N.V.
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Sergio Marchionne, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. (the “Company”), hereby certify pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
1.
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, to which this statement is furnished as an exhibit (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2.
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


 
 
 
 
Date: March 2, 2018
/s/ Sergio Marchionne
 
Sergio Marchionne
 
Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
 





Exhibit 13.2 20171231 20FA




Exhibit 13.2
FIAT CHRYSLER AUTOMOBILES N.V.
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Richard K. Palmer, Chief Financial Officer of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. (the “Company”), hereby certify pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
1.
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2017, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, to which this statement is furnished as an exhibit (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2.
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


 
 
 
 
Date: March 2, 2018
/s/ Richard K. Palmer
 
Richard K. Palmer
 
Chief Financial Officer





Exhibit 23.1 20171231 20FA


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

1)
Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-217806) of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V.,

2)
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-201440) pertaining to the Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. Equity Incentive Plan and the Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V. Remuneration Policy of Fiat Chrysler Automobiles N.V.;

of our reports dated February 22, 2016, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of FCA Bank S.p.A. for the year ended December 31, 2015 included in this Amendment to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (Form 20-F/A - Amendment No.1) for the year ended December 31, 2017.



/s/Ernst & Young S.p.A.

Turin, Italy

March 2, 2018




Exhibit 99.1 FCA Bank 2017/2016


Exhibit 99.1
FCA Bank Group
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2017


















CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2017
    














FCA Bank S.p.A.
Registered office: Corso G. Agnelli, 200 - 10135 Turin – www.fcabankgroup.com - Paid-up Share Capital: Euro 700,000,000 - Turin Companies Register n. 08349560014, - Tax and VAT Code 08349560014 - Entered in the Bank Register n. 5764 - Holding of FCA Bank Banking Group - Entered in the Banking Group Register - Cod. ABI 3445 - Entered in Single Register of Insurance Intermediaries (RUI) no. D00016456.

3




CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows














4




CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION



ASSETS
(€/thousand)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE SHEET - ASSETS
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
10.
Cash and cash balances
476
176
20.
Financial assets held for trading
100
2,339
40.
Available-for-sale financial assets
-
12
50.
Held-to-maturity investments
9,594
9,563
60.
Loans and receivables with banks
2,097,642
1,497,903
70.
Loans and receivables with customers
21,253,799
18,555,896
80.
Hedging derivatives
67,119
95,131
90.
Changes in fair value of portfolio hedge items (+/-)
5,124
39,742
100.
Investments in associates and joint ventures
44
47
110.
Insurance reserves attributable to reinsurers
11,321
15,504
120.
Property, plant and equipment
1,959,430
1,490,894
130.
Intangible assets
237,023
226,021
 
- goodwill
181,824
181,824
140.
Tax assets
269,253
320,380
 
a) current tax assets
110,269
158,550
 
b) deferred tax assets
158,984
161,830
160.
Other assets
1,276,052
1,030,027
TOTAL ASSETS
27,186,977
23,283,635
 
 
 
 





5




LIABILITIES AND NET EQUITY
(€/thousand)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
10.
Deposits from banks
8,555,557
8,021,610
20.
Deposits from customers
1,483,490
701,695
30.
Debt securities in issue
13,336,292
11,087,597
40.
Financial liabilities held for trading
5,603
6,996
60.
Hedging derivatives
43,309
68,936
80.
Tax liabilities
166,658
136,019
 
a) current tax liabilities
55,559
43,565
 
b) deferred tax liabilities
111,098
92,454
100.
Other liabilities
871,348
777,205
110.
Provision for employee severance pay
11,947
12,273
120.
Provisions for risks and charges
187,790
213,943
 
a) post-retirement benefit obligations
45,280
46,188
 
b) Other reserves
142,510
167,755
130.
Insurance reserves
12,579
19,526
140.
Revaluation reserves
(29,961)
(18,127)
165.
Interim dividends
(100,000)
-
170.
Reserves
1,328,740
1,015,718
180.
Share premium
192,746
192,746
190.
Issued capital
700,000
700,000
210.
Minorities (+/-)
43,322
38,521
220.
Net Profit (Loss) for the year (+/-)
377,557
308,977
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
27,186,977
23,283,635
 
 
 
 



6




CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
(€/thousand)
 
 
 
 
Item
2017
2016
10.
Interest income and similar revenues
854,953
764,377
20.
Interest expenses and similar charges
(266,183)
(262,984)
30.
Net interest margin
588,770
501,393
40.
Fee and commission income
132,753
122,567
50.
Fee and commission expenses
(49,357)
(42,605)
60.
Net fee and commission
83,396
79,962
80.
Net income from financial assets and liabilities held for trading
(2,210)
(1,023)
90.
Fair Value adjustments in hedge accounting
(1,900)
(3,203)
100.
Profits (losses) on disposal or repurchase of
(12)
-
 
b) available-for-sale financial assets
(12)
-
120.
Operating income
668,044
577,129
130.
Impairment losses on:
(32,588)
(47,337)
 
a) loans
(32,588)
(47,337)
140.
Net profit from financial activities
635,456
529,792
150.
Net premium earned
763
1,038
160.
Net other operating income/charges from insurance activities
2,850
2,937
170.
Net profit from financial and insurance activities
639,069
533,767
180.
Administrative costs
(251,743)
(244,908)
 
a) payroll costs
(159,313)
(149,106)
 
b) other administrative costs
(92,430)
(95,802)
190.
Net provisions for risks and charges
5,098
(10,697)
200.
Impairment on tangible assets
(309,569)
(280,443)
210.
Impairment on intangible assets
(9,143)
(6,946)
220.
Other operating income/charges
447,405
425,767
230.
Operating costs
(117,952)
(117,227)
240.
Profits (losses) on investments in associates and companies subject to joint control
(53)
(32)
280.
Profit before taxes from continuing operations
521,064
416,508
290.
Tax expense related to profit from continuing operations
(138,536)
(104,948)
300.
Net profit from continuing operations
382,528
311,560
320.
Net profit
382,528
311,560
330.
Net profit attributable to Non-controlling interests
(4,971)
(2,583)
340.
Net profit attributable to owners of the parent
377,557
308,977
 
 
 
 



7




CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME



(€/thousand)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
2016
10.
Net profit
382,528
311,560
 
Items of comprehensive income after taxes that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
 
 
40.
Defined-benefit plans
2,987
(8,107)
 
Items of comprehensive income after taxes that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
 
 
80.
Exchange rate differences
(13,665)
(55,979)
90.
Cash flow hedge
2,930
379
130.
Total other Comprehensive income after taxes
(7,748)
(63,707)
140.
Total Comprehensive income (item 10+130)
374,780
247,853
150.
Total Comprehensive income attributable to Non-controlling interests
4,919
2,583
160.
Total Comprehensive income attributable to Owners of the parent
369,861
245,270
 
 
 
 




8





CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AS OF 31/12/2017 AND 31/12/2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(€/thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Closing balance as at 31/12/2016
Changes in opening balance
Balance as at 01/01/2017
Allocation on profit from previous year
Changes during the year
Equity as at
31/12/2017
Equity attributable to Parent Company's shareholders as at
31/12/2017
Non-controlling interests as at 31/12/2017
 
Changes in reserves
Equity transactions
Consolidated comprehensive income for 31/12/2017
 
Reserves
Dividends and other allocations
New share issues
Share buyback
Special dividends paid
Changes in equity instruments
Other changes
Derivatives on shares
Stock options
Interim dividends
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) common shares
703.389
-
703.389
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
703.389
700.000
3.389
b) other shares
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Share premium reserve
195.623
-
195.623
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
195.623
192.746
2.877
Reserves:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) retained earnings
1.045.364
-
1.045.364
311.560
-
3.932
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.360.856
1.328.740
32.116
b) other
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Valuation reserve
(18.101)
-
(18.101)
-
-
(4.143)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(7.748)
(29.992)
(29.961)
(31)
Equity instruments
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Interim dividends
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(100.000)
-
-
-
-
-
(100.000)
(100.000)
-
Treasury shares
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Profit (loss) for the year
311.560
-
311.560
(311.560)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
382.528
382.528
377.557
4.971
Equity
2.237.835
-
2.237.835
-
-
(211)
-
-
(100.000)
-
-
-
-
374.780
2.512.404
 
 
Equity attributable to parent Company's shareholders
2.199.314
-
2.199.314
-
-
(93)
-
-
(100.000)
-
-
-
-
369.861
 
2.469.082
 
Non- controlling interests
38.521
-
38.521
-
-
(118)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.919
 
 
43.322

    










9



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(€/thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Closing balance as at 31/12/2015
Changes in opening balance
Balance as at 01/01/2016
Allocation on profit from previous year
Changes during the year
Equity as at
31/12/2016
Equity attributable to Parent Company's shareholders as at
31/12/2016
Non-controlling interests as at 31/12/2016
 
Changes in reserves
Equity transactions
Consolidated comprehensive income for 31/12/2016
 
Reserves
Dividends and other allocations
New share issues
Share buyback
Special dividends paid
Changes in equity instruments
Other changes
Derivatives on shares
Stock options
Share capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) common shares
702.500
-
702.500
-
-
889
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
703.389
700.000
3.389
b) other shares
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Share premium reserve
192.746
-
192.746
-
-
2.877
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
195.623
192.746
2.877
Reserves:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) retained earnings
907.726
-
907.726
124.088
-
13.553
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.045.367
1.015.718
29.649
b) other
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Valuation reserve
45.603
-
45.603
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(63.707)
(18.104)
(18.127)
23
Equity instruments
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Interim dividends
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Treasury shares
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Profit (loss) for the year
249.088
-
249.088
(124.088)
(125.000)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
311.560
311.560
308.977
2.583
Equity
2.097.663
-
2.097.663
-
(125.000)
17.319
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
247.853
2.237.835
 
 
Equity attributable to parent Company's shareholders
2.080.774
-
2.080.774
-
(125.000)
(1.730)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
245.270
 
2.199.314
 
Non- controlling interests
16.889
-
16.889
-
-
19.049
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.583
 
 
38.521




10



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW (DIRECT METHOD)

(€/thousands)
 
 
 
 
2017
2016
A. OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
1. Business operations
862,842
786,408
- interest income (+)
949,546
855,948
- interest expense (-)
(281,413)
(261,699)
- fee and commission income (expense) (+/-)
83,396
79,955
- personnel expenses (-)
(144,587)
(134,895)
- net earned premiums (+)
670
1,038
- other insurance income/expenses (+/-)
2,850
2,937
- other expenses (-)
(422,534)
(413,180)
- other revenue (+)
791,376
731,014
- taxes and levies (-)
(116,462)
(74,710)
2. Cash flows from increase/decrease of financial assets
(3,590,303)
(3,537,202)
- financial assets held for trading
2,239
653
- available-for-sale financial assets
12
(12)
- receivables - due from customers
(2,825,082)
(3,240,924)
- receivables - due from banks: other credits
(599,741)
(189,254)
- other assets
(167,731)
(107,665)
3. Cash flows from increase/decrease of financial liabilities
3,610,057
3,502,002
- payables - due to banks: demand
(225,664)
(2,959,149)
- payables - due to banks: other payables
775,690
3,320,056
- payables - due to customers
783,649
267,102
- notes issued
2,288,114
2,832,964
- financial liabilities held for trading
(1,395)
(1,008)
- other liabilities
(10,337)
42,037
Cash flows generated by/(used for) operating activities
882,595
751,208
B. INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
1. Cash flows generated by
247,346
88,462
- disposals of tangible assets
247,346
88,462
2. Cash flows used for
(1,029,641)
(714,516)
- purchases of property, plant and equipment
(1,010,967)
(706,183)
- purchases of intangible assets
(18,674)
(12,494)
- purchases of subsidiaries and business branches
-
4,161
Cash generated by / (used for) investing activities
(782,295)
(626,054)
C. FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
- dividend and other distributions
(100,000)
(125,000)
Cash generated by / (used for) financing activities
(100,000)
(125,000)
CASH GENERATED /(USED) DURING THE YEAR
300
154
 
 
 



RECONCILIATION

 
2017
2016
Cash and cash equivalents - opening balance
176
22
Cash generated (used) during the year
300
154
Cash and cash equivalents - closing balance
476
176
 
 
 



11







12



NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART A - ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A1 – GENERAL INFORMATION
Section 1 - Statement of compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of FCA Bank S.p.A. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are being provided pursuant to Rule 3-09 of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X. These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). The designation IFRS also includes International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) as well as all the interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC” and “SIC”).

In accordance with Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X, only the 2015 consolidated financial statements are required to be audited under U.S. Generally Accepted Auditing Standards as 2015 was the only year in which FCA Bank S.p.A. met the conditions of a significant subsidiary under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X. The consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are unaudited.

Banca d’Italia, whose powers in relation to the accounts of banks and financial companies subject to its supervision were laid down by Legislative Decree no. 87/92, established the formats of the accounts and the notes used to prepare these consolidated financial statements through circular no. 262 of 22 December 2005, as amended.
Section 2 – Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements consist of the Statement of financial position, the Income statement, the Statement of comprehensive income, the Statement of changes in equity, the Statement of cash flows and the Notes.
The financial statements and the notes show the amounts for the year just ended at 31 December 2017 well as the comparative figures at 31 December 2016.
The FCA Bank Group’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with IAS 1 and the guidelines of Banca d’Italia’s circular no. 262 of 22 December 2005, 4th update of 15 December 2015. In particular:
Formats of the consolidated Statement of financial position, Income statement and notes.

13



The statement of financial position and the income statement do not contain items with zero balances in the year just ended and in the previous one.
Statement of comprehensive income.
The statement of comprehensive income reflects, in addition to net profit for the year, other items of income and expenses divided between those that can be reversed and those that cannot be reversed to income statement.
Statement of changes in consolidated equity.
The statement of changes in equity shows the composition and changes in equity for the year under review and the comparable period. The items are allocated between the amounts attributable to the Parent Company’s shareholders and non-controlling interests.
Consolidated statement of cash flows.
The Statement of cash flows was prepared under the direct method.
Unit of account.
Amounts in the financial statements and the notes are reported in thousands of euros.
Going concern, accrual basis of accounting and consistency of presentation of financial statements.
The Group is expected to remain viable in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the financial statements as of and for the year ended 31 December 2017 were prepared on the assumption that the Company is a going concern, in accordance with the accrual basis of accounting and consistent with the financial statements for the previous year.
There were no departures from the application of IAS/IFRSs.

Risks and uncertainties related to the use of estimates
In accordance with IFRSs, management is required to make assessments, estimates and assumptions which affect the application of IFRSs and the amounts of reported assets, liabilities, costs and revenues and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and the relevant assumptions are based on past experience and other factors considered reasonable under the circumstances and are adopted to determine the carrying amount of assets and liabilities.

In particular, estimates were made to support the carrying amounts of certain significant items of the consolidated financial statements as of 31 December 2017, in accordance with IAS/IFRSs and the above-mentioned guidelines. Such estimates concerned largely the future recoverability of the reported carrying amounts in accordance with the applicable rules and based on a going concern assumption.

Estimates and assumptions are revised regularly and updated from time to time. In case performance fails to meet expectations, carrying amounts might differ from original estimates and should, accordingly, be changed. In these cases, changes are recognized through profit or loss in the period in which they occur or in subsequent years.
The main areas where management is required to make subjective assessments include:
recoverability of receivables and, in general, financial assets and the determination of any impairment;

14



determination of the fair value of financial instruments to be used for financial reporting purposes; in particular, the use of valuation models to determine the fair value of financial instruments not traded in active markets;
quantification of employee provisions and provisions for risks and charges;
recoverability of deferred tax assets and goodwill.
Section 3 - Scope and methods of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements as of 31 December 2017 include the accounts of the Parent Company, FCA Bank S.p.A., and its direct and indirect Italian and foreign subsidiaries, as required by IFRS 10.
They reflect also the entities, including structured entities, in relation to which the Parent Company has exposure or rights to variable returns and the ability to affect those returns through power over them.
To determine the existence of control, the Group considers the following factors:
the purpose and design of the investee, to identify the entity’s objectives, the activities that give rise to its returns and how such activities are governed;
the power over the investee and whether the Group has contractual arrangements, which attribute it the ability to govern the relevant activities; to this end, attention is paid only to substantive rights, which provide practical governance capabilities;
the exposure to the investee to determine whether the Group has arrangements with the investee whose returns vary depending on the investee’s performance.
If the relevant activities are governed through voting rights, control may be evidenced by considering potential or actual voting rights, the existence of any arrangements or shareholders’ agreements giving the right to control the majority of the voting rights, to appoint the majority of the members of the board of directors or otherwise the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity.
Subsidiaries may include any structured entities, where voting rights are not paramount to determine the existence of control, including special purpose vehicles (SPVs). Structured entities are considered subsidiaries where:
the Group has the power, through contractual arrangements, to govern the relevant activities;
the Group is exposed to the variable returns deriving from their activities.

The Group does not have any investments in joint ventures.
The table below shows the companies included in the scope of consolidation.

15



1.
List of subsidiaries

NAME
REGISTERED OFFICE
TOWN OF INCORPORATION (*)
  TYPE OF
CONTROL (**)
PARENT COMPANY
(***)
OWNERSHIP %
FCA Bank S.p.A.
Turin - Italy
 
 
 
 
Leasys S.p.A.
Turin - Italy
Rome - Italy
1
 
100.00
FCA Capital France S.A.
Trappes - France
 
1
 
100.00
Leasys France S.A.S.
Trappes - France
 
1
Leasys S.p.A.
100.00
FCA Leasing France SNC
Trappes - France
 
1
FCA Capital France SA
99.99
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
Heilbronn - Germany
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Automotive Services UK Ltd
Slough - UK
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Dealer Services UK Ltd
Slough - UK
 
1
 
100.00
Leasys UK Ltd
Slough - UK
 
1
Leasys S.p.A.
100.00
FCA Capital Espaňa EFC S.A.
Alcala de Henares - Spain
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Dealer Services Espaňa S.A.
Alcala de Henares - Spain
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Capital Portugal IFIC S.A.
Lisbon - Portugal
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Dealer Services Portugal S.A.
Lisbon - Portugal
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Capital Suisse S.A.
Schlieren - Switzerland
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Leasing Polska Sp. Zo.o.
Warsaw - Poland
 
1
 
100.00
FCA-Group Bank Polska S.A.
Warsaw - Poland
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Capital Netherlands B.V.
Lijnden - Netherlands
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Capital Danmark A/S
Glostrup - Denmark
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Capital Belgium S.A.
Auderghem - Belgium
 
1
 
99.99
FCA Bank GmbH
Vienna - Austria
 
2
 
50.00
Ferrari Financial Services GmbH
Pullach - Munchen
 
1
 
50.0001
FCA Leasing GmbH
Vienna - Austria
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Capital Hellas S.A.
Athens - Greece
 
1
 
99.99
FCA Insurance Hellas S.A.
Athens - Greece
 
1
FCA Capital Hellas SA
99.99
FCA Capital RE DAC
Dublin - Ireland
 
1
 
100.00
FCA Capital Sverige AB
Sweden
 
1
FCA Capital Danmark A/S
100.00
FCA Capital Norge AS
Norway
 
1
FCA Capital Danmark A/S
100.00
 
 
 
 
 
 
(*) If different from Registered Office
 
 
 
(**) Type of control:
1 = majority of voting rights at ordinary meetings
2 = dominant influence at ordinary meeting

 
 
 
 
(***) If different from FCA Bank S.p.A.
 
 
 

The structured entities related to securitization transactions, whose details are provided below, are fully consolidated:


16



NAME
COUNTRY
A-BEST NINE S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
A-BEST TEN S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
A-BEST ELEVEN UG
Frankfurt am Main - Germany
A-BEST TWELVE S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
A-BEST THIRTEEN FT
Madrid - Spain
A-BEST FOURTEEN S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
A-BEST FIFTEEN S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
Nixes Five Ltd
Island of Jersey
Nixes Six Plc
London - UK
Nixes Seven B.V.
Amsterdam - Nederland
ERASMUS FINANCE LIMITED
Dublin - Ireland
FAST 3 S.r.l.
Milan - Italy


2.
Subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests
Non-controlling interests, availability of non-controlling interests’ voting rights and dividends paid to non-controlling interests


Name
Non-controlling interests (%)
Availability of non-controlling interests' voting rights (%)
Dividends distributed to
non-controlling interests
FCA BANK GMBH (Austria)
50
%
50
%
-
FERRARI FINANCIAL SERVICES GMBH (Germania)
49.99
%
49.99
%
-


Pursuant to IFRS 10, FCA Bank GmbH (Austria), a 50%-held subsidiary and Ferrari Financial Services GmbH a 50.0001%-held subsidiary are included in the consolidation area.

Subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests.
The table below provides financial and operating highlights of FCA Bank GmbH and of Ferrari Financial Services GmbH before intercompany eliminations required by IFRS 12:


17





 
(amounts in thousands of euros)
 
 
 
FCA BANK GMBH (AUSTRIA)
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
Total assets
295,997
223,386
Financial assets
293,230
222,298
Financial liabilities
249,855
190,002
Equity
41,574
30,748
Net interest income
6,971
4,001
Net fee and commission income
1,028
803
Banking income
8,000
4,804
Net result from investment activities
8,303
4,504
Net result from investment and insurance activities
8,303
4,504
Operating costs
(2,054)
(1,695)
Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
6,249
2,809
Net profit (loss) for the period
4,527
1,985
 
 
 



 
(amounts in thousands of euros)
 
 
 
FERRARI FINANCIAL SERVICES GMBH (GERMANY)
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
Total assets
514,796
500,609
Financial assets
507,901
492,195
Financial liabilities
457,857
447,298
Equity
44,705
39,922
Net interest income
16,076
3,204
Net fee and commission income
42
(102)
Banking income
16,175
3,181
Net result from investment activities
14,980
2,820
Net result from investment and insurance activities
14,980
2,820
Operating costs
(8,419)
(1,486)
Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
6,561
1,334
Net profit (loss) for the period
4,873
1,834
 
 
 



Consolidation methods
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the financial statements of the parent company and its subsidiaries, prepared according to IAS/IFRSs, are consolidated on a line-by-line basis by aggregating together like items of assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses.
The carrying amount of the parent’s investment in each subsidiary and the corresponding portions of the equity of each subsidiary are eliminated.

18



Any difference arising during this process – after the allocation to the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary – is recognized as goodwill on first time consolidation and, subsequently, among other reserves.
The share of net profit pertaining to non-controlling interests is indicated separately, so to determine the amount of net profit attributable to the parent company’s shareholders.
Assets, liabilities, costs and revenues arising from intercompany transactions are eliminated.
The financial statements of the Parent Company and those of the subsidiaries used for the consolidated financial statements are all as of the same date.
For foreign subsidiaries, which prepare their accounts in currencies other than the euro, assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate prevailing on the balance sheet date while revenues and costs are translated at the average exchange rate for the period.
Exchange differences arising from the conversion of costs and revenues at the average exchange rate and the conversion of assets and liabilities at the reporting date are reported in exchange rate differences in the comprehensive income.
Exchange differences arising from the equity of consolidated subsidiaries are recognized in other comprehensive income and reversed to profit and loss when loss of control over the subsidiaries occurs.
The exchange rates used to translate the financial statements at 31 December 2017 are as follows:

 
31/12/2017
Average
2017
31/12/2016
Average
2016
Polish Zloty (PLN)
4.177
4.257
4.410
4.363
Danish Crown(DKK)
7.445
7.439
7.434
7.445
Swiss Franc (CHF)
1.170
1.112
1.074
1.090
GB Pound (GBP)
0.887
0.877
0.856
0.819
Norwegian Krone (NOK)
9.840
9.327
9.086
9.291
Moroccan Dirham (MAD)
11.219
10.961
-
-
Swedish Krona (SEK)
9.844
9.635
9.553
9.468
 
 
 
 
 


19




Other information
To prepare the consolidated financial statements use was made of the following:
financial statements at 31 December 2017 of the Parent Company FCA Bank S.p.A.;
accounts as of 31 December 2017, approved by the competent bodies and functions, of the other fully consolidated companies, as adjusted to take into account the consolidation process and, where necessary, to comply with the Group’s accounting policies.
Section 4 - Subsequent events
No events occurred after the balance sheet date which should result in adjustments of the consolidated financial statements as of 31 December 2017.


20





ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, AMENDMENTS, IFRS AND IFRIC INTERPRETATIONS NOT YET MANDATORILY APPLICABLE AND NOT ADOPTED EARLY BY THE GROUP AT 31 DECEMBER 2017
Standard/
amendment
Issuance
(IASB)
Effective
from
Description of standard/amendment
IFRS 9 – Financial instruments
July 2014

1 January 2018
The document reflects the results of the phases related to classification and measurement, impairment and hedge accounting of IASB's plan to replace IAS 39. The standard introduces new criteria to classify and measure financial assets and liabilities. In particular, for the financial assets the new standard uses a single approach based on the management of financial instruments and the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of the financial assets to determine their measurement method, replacing the different methods provided for by IAS 39.
 
 
 
 
 
On the other hand, for financial liabilities the main change concerns the accounting treatment of changes in the fair value of a financial liability designated as a financial liability recognized at fair value through profit or loss, in case these changes are due to changes in the issuer's credit rating at fair value. Under the new standard, these changes must be recognized through other comprehensive income and no longer through profit or loss.
 
 
 
 
 
 
With reference to the impairment model, the new standard requires loan loss estimates be made on the basis of the expected loss model (not on the incurred loss model) using supportable information, available without unreasonable costs or efforts that would include historical, current and prospective data. The standard requires that this model be applied to all financial instruments, that is to all financial assets measured at amortized cost, to those recognized at fair value through other comprehensive income, to receivables arising from rental contracts and to trade receivables.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lastly, the standard introduces a new model of hedge accounting to modify the requirements of the current IAS 39, which sometimes are considered too strict and unsuited to reflect entities' risk management policies. The main developments of the document concern:
- increase in the number of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, including also the risks of non-financial assets/liabilities eligible for hedge accounting treatment;
- change of accounting treatment of forward contracts and options when they are embedded in a hedge accounting relationship, to reduce the volatility of the income statement;
- amendments to the effectiveness test by replacing the current procedure based on the 80%-125% range with the concept of "economic relationship" between hedged item and hedging instrument. A retrospective assessment of effectiveness of the hedging relationship will no longer be required.
 
 
 



21




Standard/
amendment
Issuance
(IASB)
Effective
from
Description of standard/amendment
IFRS 15 – Revenue
from Contracts with Customers
May 2014
Amended in
September 2015
1 January 2018
The objective of IFRS 15 is to establish a new revenue recognition model which will apply to all contracts entered into with customers except those that fall within the scope of other IFRSs/IAS, such as leases, insurance contracts and financial instruments. The key steps to account for revenue according to the new model include:
- identify the contract(s) with the customer;
- identify the performance obligations of the contract;
- determine the transaction price;
- allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract;
- recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.
In September 2015 amendments were issued clarifying some requirements and providing additional transitional relief for companies that are implementing the new Standard. The amendments clarify how to:
 
- identify a performance obligation (the promise to transfer a good or a service to a customer) in a contract;
- determine whether a company is a principal (the provider of a good or service) or an agent (responsible for arranging for the good or service to be provided);
- determine whether the revenue from granting a license should be recognized at a point in time or over time.
 
In addition to the clarifications, the amendments include two additional reliefs to reduce cost and complexity for a company when it first applies the new Standard.
Adoption of this principle did not result in a ny effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
 
 
IFRS 4 - Insurance contracts
September 2016
1 January 2018
 
 
 
The amendment to IFRS 4, published in September 2016, is aimed at enabling insurance companies to manage the possible accounting mismatches arising from early adoption of IFRS 9 (which affects the assets of the insurance companies) with respect to the new standard on insurance contracts (which affects the liabilities of those companies). The exercise of this option allows the insurance companies to remove from profit and loss any effects resulting from the measurement at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) – in implementation of IFRS 9 – of specific eligible financial assets related to insurance contracts, which would not be measured at FVTPL in full in application of IAS 39. This effect would be reclassified to equity; - the temporary exemption allows insurance companies whose predominant activity is the issuing of insurance contracts to exercise the option not to apply IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018.

IFRS 16 Leases
January 2016
1 January 2019
The new standard constitutes an innovation in that it established that leases be reported in entities' balance sheets, thus enhancing the visibility of their assets and liabilities.
 
IFRS 16 repeals the distinction between operating leases and finance leases (for the lessee), requiring that all lease contracts be treated as finance leases.
Short-term contracts (12 months) and those involving low value items (e.g. personal computers) are exempted from this treatment. The new standard will take effect on 1 January 2019, Early adoption is permitted provided that also IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, is
applied.



22



Standard/
amendment
 Issuance
(IASB)
Effective
from
Description of standard/amendment
IFRS 17
Insurance
 contracts
May 2017
1 January 2021
On 18 May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17 - Insurance Contracts which applies to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021. The new standard, which replaces IFRS 4, intends to improve the understanding of investors, among others, of insurers’ risk exposure, operating performance, financial position and cash flows. The IASB published a final version after a long consultation phase. IFRS 17 is a complex standard which will include certain key differences from the current accounting treatment regarding the measurement of liabilities and the recognition of profits. IFRS 17 applies to all insurance contracts. The accounting model of reference, the General Model, is based on the present value of expected cash flows, the identification of a risk adjustment and a contractual service margin (“CSM”), which cannot be negative and represents the present value of unearned profit, to be released to profit or loss in each period with the passage of time.
IFRIC 23 - Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments
June 2017
1 January 2019
IASB published IFRIC 23 – Uncertainty Over Income Tax Treatment, which provides guidance on how to account for taxes when there is uncertainty over the tax treatment of a transaction.
IFRIC 23 is effective as of 1 January 2019.
Amendment to
IFRS 2
Share-based Payment

June 2016
1 January 2018
The Board issued amendments to IFRS 2, clarifying how to account for certain types of share-based payment transactions. The amendments provide requirements on the accounting for:
 
- the effects of vesting and non-vesting conditions on the measurement of cash-settled share-based payments;
 
- share-based payment transactions with a net settlement feature for withholding tax obligations; and
- a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment that changes the classification of the transaction from cash-settled to equity-settled.


23




Standard/
amendment
Issuance (IASB)
Effective
from
Description of standard/amendment
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2014-2016 Cycle
December 2016
1 January 2017
1 January 2018
The improvements concern:
- IFRS 12 - Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities; the issue is related to clarify the scope of the disclosure requirements by specifying that the disclosure requirements in IFRS 12, other than those in paragraphs B10–B16, apply to interests that are classified as held for sale or discontinued operations. The date of application is 1 January 2017.
- IFRS 1 - First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards; the objective of this project is to delate some of the short-term exemptions from IFRSs in Appendix E of IFRS 1, after those short-term exemptions have served their intended purpose. The date of application is 1 January 2018.
 
- IAS 28 -
Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures; the issue is to clarify whether an entity has an investment-by- investment choice for measuring investees at fair value in accordance with IAS 28 by a venture capital organization, or a mutual fund, unit trust or similar entities including investment linked insurance funds. Additionally, an entity that is not an investment entity may have an associate or joint venture that is an investment entity. The Board noted that paragraph 36A of IAS 28 permits such an entity the choice to retain the fair value measurements used by that investment entity associate or joint venture when applying the equity method. The date of application is 1 January 2018.

 
 
 
IFRIC 22 - Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration
December 2016
1 January 2018
IFRIC 22 provides requirements about which exchange rate to use in reporting foreign currency transactions when payment is made or received in advance.
Amendments to IAS 40 - Investment Property
December 2016
1 January 2018
The amendments concern the application of paragraph 57 of IAS 40 Investment Property, which provides guidance on transfers to, or from, investment properties.


24




Standard/
amendment
 
Issuance
 (IASB)
Effective
from
Description of standard/amendment
Prepayments
Features with Negative
Compensation
(Amendments to IFRS 9)
October 2017
1 January 2019
Under IFRS 9, a debt instrument can be measured at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income, provided that the contractual cash flows are ‘solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding’ (the SPPI criterion) and the instrument is held within the appropriate business model for that classification. The amendments to IFRS 9 clarify that a financial asset passes the SPPI criterion regardless of the event or circumstance that causes the early termination of the contract and irrespective of which party pays or receives reasonable compensation for the early termination of the contract.
 
 
 
The amendments must be applied retrospectively; earlier application is permitted. The amendment provides specific transition provisions if it is only applied in 2019 rather than in 2018 with the remainder of IFRS 9.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Most likely, the costs to terminate a ‘plain vanilla’ interest rate swap that is collateralized, so as to minimize the credit risks for the parties to the swap, will meet this requirement.
 
 
 
 
 
 
This means that the gain or loss arising on modification of a financial liability that does not result in derecognition, calculated by discounting the change in contractual cash flows at the original effective interest rate, is immediately recognized in profit or loss.
 
 
 
 
 
 
The IASB stated specifically that this clarification relates to the application of IFRS 9. As such, it would appear that this clarification does not need to be applied to the accounting for modification of liabilities under IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. Any entities that have not applied this accounting under IAS 39 are therefore likely to have a change of accounting on transition. As there is no specific relief, this change needs to be made retrospectively.

Long-term interests
In associates and
Joint ventures
(Amendments to IAS 28)
October 2017
1 January 2019
The amendments clarify that an entity applies IFRS 9 Financial Instruments to long-term interests in an associate or joint venture to which the equity method is not applied but that, in substance, form part of the net investment in the associate or joint venture (long-term interests). This clarification is relevant because it implies that the expected credit loss model in IFRS 9 applies to such long-term interests.
 
 
 
The Board also clarified that, in applying IFRS 9, an entity does not take account of any losses of the associate or joint venture, or any impairment losses on the net investment, recognized as adjustments to the net investment in the associate or joint venture that arise from applying IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.
 
 
 
To illustrate how entities apply the requirements in IAS 28 and IFRS 9 with respect to long-term interests, the Board also published an illustrative example when it issued the amendments.
 
 
 
Entities must apply the amendments retrospectively, with certain exceptions. Early application of the amendments is permitted and must be disclosed.



25




Standard/
amendment

Issuance
 (IASB)
Effective
from
Description of standard/amendment
Annual improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 Cycle
December 2017
1 January 2019
IFRS 3 Business Combinations - The amendments clarify that, when an entity obtains control of a business that is a joint operation, it applies the requirements for a business combination achieved in stages, including remeasuring previously held interests in the assets and liabilities of the joint operation at fair value. In doing so, the acquirer remeasures its entire previously held interest in the joint operation. An entity applies those amendments to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Earlier application is permitted.
 
 
 
IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements - A party that participates in, but does not have joint control of, a joint operation might obtain joint control of the joint operation in which the activity of the joint operation constitutes a business as defined in IFRS 3. The amendments clarify that the previously held interests in that joint operation are not remeasured. An entity applies those amendments to transactions in which it obtains joint control on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Earlier application is permitted.
 
 
 
IAS 12 Income Taxes - The amendments clarify that the income tax consequences of dividends are linked more directly to past transactions or events that generated distributable profits than to distributions to owners. Therefore, an entity recognizes the income tax consequences of dividends in profit or loss, other comprehensive income or equity according to where the entity originally recognized those past transactions or events. An entity applies those amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Earlier application is permitted. When an entity first applies those amendments, it applies them to the income tax consequences of dividends recognized on or after the beginning of the earliest comparative period.
 
 
 
IAS 23 Borrowing Costs - The amendments clarify that an entity treats as part of general borrowings any borrowing originally made to develop a qualifying asset when substantially all of the activities necessary to prepare that asset for its intended use or sale are complete. An entity applies those amendments to borrowing costs incurred on or after the beginning of the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies those amendments. An entity applies those amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. Earlier application is permitted.


26




IFRS 9 PROJECT
In 2015 the FCA Bank Group started the project to implement IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments, the new financial reporting standard that, as of 1 January 2018, will replace IAS 39 for the classification and measurement of financial instruments as well as for the calculation of impairments. The project is designed to explore the different areas of application of the new financial reporting standard in relation to “Classification and Measurement”, “Impairment” and “Hedge Accounting” and to define its quantitative impacts.
The project was conducted by a working party under the joint stewardship of the Finance and Risk & Permanent Control departments. The working party includes representatives from all company functions, with the creation of theme sub-groups on the basis of the ramifications of IFRS 9 and the Group’s activity segments.

Classification and measurement
IFRS 9 introduces a model whereby the classification of financial assets is guided, on one side, by the contractual cash flow characteristics of the instruments and, on the other, management’s intent regarding the instruments.
Regarding the SPPI test of financial assets, the methodology to be used has been defined and the analysis of the composition of the existing financial instrument and loan and receivable portfolios were completed, so as to classify them properly when IFRS 9 is adopted.
In the context of the project, modular analyses were performed for loans and receivables taking into account the significance of the portfolios, their consistency and the various activity segments. In this respect, consistent approaches have been used for the retail and corporate segments of the loan and receivable portfolio. The analyses revealed that all the financial assets passed the SPPI test.
Regarding the second method to classify financial assets (business model), the analysis conducted with retail and corporate counterparts showed that there is a single Hold-to-Collect business model.
As a result of the business model assessment and the SPPI tests, we can confirm that no significant impacts will occur with the application of IFRS 9.
 
Impairment
Regarding the new impairment model, the key elements completed were the following:
The definition of parameters to determine the significant increase of credit risk, for the proper allocation of exposures in stage 1 or stage 2. These parameters are consistent with the Bank’s credit analysis policies. Non-performing exposures, allocated in stage 3, have been considered such in keeping with prudential rules;
The determination of the short-term and lifetime PD;
The definition of the forward-looking models.
The criteria considered for the purposes of the considerations on the transfers between stages are based on qualitative and quantitative elements, in accordance with the standard.

Organizational impacts

27



In parallel with the implementation in the information systems, similar analyses and actions are under way in relation to the organization. Specifically, the main organizational impacts concern the review and adaptation of the existing operational processes, the design and implementation of new processes and the review of the dimensioning and expansion of the responsibilities available within the different operational, administrative and control departments.
Specifically, the actions related to the Classification and Measurement area concern, in the first place, the Marketing function, to identify the Business Models and to define the operational and monitoring processes for the SPPI test, with special emphasis on the process for the development of new products.

Operating and equity impacts
The impacts of the adoption of IFRS 9 on the FCA Bank Group derive from the application of the new impairment accounting model, with an increase in impairment charges, as well as the application of the new rules for the transfer of exposures between the different classification stages provided for by the new standard.
Based on the analyses performed and the implementations under way, the impact in question, to be recognized in equity on adoption of the new standard, is in no way critical for the FCA Bank Group’s equity and regulatory capital, as it accounts for no more than 1% of consolidated equity.


28




A.2 - MAIN ITEMS IN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
This section shows the accounting policies adopted to prepare the consolidated financial statements as of 31 December 2017. Such description is provided with reference to the recognition, classification, measurement and derecognition of the different assets and liabilities.
1.
Held-for-trading financial assets
This item includes financial assets held in the trading portfolio, reflecting essentially the positive value of derivative contracts not designated as hedging instruments.
Derivatives are recognized as assets if their fair value is positive and as liabilities if their fair value is negative. Assets and liabilities arising from transactions with the same counterparty can be offset only if there is the legally enforceable right to offset the amounts recognized and the parties intend to settle on a net basis (see IAS 32).
No reclassifications to other financial asset categories are permitted, save for the existence of unusual events that can hardly take place again in the short term. In these cases, debt and equity instruments that are no longer held for trading can be reclassified only for in particular situations, under IAS 39 (Financial assets held to maturity, Available for sale financial assets, Receivables). These assets are transferred at their fair value at the time of reclassification.
Initial recognition takes place on the date of settlement for debt and equity instruments and on the execution date for derivative contracts. Held-for-trading assets are initially recognized at their fair value, which is normally the price paid, without considering transaction costs and income attributable to the instrument.
After initial recognition, held-for-trading financial assets and liabilities are measured at their fair value. Any changes in fair value are recognized through profit or loss under item 80. “Net result of trading activities”.
The fair value of derivative contracts quoted in an active market is determined on the basis of the market value of such contracts at the end of the period. In the absence of an active market, use is made of estimation methods and valuation models that take into account the risk factors associated to the instruments and based on market data, such as interest rates. Equity instruments, units of UCITS and derivatives with equity instruments as underlying not quoted in an active market, for which the fair value cannot be determined reliably according to the above guidelines, are reported at cost.
Held-for-trading financial assets and liabilities are derecognized when the contractual rights to the cash flows deriving therefrom expire or when the financial asset or liability is sold, substantially transferring all related risks and rewards.

29




2.
Available-for-sale financial assets
These are financial assets other than derivatives which are not classified as receivables, financial assets held to maturity or assets recognized at their fair value. These assets are held for an indefinite period of time and can be sold to generate liquidity or to meet changes in interest rates, exchange rates and prices.
Available-for-sale financial assets include money market, debt and equity instruments; they include non-controlling equity interests that do not qualify as investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associated companies.
Debt and equity instruments are recognized as financial assets on the settlement date while receivables are recognized on the disbursement date.
Financial assets are initially recognized at their fair value, including transaction costs and income attributable directly to the instrument. Financial assets reclassified from Financial assets held to maturity are initially recognized at their fair value at the time of transfer.
Subsequently, Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at their fair value. Interest, calculated with the amortized cost method is recognized in the income statement while changes in fair value are recognized through equity, in item 140 “Valuation reserve”. Changes in fair value are reported also in the Statement of comprehensive income.

Fair value is determined on the basis of the criteria already illustrated for held-for-trading financial assets.
Equity instruments not quoted in an active market and whose fair value cannot be determined due to lack of reliable information are recognized at cost, which reflects the latest reliably measured fair value.

Tests to determine the existence of objective evidence of impairment are conducted at year-end or interim reporting dates.
When there is evidence of impairment, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that investment previously recognized in the statement of profit or loss – is removed from OCI and recognized in the statement of profit or loss.
Impairment losses are reported in item 130.b) “Impairment/reinstatement of value of available-for-sale financial assets”.
If the reasons for the impairment no longer apply, following the occurrence of an event after the recognition of the relevant loss, the impairment loss previously recognized is reversed through profit or loss, in the case of debt instruments, and through OCI, in the case of equity instruments. The amount of the reinstatement cannot, under any circumstance, exceed the amortized cost that the instruments would have had in the absence of previous impairments.
In case of disposal of the financial asset, cumulative gains and losses are released to the income statement to item 100.b) “Gains (losses) on disposal or buyback of available-for-sale financial assets”.
3.
Financial assets held to maturity
Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets that have either fixed or determinable payments and a fixed maturity – other than those that can be classified as loans to banks or loans to customer - and for which there is the ability and the intention to hold to maturity.
If during the year a significant amount of such investments is sold or reclassified, before their maturity, the remaining financial assets held to maturity would be reclassified as available-for-sale financial assets and use of this category would be precluded for the following two years, unless the sales or reclassifications:
are so close to the maturity date or the date of the option for the repayment of the financial asset that interest rate fluctuations would not have a significant effect on the fair value of the asset;
take place after the collection of substantially all the original capital of the financial asset through planned or advance repayments;

30



are attributable to an isolated, uncontrollable event that is not recurring and could not be reasonably predicted.
Initial recognition of these financial instruments takes place at the settlement date. Financial assets held to maturity are initially recognized at their fair value, including any income and transaction costs that are directly attributable. Subsequently, they are measured at amortized cost by using the effective interest rate method.
Gains or losses related to financial assets held to maturity are recognized through profit or loss when such assets are derecognized or impaired or through the amortization of the difference between the initial carrying amount and the amount repayable at maturity.
Tests to determine the existence of objective evidence of impairment are conducted at year-end or interim reporting dates. In the presence of such objective evidence, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the present value of the estimated future cash flows, as discounted at the original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are reported in item 130.c) “Impairment/reinstatement of value of financial assets held to maturity”.
If the reasons for the impairment no longer apply, following the occurrence of an event after the recognition of the relevant loss, the impairment loss previously recognized is reversed through profit or loss. The amount of the reinstatement cannot, under any circumstance, exceed the amortized cost that the instruments would have had in the absence of previous impairments.
Financial assets held to maturity are derecognized when the contractual rights to the cash flows deriving therefrom expire or when the financial asset is sold, substantially transferring all related risks and rewards. In case of disposal/derecognition of the financial asset, cumulative gains and losses are released to the income statement to item 100.c) “Gains (losses) on disposal or buyback”.
4.
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, and are not recognized as “Assets held for trading” or designated as “Available-for-sale assets” or “Assets held to maturity”.
“Loans to customers” include receivables originated from instalment loans, finance leases and loans disbursed, in connection with the factoring business, on a recourse basis. Regarding receivables sold on a non-recourse basis, these are reported in the presence of contractual clauses that do not transfer substantially the relevant risks and rewards.
Lease agreements are classified as finance leases whenever the relevant terms and conditions are such as to transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership from the lessor to the lessee. All the other leases are operating leases. The amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recognized as receivables for the amount of the Group’s investment in the leased assets.
Loans and receivables are recognized initially upon disbursement.
Upon initial recognition, loans and receivables are recorded at fair value, which is typically the amount of the sum disbursed, including income and transaction costs that are directly attributable to the single loan or receivable and determinable since inception of the transaction, even though the relevant monetary amount is collected or paid subsequently.
Subsequently, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost, or the difference between their carrying amount on initial recognition – as increased or decreased for any principal repayment, impairments or reinstatements – and the amortization, calculated with the effective interest rate, of the difference between the amount disbursed and that due at maturity, taking into account costs or income directly attributable to the individual loan or receivable. The effective interest rate is equal to the discount rate that sets the present value of the future cash flows of the loan or receivable, in terms of principal and interest, equal to the amount disbursed less any cost/income attributable to the loan or receivable. This accounting treatment, based on a cash flow rationale, makes it possible to distribute the effects of costs/income throughout the terms to maturity of the loan or receivable. Short-term loans or receivables, which are not impacted by the time value of money, are reported at their initial carrying amount.
Gains and (losses) on loans are recognized through profit or loss:
when the financial asset in question is derecognized, in item 100.a) “Gains (losses) on loan or receivable disposals”; or:

31



when the financial asset is impaired (or when the original value is reinstated), in item 130.a) “Impairment/reinstatement of value due to impairment of loans or receivables”.
Interest earned on loans or receivables are recognized in item 10. “Interest and similar income” and is recognized in accordance with the effective interest rate method as apportioned throughout the remaining term of the loan.
The carrying amount of loans and receivables is tested from time to time for recoverability through an analysis designed to identify those that, following the occurrence of events after their disbursement, show objective evidence of possible impairment. These include loans or receivables classified as non-performing, non-accruing, restructured or past due, in accordance with the rules enacted by Banca d’Italia in force at 31 December 2017, consistent with IAS/IFRSs.
These deteriorated loans and receivables are evaluated individually and the amount of the adjustment for each is equal to the difference between its carrying amount upon initial recognition (amortized cost) and the present value of future cash flows, as discounted at the original effective interest rate.
Loans and receivables for which no objective evidence of impairment has been gathered individually are tested for any collective impairment. The evaluation is carried out by grouping these loans and receivables by consistent credit risk categories and the loss percentages are estimated taking into account the time series of the losses associated with each category.
The losses are recognized through profit or loss. If an impaired loan or receivable is recovered, the amount is recognized as a debit to “Impairment losses due to credit deterioration”.
The full or partial write-off of an uncollected loan or receivable takes place when such loan or receivable is considered as definitely irrecoverable. The loss is recognized in the income statement less any previous impairment losses taken.
Deteriorated loans are derecognized only if the sale entailed the substantial transfer of all related risks and rewards. By contrast, when the risks and rewards of the loans or receivables sold have not been transferred, these continue to be reported on the balance sheet, even though ownership of the loan or the receivable has been transferred. In the event that the substantial transfer of risks and rewards cannot be ascertained, the loans or receivables are derecognized whenever no type of control has been maintained over them. By converse, keeping control, in whole or in part, involves the on-balance-sheet recognition on the balance sheet of the loans or receivables for the balance outstanding, as measured by the exposure to changes in value of the loans or receivables sold and the changes in the relevant cash flows. Lastly, loans or receivables sold are recognized whenever the contractual rights to receive the related cash flows are maintained whenever the entity is required to pay such cash flows to a third party.
Deteriorated loans or receivables
Deteriorated exposures – i.e. those with the features outlined in paragraphs 58-61 of IAS 39 – are classified in the categories listed below, in accordance with Banca d’Italia’s guidance contained in Circular no. 272 of 30 July 2008 as amended:
non-performing: the total amount of cash and off-balance-sheet exposure toward an entity in a state of insolvency (including in the absence of a court ruling) or in substantially similar situations, regardless of any loss forecasts by the bank. This category does not include any deterioration determined by country risk. The assessment is generally made on an individual basis.
probable defaults (“unlikely to pay”): the total amount of cash and off-balance-sheet exposure which does not qualify as non-performing but which are considered as unlikely to be repaid (in terms of principal or interest), absent any action such as calling on guarantees, by the borrower. This assessment is generally made regardless of any past due amount or instalment. Probable defaults are generally assessed on an individual basis or by applying a pre-set percentage to the various credit risk categories.
Past due and/or excess exposures: these are cash exposures other than those classified as non-performing or probable defaults that, at the reporting date, are either past due or exceed approved credit limits. Past due and/or excess exposures can be determined by reference to either the individual borrower or the individual transaction.
Securitized receivables
Certain Group companies participate in receivable securitization programs as sellers and subscribers of bonds issued under these programs.

32



Securitization transactions involve the sale on a non-recourse basis of a receivable portfolio to a vehicle company, which in turn finances the purchase of these receivables by issuing asset-backed securities, that is bonds whose repayment of principal and interest depend on the cash flow generated by the receivable portfolio.
Asset-backed securities are ranked by seniority and rating, with the senior placed in the market with investors while the junior notes, which are subordinated to senior notes in priority of repayment, are placed with companies of the FCA Group.
According to IFRS 10, vehicles are included in the scope of consolidation, as the placement of junior asset-backed securities and participation of the originator in the set-up of the program, imply control over the SPE.
5.
Hedging transaction
Hedging transactions are intended to offset potential losses/gains on a specific item or group of items, attributable to a specific risk, through the gains/losses generated on another instrument or group of instruments in the event that the specific risk in question materializes. The FCA Bank Group hedges its exposure to the interest rate risk associated with receivables arising from instalment loans and bonds issued at fixed interest rates with derivatives designated as fair value hedges. Derivatives entered into to hedge the variable interest rate risk associated with the debt of the companies engaged in long-term rental are designated as cash flow hedges..
Only derivatives entered into with a counterparty not belonging to the Group may be treated as hedging instruments.
Hedging derivatives are stated at fair value. Specifically:
in the case of cash flow hedges, derivatives are recognized a their fair value. Any change in the fair value of the effective part of the hedge is recognized through OCI, in item 140. “Valuation reserve” while any change in the fair value of the ineffective part of the hedge is recognized through profit or loss in item 90. “Net result of hedging activities”;
in the case of fair value hedges, any change in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognized through profit or loss in item 90. “Net result of hedging activity”. Any change in the fair value of the hedged item, attributable to the risk hedged with the derivative instrument, is recognized through profit and loss as an offsetting entry of the change in the carrying amount of the hedged item.
The fair value of derivative instruments is calculated on the basis of interest and exchange rates quoted in the market, taking into account the counterparties’ creditworthiness, and reflects the present value of the future cash flows generated by the individual contracts.
Gains or losses on derivatives hedging interest rate risk are allocated either to “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expenses”, as the case may be.
A derivative contract is designated for hedging activities if there is a formal document of the relationship between the hedged instrument and the hedging instrument and whether the hedge is effective since inception and, prospectively, throughout its life.
A hedge is effective (in a range between 80% and 125%) when the changes in the fair value (or cash flows) of the hedging financial instrument almost entirely offset the changes in hedged item with regard to the risk being hedged.
Effectiveness is assessed at every year-end or interim reporting date by using:
prospective tests, to demonstrate an expectation of effectiveness in order to qualify for hedge accounting;
retrospective tests, to ensure that the hedging relationship has been highly effective throughout the reporting period, measuring the extent to which the achieved hedge deviates from a perfect hedge.
If the tests fail to demonstrate hedge effectiveness, hedge accounting, as indicated above, is discontinued and the derivative contract is reclassified to held-for-trading financial assets or financial liabilities and is therefore measured in a manner consistent with its classification. In case of macro hedging, IAS 39 permits the establishment of a fair value hedge for the interest rate risk exposure of a designated amount of financial assets or liabilities so that a group of derivative contracts can be used to offset the changes in fair value of the hedged items as interest rates vary.

33



Macro hedges cannot be applied to a net position being the difference between financial assets and liabilities.
Macro hedging is considered highly effective if, like fair value hedges, at inception and in subsequent periods the changes in fair value of the hedged amount are offset by the changes in fair value of the hedging derivatives in the range of 80% to 125%.
6.
Investments
Investments in joint ventures (IFRS 11) as well as in companies subject to significant influence (IAS 28) are recognized with the equity method.
Under the equity method, the investment in an associate or a joint venture is initially recognized at cost.

If there is any evidence that the value of an investment has been impaired, the recoverable value of the investment is estimated, taking account the present value of the future cash flows that it will generate, including its disposal value.
If the recovery value is lower than book value, the difference is recorded in the income statement.
In subsequent periods, if the reasons for the impairment cease to exist, the original value may be restored through the income statement.
7.
Tangible assets
This item includes furniture, fixtures, technical and other equipment and assets related to the leasing business.
These tangible assets are used to provide goods and services, to be leased to third parties, or for administrative purposes and are expected to be utilized for more than one period.
This item consists of:
assets for use in production;
assets held for investment purposes.
Assets held for use in production are utilized to provide goods and services as well as for administrative purposes and are expected to be used for more than one period. Typically, this category includes also assets held to be leased under leasing arrangements.
This item includes also assets provided by the Group in its capacity as lessor under operating lease agreements. Assets leased out include vehicles provided under operating lease agreements by the Group’s long-term car rental companies. Trade receivables to be collected in connection with recovery procedures in relation to operating leases are classified as “Other assets”. Operating lease agreements with a buyback clause are also included in “Other assets”.
Tangible assets comprise also leasehold improvements, whenever such expenses are value accretive in relation to identifiable and separable assets. In this case, classification takes place in the specific sub-items of reference in relation to the asset.
Assets held for investment purposes refer to investment property as per IAS 40, i.e. properties held (owned or
under a finance lease) in order to receive rental income and/or an appreciation of the invested capital.
Tangible assets are initially recognized at cost, inclusive of purchase price and all the incidental charges incurred directly to purchase and to put the asset in service. Costs incurred after purchase are only capitalized if they lead to an increase in the future economic benefits deriving from the asset to which they relate. All other costs are recorded in the income statement as incurred.
Subsequently, tangible assets are recognized at cost, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis considering the remaining useful life and value of the asset.
At every reporting date, if there is any evidence that an asset might be impaired, the book value of the asset is compared with its realizable value – equal to the greater of fair value, net of any selling costs, and the value in use of the asset, defined as the net present value of future cash flows generated by the asset. Any impairment losses and adjustments are recorded in the income statement, item 200 “Impairment/reinstatement of tangible assets”.

34



If the reasons that gave rise to the impairment no longer apply, then the loss is reversed for the amount that would restore the asset to the value that it would have had in the absence of any impairment, less accumulated depreciation.
Initial direct costs incurred in the negotiation and execution of an operating agreement are added to the leased assets in equal instalments, based on the length of the agreement.
Tangible assets are derecognized upon disposal or when they are retired from production and no further economic benefits are expected from them. Any difference between the selling price or realizable value and the carrying amount is recognized through profit or loss, item 270 “Gains (losses) from the sale of investments”.
8.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets are non-monetary long-term assets, identifiable even though they are intangible, controlled by the Group and which are likely to generate future economic benefits.
Intangible assets include mainly goodwill, software, trademarks and patents.
Goodwill arising in a business combination is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interests) and any previous interest held over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
In the case of software generated internally the costs incurred to develop the project are recognized as intangible assets provided that the following conditions are met: technical feasibility, intention to complete, future usefulness, availability of sufficient technical and financial resources and the ability to measure reliably the costs of the project.
Intangible assets are recognized if they are identifiable and originated from legal or contractual rights.
Intangible assets purchased separately and/or generated internally are initially recognized a cost and, except for goodwill, are amortized on a straight line basis over their remaining useful life.
Subsequently, they are measured at cost net of accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. The useful life of intangible assets is either definite or indefinite.
Definite-life intangibles are amortized over their remaining useful life and are tested for impairment every time there is objective evidence of a possible loss of value. The amortization period of a definite-life intangible asset is reviewed at least once every year, at year end. Changes in the useful life in which the future economic benefits related to the asset will materialize result in changes in the amortization period and are considered as changes in estimates. The amortization of definite-life intangible asset is recognized in the income statement in the cost category consistent with the function of the intangible asset.
Indefinite-life intangible assets, including goodwill, are not amortized but are tested every year for impairment both individually and at the level of cash generating units. Every year (or whenever there is evidence of impairment) goodwill is tested for impairment. To this end, the cash generating unit to which goodwill is to be attributed is identified. The amount of any impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of goodwill and its recoverable value, if lower. Recoverable value is equal to the greater of the fair value of the cash generating unit, less any selling costs, and the relevant value in use. Any adjustments are recognized in the income statement, item 260. “Goodwill impairment”. No reversal of impairment is permitted for goodwill.
Intangible assets are derecognized upon disposal or when and no further economic benefits are expected from them. Any difference between the selling price or realizable value and the carrying amount is recognized through profit or loss, item 270. “Gains (losses) from the sale of investments”.
9.
Current and deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized on the balance sheet of the consolidated financial statements in items 140. “Tax assets” and 80. “Tax liabilities”.

35



Tax assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position in line item 140. “Tax assets” on the asset side and line item 80. “Tax liabilities” on the liability side.
In accordance with the balance sheet method, current and deferred taxes are accounted for as follows:
current tax assets, that is payments in excess of taxes due under applicable national tax laws;
current tax liabilities, or taxes payable under applicable national tax laws;
deferred tax assets, that is income taxes recoverable in future years and related to:
deductible temporary differences;
unused tax loss carry-forwards; and
unused tax credits carried forward;
deferred tax liabilities, that is income tax amounts payable in future years due to the excess of income over taxable income due to timing differences.
Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated by applying national tax laws in force and are accounted for as an expense (income) in accordance with the same accrual basis of accounting applicable to the costs and revenues that generated them.
Generally, deferred tax assets and liabilities arise in the cases where the deductibility of a cost or the taxability of a revenue is deferred with respect to their recognition.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized on the basis of the tax rates that, at the balance sheet date, are expected to be applicable in the year in which the asset will be realized or the liability extinguished, on the basis of the tax legislation in force, and are periodically revised to take account of any change in legislation.
Deferred tax assets are recognized, to the extent that they can be recovered against future income. In accordance with IAS 12, the probability that there is sufficient taxable income in future should be verified from time to time. If the analysis reveals that there is no sufficient future income, the deferred tax assets are reduced accordingly.
Current and deferred taxes are recognized in the income statement, item 290 “Income tax on continuing operations”, with the exception of those taxes related to items recognized, in the current or in another year, directly through equity, such as those related to gains or losses on available-for-sale financial assets and those related to changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, whose changes in value are recognized, on an after-tax basis, directly in the statement of comprehensive income in the “Valuation reserve”.
Current tax assets are shown in the balance sheet net of current tax liabilities whenever the following conditions are met:
existence of an enforceable right to offset the amounts recognized;
the parties intend to settle the assets and liabilities in a single payment on a net basis or to realize he asset and simultaneously extinguish the liability.
Deferred tax assets are reported in the Statement of financial position net of deferred tax liabilities whenever the following conditions are met:
existence of a right to offset the underlying current tax assets with current tax liabilities; and
both deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes applied by the same tax jurisdiction on the same taxable entity or on different taxable entities that intend to settle the current tax assets and liabilities on net basis (typically in the presence of a tax consolidation agreement).
10.
Provisions for risks and charges
Post-employment benefits and similar obligations
Post-employment benefits are established in accordance with labor agreements and are qualified as defined-benefit plans.

36



Obligations associated with employee defined-benefit plans and the relevant pension costs associated to current employment are recognized based on actuarial estimates by applying he projected unit credit method. Actuarial gains/losses resulting from the valuation of the liabilities of the defined-benefit plan are recognized through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) in the “Valuation reserve”. Such re-measurements are not reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods.”
The discount rate used to calculate the present value of the obligations associated with post-employment benefits changes depending on the country/currency in which the liability is denominated and is set on the basis of yields, at the balance sheet date, of bonds issued by prime corporates with an average maturity consistent with that of the liability. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset.”
Other provisions
Other provisions for risks and charges relate to costs and charges of a specified nature and existence certain or probable but whose amount or date of payment is uncertain on the balance sheet date. Provisions for risks and charges are made solely whenever:
a) there is a current (legal or constructive) obligation as a result of a past event;
b) fulfilment of this obligation is likely to be onerous;
c) the amount of the liability can be reliably estimated.
When the time value of money is significant, the amount of a provision is calculated as the present value of the expenses that will supposedly be incurred to extinguish the obligation.
This item includes also long-term benefits to employees whose expenses are determined with the same actuarial criteria as those of the defined-benefit plans. Actuarial gains or losses are all recognized as incurred through profit or loss.
11.
Debts, securities outstanding and other liabilities
The items Bank borrowings, Due to customers and Securities outstanding include the financial instruments (other than financial liabilities held for trading and recognized at their fair value) issued to raise funds from external sources. In particular, securities outstanding reflect bonds issued by Group companies and securities issued by the SPEs in relation to receivable securitization transactions.
These financial liabilities are recognized on the date of settlement at fair value, which is normally the amount collected or the issue price, less any transaction costs directly attributable to the financial liability. Subsequently, these instruments are recognized at their amortized cost, on the basis of the effective interest method. The only exception is short-term liabilities, as the time value of money is negligible, which continue to be recognized on the basis of the amount collected.
Financial liabilities are derecognized when they reach maturity or are extinguished. Derecognition takes place also in the presence of a buyback of previously issued securities. The difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the price paid to buy it back is recognized through profit or loss, item 100.d) “Gains (Losses) on buyback of financial liabilities”.
12.
Financial liabilities held for trading
Financial liabilities held for trading include mainly derivative contracts that are not designated as hedging instruments.
These financial liabilities are recognized initially at their fair value initially and subsequently until they are extinguished, with the exception of derivative contracts to be settled with the delivery of an unlisted equity instrument whose fair value cannot be determined reliably and that, as such, are recognized at cost.
13.
Insurance assets and liabilities

37



IFRS 4 defines insurance contracts as contracts under which one party (the insurer) accepts significant insurance risk from another party (the policyholder) by agreeing to compensate the policyholder (or a party designated by the policyholder) if a specified uncertain future event (the insured event) adversely affects the policyholder.
The Group’s insurance activity concerns the reinsurance of life and non-life insurance policies sold by insurance companies to customers of consumer credit companies to protect the payment of the debt.
The items described below reflect, as prescribed by paragraph 2 of IFRS 4, the operating and financial effects deriving from the reinsurance contracts issued and held.
In essence the accounting treatment of such products calls for the recognition:
in items 150. “Net premiums” and 160. “Income (losses) from insurance activities” of the income statement, (i) of the premiums, which include the premiums written for the year following the issue of contracts, net of cancellations; (ii) changes in technical provisions, reflecting the variation in future obligations toward policyholders arising from insurance contracts; (iii) commissions for the year due to intermediaries; (iv) cost of claims, redemptions and expirations for the period;
in item 130. “Technical provisions”, on the liability side, of the obligations toward policyholders, calculated individually for every contract with the prospective method, on the basis of demographic/financial assumptions currently used by the industry;
in item 110. “Technical provisions ceded to reinsurers”, on the asset side, the obligations attributable to reinsurers.
14.
Other information
Employee Severance Fund
The FCA Bank Group has established different defined-benefit and defined-contribution pension plans, in line with the conditions and practices in the countries in which it carries out its activities.
In Italy, the Employee Severance Fund is treated as “post-employment benefits”, classified as:
“defined-contribution plan” for the severance amounts accrued to employees as of 1 January 2007 (effective date of Legislative Decree no. 252 on the reform of supplementary pension funds), both in case the employee exercised the option to allocate the sums attributable to him/her to supplementary pension funds and in case the employee opted for the allocation of these sums to INPS’s Treasury fund. For these sums, the amount accounted for as personnel expenses is determine on the basis of the contributions due without applying actuarial calculation methods;
“defined-benefit plan”, recognized on the basis of its actuarial value as determined by using the projected credit unit method, for the severance amounts accrued until 31 December 2006. These amounts are recognized on the basis of their actuarial value as determined by using the projected credit unit method. To discount these amounts to present value, the discount rate was determined on the basis of yields of bonds issued by prime corporates taking into account the average remaining duration of the liability, as weighted by the percentage of any payment and advance payment, for each payment date, in relation to the total amount to be paid and paid in advance until the full amount of the liability is extinguished.
Costs related to the employee severance fund are recognized in the income statement, item no. 180.a) “Administrative expenses: personnel expenses” and include, for the part relating to the defined-benefit plan (i) service costs related to companies with less than 50 employees; (ii) interest cost accrued for the year, for the defined-contribution part; (iii) the severance amounts accrued in the year and credited to either the pension funds or to INPS’s Treasury fund.
On the Statement of financial position, the “Employee severance fund” reflects the balance of the fund exiting at 31 December 2006, minus any payment made until 31 December 2017. Item 100 “Other liabilities” – “Due to social security institutions” shows the debt accrued at 31 December 2017 relating to the severance amounts payable to pension funds and INPS’s Treasury fund.
Actuarial gains and losses, reflecting the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the present value of the obligation at year-end, are recognized through equity in the Valuation reserve, in accordance with IAS 19 Revised.
Revenue recognition

38



Revenue arising from the use by others of the Company’s assets yielding interest is recognized, when it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Company and the amount can be reliably quantified. In particular, for all financial instruments measured at amortized cost, such as loans and receivables to customers and banks, and interest-bearing financial assets classified as AFS, interest income is recorded using the effective interest rate (EIR) and classified under “Interest and similar income”.
Commissions receivable upon execution of a significant act or upon the rendering of a service are recognized as revenue when the significant act has been completed or when the services are provided. On the other hand, commissions related to origination fees received by the entity relating to the creation or acquisition of a financial asset are deferred and recognized as an adjustment to the effective rate of interest.
Revenues from services are recognized when the services are rendered.
Dividends are recognized in the year in which their distribution is approved.
Cost recognition
Costs are recognized as they are incurred. Costs attributable directly to financial instruments measured at amortized cost and determinable since inception, regardless of when the relevant outlays take place, flow to the income statement via application of the effective interest rate.
Impairment losses are recognized as incurred.
Finance leases
Lease transactions are accounted for in accordance with IAS 17.
In particular, recognition of a lease agreement as a lease transaction is based on the substance that the agreement on the use of one or more specific assets and whether the agreement transfers the right to use such asset.
A lease is a finance lease if it transfers all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased asset; if it does not, then a lease is an operating lease.
For finance lease agreements where the FCA Bank Group acts as lessor, the assets provided under finance lease arrangements are reported as a receivable in the statement of financial position for a carrying amount equal to the net investment in the leased asset. All the interest payments are recognized as interest income (finance component in lease payments) in the income statement while the part of the lease payment relating to the return of principal reduce the value of the receivable.
Foreign currency transactions
Foreign currency transactions are entered, upon initial recognition, in the reference currency by applying to the foreign currency amount the exchange rate prevailing on the transaction date. At every interim and year-end reporting date, items originated in a foreign currency are reported as follows:
cash and monetary items are converted at the exchange rate prevailing at the reporting date;
non-monetary items, recognized at historical cost, are converted at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction;
non-monetary items, recognized at fair value, are converted at the exchange rate prevailing at the reporting date.
Exchange rate differences arising from the settlement of monetary items and the conversion of monetary items at exchange rates other than the initial ones, or those used to translate the previous year’s accounts, are recognized in the income statement as incurred. When a gain or a loss related to a non-monetary item is recognized through OCI, the exchange rate difference related to such item is also recognized through OCI. By converse, when a gain or a loss is recognized through profit or loss, the exchange rate difference related to such item is also recognized through profit or loss.

Use of estimates
Financial reporting requires use of estimates and assumptions which might determine significant effects on the amounts reported in the Statement of financial position and in the Income statement, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The preparation of these estimates

39



implies the use of the information available and subjective assessments, based on historical experience, used to make reasonable assumptions to record the transactions. By their nature the estimates and assumptions used may vary from one year to the next and, as such, so may the carrying amounts in the following years, significantly as well, as a result of changes in the subjective assessments made.
The main cases where subjective assessments are required include:
quantification of losses on loans and receivables, investments and, in general, on financial assets;
evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets;
quantification of employee provisions and provisions for risks and charges;
estimates and assumptions on the recoverability of deferred tax assets.
The estimates and assumptions used are periodically and regularly updated by the Group. Variations in actual circumstances could require that those estimates and assumptions are subsequently adjusted. The impacts of any changes in estimates and assumptions are recognized directly in profit or loss in the period in which the estimates are revised, if the revision impacts only that period, or also in future periods, if the revision impacts both the current and future periods.
Following are the key considerations and assumptions made by management in applying IFRS and that could have a significant impact on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements or where there is significant risk of a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities during a subsequent financial period.

Recoverability of deferred tax assets

At 31 December 2017, the Group had deferred tax assets on deductible temporary differences and theoretical tax benefits arising from tax loss carry forwards. The Group has recorded this amount because it believes that it is likely to be recovered.
In determining this amount, management has taken into consideration figures from budgets and forecasts consistent with those used for impairment testing and discussed in the preceding paragraph on the recoverable amount of non-current assets.
Moreover, the contra accounts that have been recognized (i.e. deferred tax assets not recognized to the extent that it is not probable that taxable profit will be available against which the unused tax losses or unused tax credits can be utilized) are considered to be sufficient to protect against the risk of a further deterioration of the assumptions in these forecasts, taking account of the fact that the net deferred assets so recognized relate to temporary differences and tax losses which, to a significant extent, may be recovered over a very long period, and are therefore consistent with a situation in which the time needed to exit from the crisis and for an economic recovery to occur extends beyond the horizon implicit in the above-mentioned estimates.

Pension plans and other post-employment benefits

Employee benefit liabilities with the related assets, costs and net interest expense are measured on an actuarial basis, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions to determine the net liabilities or net assets.
The actuarial method takes into consideration parameters of a financial nature such as the discount rate and the expected long term rate of return on plan assets, the growth rate of salaries as well as the likelihood of potential future events by using demographic assumptions such as mortality rates, dismissal or retirement rates.
In particular, the discount rates selected are based on yields curves of high quality corporate bonds in the relevant market. The expected returns on plan assets are determined considering various inputs from a range of advisors concerning long-term capital market returns, inflation, current bond yields and other variables, adjusted for any specific aspects of the asset investment strategy. Salary growth rates reflect the Group’s long-term actual expectation in the reference market and inflation trends. Changes in any of these assumptions may have an effect on future contributions to the plans.


40



Contingent liabilities

The Group makes provisions for pending disputes and legal proceedings when it is considered probable that there will be an outflow of funds and when the amount of the losses arising therefrom can be reasonably estimated. If an outflow of funds becomes possible but the amount cannot be estimated, the matter is disclosed in the notes. The Group is the subject of legal and tax proceedings covering a range of matters which are pending in various jurisdictions. Due to the uncertainty inherent in such matters, it is difficult to predict the outflow of funds which will result from such disputes. Moreover, the cases and claims against the Group often derive from complex and difficult legal issues which are subject to a different degree of uncertainty, including the facts and circumstances of each particular case, the jurisdiction and the different laws involved. In the normal course of business the Group monitors the stage of pending legal procedures and consults with legal counsel and experts on legal and tax matters. It is therefore possible that the provisions for the Group’s legal proceedings and litigation may vary as the result of future developments of the proceedings under way.


41



A.3 - INFORMATION ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN PORTFOLIOS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
In 2017 no inter-portfolio transfers were made.

A.4 – INFORMATION ON FAIR VALUE
According to IFRS 13, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). IFRS 7 introduces instead the definition of “fair value hierarchy”. This standard calls for fair value to be determined in accordance with a three-level hierarchy based on the significance of the inputs used in such measurement. The objective is to set the price at which the asset can be sold.
 
The three levels are as follows:
Level 1 (L1): quoted prices (without adjustments) in an active market – as defined by IAS 39 – for the assets and liabilities to be measured;
Level 2 (L2): inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable either directly (prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) in the market;
Level 3 (L3): inputs that are not based on observable market data.

The methods adopted by the Company to determine fair value are illustrated below:
Austrian government bonds purchased by the Austrian subsidiary, quoted in regulated markets (Caption: assets held to maturity);
bonds issued by the subsidiaries in Ireland, Poland and Switzerland under, the Euro Medium Term Notes programme and listed in regulated markets (Caption: bonds outstanding);
bonds issued in connection with securitization transactions, placed with the public or with private investors, by different Group entities (Caption: bonds outstanding).
For listed bonds issued in connection with securitization transactions, reference to prices quoted by Bloomberg.
Financial assets and liabilities classified as (L2), whose fair value is determined by using inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable either directly (prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) in the market, refer to:
OTC trading derivatives to hedge securitization transactions;
OTC derivatives entered into to hedge Group companies’ receivables;
trade receivable portfolio (Caption: Receivables);
borrowings;
bonds issued in connection with securitization transactions, placed with the public or with private investors, by different Group entities.
Derivatives are measured by discounting their cash flows at the rates plotted on the yield curves provided by Bloomberg. Receivables and payables are measured in the same way.
Bonds outstanding reflect the prices published by Bloomberg. For unlisted bonds reference is made to quoted prices for comparable transactions.

42



In accordance with IFRS 13, to determine fair value, the FCA Bank Group considers default risk, which includes changes in the creditworthiness of the entity and its counterparties.

In particular:
a CVA (Credit Value Adjustment) is a negative amount that takes into account scenarios in which the counterparty fails before the company and the company has a positive exposure to the counterparty. Under these scenarios, the company incurs a loss equal to the replacement value of the derivative;
a DVA (Debt Value Adjustment) is a positive amount that takes into account scenarios in which the company fails before the counterparty and the company has a negative exposure to the counterparty. Under these scenarios, the company obtains a gain for an amount equal to the replacement cost of the derivative.

For listed bonds issued in connection with private securitization transactions, reference is provided by prime banks active in the market taking as reference equivalent transactions, or made to the nominal value of the bonds or the fair value attributed by the banking counterparty that subscribed to them.
The Group uses measurement methods (mark to model) in line with those generally accepted and used by the market. Valuation models are based on the discount of future cash flows and the estimation of volatility; they are reviewed both when they are developed and from time to time, to ensure that they are fully consistent with the objectives of the valuation.

These methods use inputs based on prices prevailing in recent transactions on the instrument being measured and/or prices/quotations of instruments with similar characteristics in terms of risk profile.

43




A.4.5 FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY

A.4.5.1 Assets and liabilities measure at fair value on a recurring basis: breakdown by fair value levels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets/Liabilities measures at fair value
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
1. Financial assets held for trading
-
100
-
-
2,339
-
2. Financial assets at fair value through P&L
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Available for sale financial assets
-
-
-
-
-
12
4. Hedging derivatives assets
-
-
-
-
95,131
-
5. Property, plant and equipment
-
-
-
-
-
-
6. Intangible assets
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
-
100
-
-
97,470
12
1. Financial liabilities held for trading
-
5,603
-
-
6,996
-
2. Financial liabilities at fair value through P&L
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Hedging derivative liabilities
-
43,309
-
-
68,936
-
Total
-
48,912
-
-
75,932
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 



44




A.4.5.4 Assets and liabilities not measured at fair value or measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis: distributions for levels of fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets/Liabilities not measured at fair value or measured at fair value on a non recurring - basis
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
VB
L1
L2
L3
BV
L1
L2
L3
1. Held to maturity investments
9,594
10,498
-
-
9,563
10,458
-
-
2. Loans and receivables with banks
2,097,642
-
2,097,642
-
1,497,903
-
1,497,903
-
3. Loans and receivables with customers
21,253,799
-
21,258,923
-
18,555,896
-
18,535,611
-
4. Available for sale financial assets
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5. Non current assets classified as held for sale
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
23,361,036
10,498
23,356,566
-
20,063,362
10,458
10,583,064
-
1. Deposits from banks
8,555,557
-
8,822,429
-
8,021,610
 
8,300,518
 
2. Deposits from customers
1,483,490
-
1,519,172
-
701,695
-
710,833
-
3. Debt certificates including bonds
13,336,292
9,873,486
3,508,963
19,153
11,087,597
7,639,216
3,247,762
289,155
4. Liabilities included in disposal group classified as hfs
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
23,375,339
9,873,486
13,850,564
19,153
19,810,902
7,639,216
12,259,113
289,155
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BV= Balance sheet value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






45




A.5 – Information regarding “day one profit/loss”
IFRS 7, Paragraph 28 regulates the particular case in which, in the event that the purchase of a financial instrument calculated at fair value but not listed in market the transaction cost, that generally represent the best estimate at fair value in an initial basis, diverges to the fair value determined with the evaluative technics adopted by the entity.
In this case an evaluative profit/loss is realized and an adequate informative note for class of financial instrument must be provided at the purchase place.
At 31 December 2017, in the Consolidated Financial Statement this case is not present.




46




PART B - INFORMATION ON THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
ASSETS    
Section 1 – Cash and cash equivalents – Item 10
This item includes cheques, cash and cash equivalent items.

1.1 Cash and cash balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
a) Cash
24
29
b) Demand deposits with Central banks
452
147
Total
476
176
 
 
 





47



Section 2 – Financial assets held for trading – Item 20    
2.1 Financial assets held for trading: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
A. Balance-sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.1 Structured securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.2 Other
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Units in investment funds
-
-
-
-
-
-
4. Loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.1 Repos
-
-
-
-
-
-
4.2 Other
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total (A)
-
-
-
-
-
-
B. Derivative instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Financial derivatives:
-
100
-
-
2,339
-
1.1 Trading
-
100
-
-
2,339
-
1.2 Related to fair value option assets / liabilities
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.3 Other
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Credit derivatives:
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.1 Trading
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.2 Related to fair value option assets / liabilities
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.3 Other
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total (B)
-
100
-
-
2,339
-
Total (A+B)
-
100
-
-
2,339
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 


This item includes the positive valuation of financial derivative instruments related to the securitization transactions, which were entered into by the banks involved in such transactions.







48



2.2 Financial instruments held for trading: breakdown by debtors/issuers
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. Financial assets (non-derivatives)
 
 
1. Debt securities
-
-
a) Governments and central banks
-
-
b) Other public-sector entities
-
-
c) Banks
-
-
d) Other issuers
-
-
2. Equity instruments
-
-
a) Banks
-
-
b) Other issuers:
-
-
- Insurance companies
-
-
- Financial companies
-
-
- Non-financial companies
-
-
- Other
-
-
3. Units investment funds
-
-
4. Loans
-
-
a) Governments and Central Banks
-
-
b) Other public-sector entities
-
-
c) Banks
-
-
d) Other issuers
-
-
Total A
-
-
B. Derivative instruments
 
 
a) Banks
100
2,339
- Fair value
100
2,339
b) Customers
-
-
- Fair value
-
-
Total B
100
2,339
Total (A+B)
100
2,339
 
 
 

Derivatives instruments are entered into with top banking institution counterparties and are represented by non-listed Interest Rate Swaps (Over the Counter).

49




Section 3 – Financial assets measured at fair value – Item 30
The Group doesn’t hold financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss.
Section 4 – Financial assets available-for-sale – Item 40
The caption includes the net amount of equity instruments underwritten in 2009 by FCA Bank S.p.A., for a total of euro 639 thousand, in connection with the restructuring of a dealer’s payables. This amount was written off in 2009.


4.1 Available-for-sale financial instruments: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
1. Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.1 Structured securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.2 Other
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments
-
-
-
-
-
12
2.1 Designated at fair value
-
-
-
-
-
12
2.2 Recognized at cost
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Units investment funds
-
-
-
-
-
-
4. Loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
-
-
-
-
-
12
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 


50




4.2 Financial assets available-for-sale: composition by debtor/issuer
 
 
 
 
Items/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Debt securities
-
-
a) Governments and Central Banks
-
-
b) Other public entities
-
-
c) Banks
-
-
d) Other issuers
-
-
2. Equity securities
-
12
a) Banks
-
12
b) Other issuers:
-
-
- insurance undertakings
-
-
- financial companies
-
-
- non-financial corporations
-
-
- other
-
-
3. Units of collective investment undertakings
-
-
4. Loans
-
-
a) Governments and Central Banks
-
-
b) Other public entities
-
-
c) Banks
-
-
d) Other issuers
-
-
Total
-
12
 
 
 



51




Section 5 – Financial assets held to maturity – Item 50

5.1 Held-to-maturity investments: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
BV
FAIR VALUE
BV
FAIR VALUE
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
1. Debts securities
9,594
10,498
-
-
9,563
10,458
-
-
- structured
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other
9,594
10,498
-
-
9,563
10,458
-
-
2. Loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BV = Balance sheet value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




5.2 Held-to-maturity investments: breakdown by issuer/borrower
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of transaction / Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Debt securities
9,594
9,563
a) Governments and central banks
9,594
9,563
b) Other public-sector entities
-
-
c) Banks
-
-
d) Other issuers
-
-
2. Loans
-
-
a) Governments and central banks
-
-
b) Other public-sector entities
-
-
c) Banks
-
-
d) Other entities
-
-
Total
9,594
9,563
Total FV
10,498
10,458
 
 
 



This item mainly includes a bond issued by the Austrian government and held by FCA Bank GmbH (Austria) and FCA Bank Polska S.A.; these are mandatory deposits required by the local Central Bank.

52




Section 6 – Loans to banks – Item 60
6.1 Loans and receivables with banks: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of transaction / Values
Total
31/12/2017
Total
31/12/2016
BV
FV
BV
FV
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
A. Loans to Central Banks
90,593
-
90,593
-
66,161
-
66,161
-
1. Time deposits
32,705
X
X
X
22,845
X
X
X
2. Compulsory reserves
7,900
X
X
X
1,328
X
X
X
3. Repos
-
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
4. Other
49,988
X
X
X
41,988
X
X
X
B. Loans to banks
2,007,049
-
2,007,049
-
1,431,742
-
1,431,742
-
1. Loans
2,007,049
-
2,007,049
-
1,431,742
-
1,431,742
-
1.1 Current accounts and demand deposits
1,260,600
X
X
X
1,218,424
X
X
X
1.2 Time deposits
55,386
X
X
X
64,244
X
X
X
1.3 Other loans:
691,063
X
X
X
149,074
X
X
X
- Repos
690,851
X
X
X
138,412
X
X
X
- Finance leases
-
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
- Other
212
X
X
X
10,662
X
X
X
2. Debts securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.1 Structured
-
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
2.2 Other
-
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
Total
2,097,642
-
2,097,642
-
1,497,903
-
1,497,903
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Legend:
BV = Balance sheet value


Bank deposits and current accounts include funds available on current accounts or deposited by SPVs totaling €656 million (€757 million at 31 December 2016). Liquidity is restricted as per each relevant securitization contract. A breakdown by SPV is provided below:



53



SPV
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
 
 
 
A-Best Nine S.r.l.
29,677
34,382
A-Best Ten S.r.l.
34,135
40,049
A-Best Eleven S.r.l.
33,306
60,734
A-Best Twelve S.r.l.
84,413
85,128
A-Best Thirteen S.r.l.
38,330
14,266
A-Best Fourteen S.r.l.
105,270
127,146
A-Best Fifteen S.r.l.
87,381
-
Nixes Five Ltd
-
47,242
Nixes Six Plc
-
76,575
Nixes Seven B.V.
31,857
-
Erasmus Finance Ltd
227,983
252,505
Fast 3 S.r.l.
22,255
18,743
TOTALE
694,607
756,770



In December 2017 two new securitizations started, Nixes Seven B.V. and A-Best Fifteen S.r.l..
The Liquidity Reserve is designed to meet any cash shortfalls for the payment of interest on senior securities and certain specific expenses.
The funds held in current accounts or as bank deposits are used for:
acquisition of new portfolio of receivables/loans;
repayment of notes;
payment of interest on “senior” notes;
SPE operating costs.
 
Bank deposits and current accounts also include short-term deposits held temporarily with banks and year-end current account balances resulting from ordinary operating activities.


54



Section 7 – Loans to customers – Item 70
7.1 Loans and receivables with customers: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of Transaction/Value
Total 31/12/2017
Total 31/12/2016
Book Value
Fair Value
Book Value
Fair Value
Performing
Impaired
L1
L2
L3
Performing
Impaired
L1
L2
L3
Purchased
Other
Purchased
Other
Loans
21,084,522
-
169,277
-
21,258,923
-
18,400,829
-
155,067
-
18,595,611
-
1. Current accounts
54,714
-
670
X
X
X
41,756
-
581
X
X
X
2. Repos
207,577
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
X
X
X
3. Mortgages
-
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
X
X
X
4. Credit cards and personal loans, incl. wage assignment loans
428,270
-
514
X
X
X
364,400
-
425
X
X
X
5. Financial leasing
3,579,368
-
14,114
X
X
X
2,974,098
-
18,312
X
X
X
6. Factoring
5,867,304
-
119,957
X
X
X
5,047,640
-
102,149
X
X
X
7. Other loans
10,947,289
-
34,022
X
X
X
9,972,935
-
33,600
X
X
X
Debts securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8. Structured
-
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
X
X
X
9. Other
-
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
X
X
X
Total
21,084,522
-
169,277
-
21,258,923
-
18,400,829
-
155,067
-
18,595,611
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Legend:
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Factoring
This item includes:
receivables arising from sales to the dealer network for €17.3 million factored on a non-recourse basis by the FCA Group; however, since this amount was in excess of the lines of credit available, the associated risk was not transferred to the factors;
receivables arising from sales to the dealer network for €5,969.9 million, factored on a non-recourse basis by the commercial partners to companies of FCA Bank Group; of which, assets of SPE Fast 3 for €1,208.6 million and Erasmus for €1,310.8 million consolidated in accordance with IFRS 10; FCA Bank Germany GmbH (Germany), FCA Capital France S.A. (France) and FCA Capital Espana EFC S.A. (Spain) are the originators of Erasmus securitization transaction, FCA Bank S.p.A. is the originator of Fast 3.

Other loans
This item includes credit financing mainly concerned with fixed instalment car loans and personal loans.
The receivables comprise the amount of transaction costs/fees calculated in relation to the individual loans by including the following:
grants received in relation to promotional campaigns;
fees received from customers;
incentives and bonuses paid to the dealer network;
commissions on the sale of ancillary products.

55



Receivables include €7.7 billion relating to SPEs for the securitization of receivables, as reported in accordance with IFRS 10.

This item includes loans granted to the FCA Group dealer network to fund network development, commercial requirements in handling used vehicles and to meet specific short/medium term borrowing requirements.
The item includes as well the loans to legal entity of retail business classified in this item in accordance with the definition of Bank of Italy of consumer credit.

56




7.2 Loans and receivables with customers: breakdown by issuer / borrower
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of transaction / Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
Bonis
Impaired
Bonis
Impaired
Purchased
Other
Purchased
Other
1. Debt securities issued by
-
-
-
-
-
-
a) Governments
-
-
-
-
-
-
b) Other public-sector Entities
-
-
-
-
-
-
c) Other issuers
-
-
-
-
-
-
- non-financial companies
-
-
-
-
-
-
- financial companies
-
-
-
-
-
-
- insurance companies
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Loans to:
21,084,521
-
169,278
18,400,829
-
155,067
a) Governments
-
-
-
1
-
-
b) Other public-sector Entities
908
-
-
2,938
-
-
c) Other entities
21,083,613
-
169,278
18,397,890
-
155,067
- non-financial companies
9,340,028
-
142,037
7,613,327
-
115,588
- financial companies
59,652
-
10
42,794
-
552
- insurance companies
89
-
-
33
-
-
- other
11,683,844
-
27,231
10,741,736
-
38,927
Total
21,084,521
-
169,278
18,400,829
-
155,067
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

7.4 Financial Leasing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity Range
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
Non perfor
ming assets
MINIMUM PAYMENTS
GROSS INVESTMENTS
Non performing assets
MINIMUM PAYMENTS
GROSS INVESTMENTS
Principal
Interest
 
of which unsecured residual amount
Principal
Interest
 
of which unsecured residual amount
 
of which secured
 
 
of which secured
 
- on demand
5,268
7,886
165
5
8,100
100
2,347
15,469
-
-
17,816
-
- up to 3 months
591
102,805
202
5,310
218,966
404
6,812
173,555
-
20,576
180,367
-
- between 3 months and 1 year
1,483
333,092
100
27,851
624,101
1,612
1,434
558,931
-
57,719
560,366
-
- between 1 year and 3 years
6,096
1,691,293
1,466
108,413
2,656,256
8,083
7,134
2,189,167
-
151,005
2,196,300
-
- over 5 years
378
11,529
-
1,202
12,729
-
585
36,975
-
2,417
37,560
-
- unspecified maturity
298
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
14,114
2,146,605
1,933
142,781
3,520,152
10,199
18,312
2,974,098
-
231,717
2,992,409
-

57




Section 8 – Hedging derivatives – Item 80
8.1 Hedging derivatives: breakdown by hedging type and fair value hierarchy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FV
31/12/2017
NV
FV
31/12/2016
NV
 
L1
L2
L3
31/12/2017
L1
L2
L3
31/12/2016
A) Financial derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1) Fair value
-
66,394
-
10,523,773
-
94,657
-
7,204,634
2) Cash flows
-
725
-
275,220
-
474
-
171,955
3) Net investment in foreign subsidiaries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B) Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1) Fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2) Cash flows
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
-
67,119
-
10,798,993
-
95,131
-
7,376,589
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NV= Notional value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


This item reflects the fair value of the derivative contracts entered into to hedge interest rate and exchange rate risks. The amounts include any interest accrued at year-end.

The notional amount of the cash flow hedge refers to the derivatives used to hedge the exposure to interest rate risk on long-term rental activities, whose fair value at year-end was €0.7 million.

58




8.2 Hedging derivatives: breakdown by hedged assets and risk
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transaction / Type of hedging
Fair value hedges
Cash-flow hedges
Net Investments on foreign subsidiaries
Micro
Macro
Micro
Macro
Interest rate risk
Currency risk
Credit risk
Price risk
Multiple risk
1. Available-for-sale financial instruments
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
x
2. Loans and receivables
-
-
-
x
-
x
-
x
x
3. Held-to-maturity investments
x
-
-
x
-
x
-
x
x
4. Portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
12,278
x
-
x
5. Others
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
-
Total assets
-
-
-
-
-
12,278
-
-
-
1. Financial liabilities
53,218
898
-
x
-
x
-
x
x
2. Portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
-
x
-
x
Total liabilities
53,218
898
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1. Highly probable transactions
x
x
x
x
x
x
-
x
x
2. Financial assets and liabilities portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
-
x
725
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


The generic column shows the amount of derivative instruments used to hedge the loans and receivables. Such instruments have been accounted for as fair value hedges (macro hedge). The cash flow hedges refer to derivative instruments hedging interest rate risk. Such instruments, which are used for long-term rental activities, are accounted for as cash flow hedges.

59




Section 9 – Value adjustment of financial assets subject to macro-hedge – Item 90


9.1 Changes to macro-hedged financial assets: breakdown by hedged portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Value adjustment of financial assets subject to macro-hedge/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Positive fair value changes
24,896
39,742
1.1 of specific portfolios:
-
-
a) loans and receivables
-
-
b) available for sale financial instruments
-
-
1.2 overall
24,896
39,742
2. Negative fair value changes
(19,772)
-
2.1 of specific portfolios:
-
-
a) loans and receivables
-
-
b) available for sale financial instruments
-
-
2.2 overall
(19,772)
-
Total
5,124
39,742
 
 
 

This item includes the changes in fair value of the receivables underlying the hedging instruments accounted for as fair value hedges (macro hedge).



9.2 Notional amount of assets hedged under macro-hedge relationship: breakdown
 
 
 
Hedged Assets
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Loans and receivables
10,735,432
12,826,175
2. Available-for-sale financial assets
-
-
3. Portfolio
-
-
Total
10,735,432
12,826,175
 
 
 



60




Section 10 – Equity Investments – Item 100
10.1 Equity investments: information on shareholders’ equity
 
Name
Headquarters
Ownership relationship
Held by
Holding %
 
 
 
 
1 CODEFIS S.C.P.A.
Turin, Italy
FCA Bank
30%
2 CAR CITY CLUB S.R.L. IN LIQUIDAZIONE
Turin, Italy
Leasys
33%
3 FCA SECURITY S.C.P.A.
Turin, Italy
FCA Bank
0.21%
4 FCA SECURITY S.C.P.A.
Turin, Italy
Leasys
0.10%
5 OSEO S.A.
Paris, France
FCA Capital France
0.003%

Effective August, 1st 2017 ORIONE S.c.p.A. merged through incorporation into SIRIO S.c.p.A. At the same date, SIRIO S.c.p.A. changed its name to FCA SECURITY S.c.p.A. with a capital increase from euro 120.000 to euro 152.520.
Effective January, 31st 2017 Car City Club S.r.l. started a voluntary liquidation. As a consequence, the investment held by Leasys S.p.A. has been entirely impaired.

61




Section 11 – Insurance reserves attributable to reinsurers – Item 110

11.1 Reinsured portion of technical reserves: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. Non-life business
6,588
8,268
A1. Provision for unearned premiums
5,024
5,857
A2. Provision for outstanding claims
1,564
1,832
A3. Other insurance provisions
-
579
B. Life business
4,733
7,236
B1. Mathematical provisions
3,328
4,788
B2. Provision for outstanding claims
1,405
1,803
B3. Other insurance provisions
-
645
C. Provision for policies where the investment risk is borne by the policyholders
-
-
C1. Provision for policies where the performance is connected to investment funds and market indices
-
-
C2. Provision for pension funds
-
-
D. Total amounts ceded to reinsurers from insurance reserves
11,321
15,504
 
 
 





62



Section 12 – Property, plant and equipment – Item 120
12.1 Property, plant and equipment used in the business: breakdown of assets carried at cost
 
 
 
Activities/Values
Total
Total
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1.1 Owned assets
1,958,781
1,483,910
a) lands
-
-
b) buildings
-
-
c) office furniture and fitting
5,435
4,812
d) electronic system
293
230
e) other
1,953,053
1,478,868
1.2 Leased assets
649
6,984
a) lands
-
-
b) buildings
-
-
c) office furniture and fitting
-
4,316
d) electronic system
-
-
e) other
649
2,668
Total
1,959,430
1,490,894
 
 
 



63




12.5 Tangible assets used in the business: annual changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Activities/Values
Land
Buildings
Furniture
Electronic systems
Other
Total
A. Gross opening balance
-
-
33,004
802
2,039,455
2,073,261
A.1 Total net reduction value
-
-
(23,876)
(572)
(557,919)
(582,367)
A.2 Net opening balance
-
-
9,128
230
1,481,536
1,490,894
B. Increase
-
-
6,073
243
1,067,673
1,073,989
B.1 Purchase
-
-
5,505
74
1,005,388
1,010,967
B.2 Capitalized expenditure on improvements
-
-
-
-
-
-
B.3 Write-backs
-
-
-
-
-
-
B.4 Posit. changes in fair value allocated to:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- a) net equity
-
-
-
-
-
-
- b) profit & loss
-
-
-
-
-
-
B.5 exchange difference (+)
-
-
3
-
31
34
B.6 Transfer from investment properties
-
-
-
-
-
-
B.7 Other adjustment
-
-
565
169
62,254
62,988
C. Decreases
-
-
9,766
180
595,507
605,453
C.1 Sales
-
-
353
-
246,993
247,346
C.2 Amortization
-
-
1,096
175
308,265
309,536
C.3 Impairment losses allocated to:
-
-
33
-
-
33
- a) net equity
-
-
-
-
-
-
- b) profit & loss
-
-
33
-
-
33
C.4 Negat. changes in fair value allocated to:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- a) net equity
-
-
-
-
-
-
- b) profit & loss
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.5 exchange difference (-)
-
-
29
4
4,660
4,693
C.6 Transfers to:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- a) held-for-sales investments
-
-
-
-
-
-
- b) assets classified as held-for-sales
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.7 Other adjustment
-
-
8,255
1
35,589
43,845
D. Net closing balance
-
-
5,435
293
1,953,702
1,959,430
D.1 Total net write-down
-
-
(38,165)
(637)
(622,160)
(660,962)
D.2 Final gross balance
-
-
43,600
930
2,575,862
2,620,392
E. Carried at cost
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total amortization equal to euro 309 million is mainly due to tangible assets in relation to Operating lease (euro 307 million as represented in the table below).

64




12.5.1 Tangible assets: annual changes - Operating Lease
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
 
Land
Building
Furniture
Electronic equipment
Others
A. Opening balance
-
-
-
-
1,461,194
B. Increases
-
-
-
-
1,022,371
B.1 Purchases
-
-
-
-
1,003,442
B.2 Capitalized expenditure on improvements
-
-
-
-
-
B.3 Increases in fair value
-
-
-
-
-
B.4 Write backs
-
-
-
-
-
B.5 Positive exchange differences
-
-
-
-
-
B.6 Transfer from properties used in the business
-
-
-
-
-
B.7 Other changes
-
-
-
-
18,929
C. Reductions
-
-
-
-
558,541
C.1 Disposals
-
-
-
-
246,993
C.2 Depreciation
-
-
-
-
306,941
C.3 Negative changes in fair value
-
-
-
-
-
C.4 Impairment losses
-
-
-
-
-
C.5 Negative exchange difference
-
-
-
-
4,607
C.6 Transfers to
-
-
-
-
-
a) properties used in the business
-
-
-
-
-
b) non-current assets classified ad held for sale
-
-
-
-
-
C.7 Other changes
-
-
-
-
-
D. Closing balance
-
-
-
-
1,925,024
E. Measured at fair value
-
-
-
-
-








65



12.5.2 Property held for investment: composition of assets recognized at cost



Item
Total
Total
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
Unopted assets
1,413
436
Assets returned after termination
4,310
4,727
Other assets
21,620
18,153
1) Total: Financial lease
27,343
23,316
Assets provided under operating leases
1,925,024
1,230,187
2) Total: Operating lease
1,925,024
1,230,187
Total
1,952,367
1,253,503
 
 
 



66




Section 13 – Intangible assets – Item 130
13.1 Intangible assets: breakdown - Item 130
 
 
 
 
 
Activities/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
Definite life
Indefinite life
Definite life
Indefinite life
A.1 Goodwill
x
181,824
x
181,824
A.1.1 Attributable to the group
x
181,824
x
181,824
A.1.2 Attributable to minorities
x
-
x
-
A.2 Other intangible assets
55,199
-
44,197
-
A.2.1 Assets valued at cost:
55,199
-
44,197
-
a) Intangible assets generated internally
-
-
-
-
b) Other assets
55,199
-
44,197
-
A.2.2 Assets valued at fair value:
-
-
-
-
a) Intangible assets generated internally
-
-
-
-
b) Other assets
-
-
-
-
Total
55,199
181,824
44,197
181,824
 
 
 
 
 


The item “Goodwill” includes €78.4 million relating to the Italian subsidiary Leasys S.p.A. and €101.9 million arising on the reorganization of the FCA BANK Group which occurred in 2006 and 2007. In particular:
€50.1 million related to the recognition - by the subsidiary Fidis Servizi Finanziari S.p.A., which merged into the Holding FCA Bank on March 1st, 2008 - of goodwill arising on the transfer of the “Network finance and other financing” business and the acquisition of the “Holding Division” from Fidis S.p.A.;
€36.8 million related to the acquisition of certain European companies engaged in dealer financing;
€15 million related to the acquisition of the Fidis Servizi Finanziari S.p.A. Group, which was eventually merged into the parent Company.

On 7 November, 2016 FCA Bank S.p.A. acquired a majority stake in Ferrari Financial Services GmbH (“FFS GmbH”) for a total purchase price of €18.6 million upon consummation of the share purchase agreement entered into by the parties during 2016. As a result of the first consolidation of the company a Goodwill equal to €1.5 million arose.

The item “Other intangible assets” mainly refers to:
licenses and software of the subsidiary Leasys S.p.A. for €15.7 million and of the parent company, FCA Bank, for €15.1 million;
royalties for €1.4 million.


67




Impairment test of goodwill
According to IAS 36 – Impairment of Assets, goodwill must be tested for impairment every year to determine its recoverable amount. Therefore, on every reporting date the Group tests goodwill for impairment, estimating the relevant recoverable amount and comparing it with its carrying amount to determine whether the asset is impaired.

Definition of CGUs
To test goodwill for impairment – considering that goodwill generates cash flows only in combination with other assets – it is necessary first of all to attribute it to an organizational unit that enjoys relative operational autonomy and is capable of generating cash flows. Such cash flows must be independent of other areas of activity but interdependent within the organizational unit, which is aptly defined as cash generating unit (CGU).
IAS 36 suggests that it is necessary to correlate the level at which goodwill is tested with the level of internal reporting at which management monitors the entity’s operations. The definition of this level depends solely on the organizational models and the attribution of management responsibilities over the direction of the operational activity and the relevant monitoring.
For FCA Bank Group, the CGU relevant for goodwill allocation are identified in Dealer Financing business unit and Leasys S.p.A. business.

The CGU’s carrying amount
The carrying amount of a CGU must be determined consistently with the criteria guiding the estimation of its recoverable amount.
From the standpoint of a banking firm, the cash flows generated by a CGU cannot be identified without considering the cash flows of financial assets/liabilities, given that these result the firm’s core business. Following this approach (i.e. “equity valuation”), the carrying amount of the CGU can be determined in terms of free cash flow to consolidated equity, including non-controlling interests.

Criteria to estimate the value in use of a CGU
The value in use of the CGUs was determined by discounting to present value their expected cash flows over a five-year forecast period. The cash flow of the fifth year was assumed to grow in perpetuity (at a rate indicated with the notation “g”, to determine terminal value. The growth rate “g” was set on the basis of a consistent medium-term rate of inflation in the euro zone).

From the standpoint of a banking/financial company, the cash flows generated by a CGU cannot be identified without considering the cash flows of financial assets/liabilities, given that these arise from the company’s core business. In other words, the recoverable amount of the CGUs is affected by the above cash flows and, as such, must include also financial assets/liabilities. Accordingly, these assets and liabilities must be allocated to the CGU of reference.
In light of the above, it would be rather fair to say that the cash flows of the individual CGUs are equivalent to the earnings generated by the individual CGUs. Accordingly, it was assumed that the free cash flow (FCF) corresponds to the Net Profit of a CGU under valuation.

Determining the discount rate to calculate the present value of cash flows
In determining value in use, cash flows were discounted to present value at a rate that reflects current considerations on market trends, the time value of money and the risks specific to the business.
The discount rate used – given that it was a financial firm – was estimated solely in terms of equity valuation, that is considering only the cost of capital (Ke), in keeping with the criteria to determine cash flows that, as already shown, include also the inflows and outflows associated with financial assets and liabilities.

68



The cost of capital was then calculated by using the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). Based on this model, cost of capital is calculated as the sum of a risk-free return and a risk premium, which in turn, depends on the risk specific to the business (such risk reflecting both industry risk and country risk).

Results of the impairment test
Goodwill was tested for impairment on the reporting date, without any impairment loss.
In particular, for the Dealer Financing line the test was performed by adopting the definition of CGU described above.
The underlying assumptions to calculate the recoverable amounts of the CGUs reflect past experience and earnings forecasts approved by the competent corporate bodies and officers and are consistent with external sources of information, particularly:
the discount rate of 7.94% was calculated as cost of capital, considering a risk-free interest rate of 0.38%, a risk premium for the company of 6.44% and a beta of 1,18;
the estimated growth rate was 1.6%.
A sensitivity analysis was performed by simulating a change in significant parameters such as an increase in the discount rate up to 1% or a decrease in the growth rate “g”. After such analysis the recoverable amount is confirmed to be higher than carrying amount over than 15%.

69







13.2 Intangible assets: annual changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill
Other intangible assets: generated internally
Other intangible assets:
Total
 
Definite
Indefinite
Definite
Indefinite
A. Gross opening balance
227,822
-
-
207,774
-
435,596
A.1 Total net reduction in value
(45,998)
-
-
(163,578)
-
(209,576)
A.2 Net opening balance
181,824
-
-
44,197
-
226,021
B. Increases
-
-
-
20,188
-
20,188
B.1 Purchases
-
-
-
18,674
-
18,674
B.2 Increases in intangible assets generated internally
-
-
-
1,480
-
1,480
B.3 Write-backs
x
-
-
-
-
-
B.4 Increases in fair value:
-
-
-
-
-
-
- net equity
x
-
-
-
-
-
- profit & loss
x
-
-
-
-
-
B.5 Positive exchange differences
-
-
-
34
-
34
B.6 Other changes
-
-
-
-
-
-
C. Reductions
-
-
-
9,186
-
9,186
C.1 Disposals
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.2 Write-downs
-
-
-
9,143
-
9,143
- Amortization
x
-
-
9,143
-
9,143
- Write-downs
-
-
-
-
-
-
+ in equity
x
-
-
-
-
-
+ profit & loss
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.3 Reduction in fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
- in equity
x
-
-
-
-
-
- through profit or loss
x
-
-
-
-
-
C.4 Transfers to non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.5 Negative exchange differences
-
-
-
43
-
43
C.6 Other changes
-
-
-
-
-
-
D. Net closing balance
181,824
-
-
55,199
-
237,023
D.1 Total net reduction in value
(45,998)
-
-
(186,731)
-
(232,729)
E. Closing balance
227,822
-
-
241,930
-
469,752
F. Carried at cost
181,824
-
-
55,199
-
237,023
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



70




Section 14 – Tax Assets and Tax Liabilities – Assets Item 140 and Liabilities Item 80

14.1 Deferred tax assets: breakdown
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
- Balancing to the P&L
156,364
157,525
- Balancing to the Net equity
2,620
4,305
Total
158,984
161,830
 
 
 


14.2 Deferred tax liabilities: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
- Balancing to the profit and loss
111,099
92,454
- Balancing to the net equity
-
-
Total
111,099
92,454
 
 
 




14.3 Deferred tax assets: annual changes (balancing P&L)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Opening balance
157,525
164,271
2. Increases
28,722
24,294
2.1 Deferred tax assets of the year
26,460
17,694
a) relating to previous years
925
3,990
b) due to change in accounting policies
-
-
c) write-backs
831
1,022
d) other (creation of temporary differences, use of TLCF)
24,704
12,682
2.2 New taxes or increases in tax rates
1,330
215
2.3 Other increases
932
6,385
3. Decreases
29,883
31,040
3.1 Deferred tax assets derecognized in the year
29,274
25,221
a) reversals of temporary differences
24,717
24,311
b) write-downs of non-recoverable items
3,116
620
c) change in accounting policies
-
-
d) other
1,441
290
3.2 Reduction in tax rates
68
2,580
3.3 Other decreases
541
3,239
a) conversion into tax credit under L. 214/2011
-
-
b) others
541
3,239
4. Final amount
156,364
157,525
 
 
 



71




14.4 Deferred tax liabilities: annual changes (balancing P&L)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Opening balance
92,454
63,155
2. Increases
36,951
34,338
2.1 Deferred tax liabilities of the year
33,036
27,071
a) relating to previous years
(114)
9
b) due to change in accounting policies
-
-
c) other
33,150
27,062
2.2 New taxes or increases in tax rates
3,886
266
2.3 Other increases
29
7,001
3. Decreases
18,306
5,039
3.1 Deferred tax liabilities derecognized in the year
18,143
4,748
a) reversals of temporary differences
4,895
4,298
b) due to change in accounting policies
-
-
c) other
13,248
450
3.2 Reductions in tax rates
60
275
3.3 Other decreases
103
16
4. Final amount
111,099
92,454
 
 
 




14.5 Deferred tax assets: annual changes ( balancing Net Equity)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Opening balance
4,305
2,992
2. Increases
321
3,616
2.1 Deferred tax assets of the year
-
3,601
a) relating to previous years
-
529
b) due to change in accounting principles
-
-
c) other (creation of temporary differences)
-
3,072
2.2 New taxes or increase in tax rates
-
-
2.3 Other increases
321
15
3. Decreases
2,006
2,303
3.1 Deferred tax assets derecognized in the year
1,740
12
a) reversals of temporary differences
291
12
b) write-downs of non-recoverable items
-
-
c) due to change in accounting principles
-
-
d) other
1,449
-
3.2 Reduction in tax rates
-
-
3.3 Other decreases
266
2,291
4. Final amount
2,620
4,305
 
 
 


This item includes deferred tax assets recognized through equity as calculated on the cash flow hedge reserve relating to the future cash flows of hedging derivatives and the fiscal effect on the AOCI reserve.

72



Section 16 – Other Assets – Item 160
16.1 Other assets: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
Breakdown
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Due from employees
2,958
3,460
2. Receivables arising from sales and services
312,105
232,594
3. Sundry receivables
230,579
202,747
receivables arising from insurance services
20,081
23,544
receivables in the process of collection
43,612
1,388
security deposits
1,848
2,283
reinsurance assets
17,193
53,153
Other
147,845
122,379
4. Operating lease receivables
424,856
308,593
5. Consignment Stock
295,414
271,813
6. Accrued income
10,140
10,820
Total
1,276,052
1,030,027
 
 
 


The item “Receivables arising from sales and services” includes receivables from incentives and services.
The item “Receivables arising from insurance services” relates mainly to the Parent Company and the subsidiary Leasys S.p.A. and includes sums due from insurance companies for the payment of commissions.
The item “Receivables in the process of collection” refers to pending collection items, relating mainly to the Parent Company and the Italian subsidiary Leasys S.p.A..
“Reinsurance activities” relate to the Irish subsidiary.
“Receivables arising from operating leases” amount to €424 million and the value of the vehicles purchased by the leasing companies under buyback arrangements with the seller – thus not accounted for as non-current assets – for a total of €162 million.

The item “Goods on consignment” reflects the value of the vehicles owned by FCA Dealer Services UK Ltd. and FCA Capital Danmark. These vehicles are held by FCA dealers awaiting their sale.




73



LIABILITIES
Section 1 – Due to banks – Item 10
1.1 Deposits from banks: product breakdown
 
 
 
Type of transaction/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Deposits from central banks
1,791,788
1,798,223
2. Deposits from banks
6,763,768
6,223,387
2.1 Other current accounts and demand deposits
70,734
59,032
2.2 Time deposits
-
-
2.3 Loans
6,693,034
6,164,052
2.3.1 Repos
119,764
-
2.3.2 Other
6,573,270
6,164,052
2.4 Liabilities in respect of commitments to repurchase treasury shares
-
-
2.5 Other debt
-
303
Total
8,555,556
8,021,610
Fair value - level 1
-
-
Fair value - level 2
8,882,429
8,300,518
Fair value - level 3
 
-
Total Fair value
8,882,429
8,300,518
 
 
 

This item includes mainly borrowings from banks, of which €2,726 million from the Crédit Agricole Group at arm’s length.


1.2 Breakdown of item 10 "Deposits from banks": subordinated debts
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. Deposits from banks
330,552
-
A.1 Subordinated debts
330,552
-
Total
330,552
-
 
 
 
 
 
 


74




1.4 Deposit from banks: liability items subjected to micro-hedging
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Liability items subject to micro-hedging of fair value
1,630,000
1,630,000
a) interest risk rate
1,630,000
1,630,000
b) currency risk
-
-
c) multiple risks
-
-
2. Liability items subject to micro-hedging of cash flows
-
-
a) Interest rate risk
-
-
b) currency risk
-
-
c) other
-
-
Total
1,630,000
1,630,000
 
 
 






75



Section 2 – Due to customers – Item 20


2.1 Deposits from customers. product breakdown
 
 
 
Type of transaction/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Current accounts and demand deposits
207,531
14,288
2. Time deposits including saving deposits with maturity
432,939
155,293
3. Loans
629,298
393,339
3.1 Repos
-
-
3.2 Other
629,298
393,339
4. Liabilities in respect of commitments to repurchase treasury shares
-
-
5. Others
213,722
138,775
Total
1,483,490
701,695
Fair value - level 1
-
-
Fair value - level 2
1,519,172
710,833
Fair value - level 3
-
-
Fair value
1,519,172
710,833
 
 
 
 
 
 


Other payables include:
security deposits by dealers for €27 million with the Parent Company and €652 million advances related to factoring.
Retail liabilities and security deposits made by private individuals in relation to finance leases.




76



Section 3 – Outstanding securities – Item 30

3.1 Debt securities in issue: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of securities/Values
 
Total
31/12/2017
 
 
Total
31/12/2016
 
Balance Sheet Value
Fair Value
Balance Sheet Value
Fair Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
A. Debts certificates including bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Bonds
13,335,664
9,873,486
3,508,335
19,153
11,086,966
7,639,216
3,247,131
289,155
1.1 structured
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.2 other
13,335,664
9,873,486
3,508,335
19,153
11,086,966
7,639,216
3,247,131
289,155
2. Other structured securities
628
-
628
-
631
-
631
-
2.1 structured
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.2 other
628
-
628
-
631
-
631
-
Total
13,336,292
9,873,486
3,508,963
19,153
11,087,597
7,639,216
3,247,762
289,155
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The item “Other bonds” reflects: i) bonds issued by SPEs in connection with securitization transactions, for a nominal amount of €4,392 million; (ii) bonds issued by three subsidiaries - FCA Capital Ireland, FCA Capital Suisse and FCA Bank Polska – each for a nominal amount of €8,673 million, CHF 275 million and PLN 80 million, respectively.



3.3 Breakdown of item 30 Debt securities in issue subject to micro-hedging
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Securities subject to micro-hedging of fair value
8,175,000
7,706,708
a) interest rate risk
8,175,000
7,706,708
 
 
 

.



77



Section 4 – Financial liabilities held for trading – Item 40


4.1 Financial liabilities held for trading: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of transaction/Values
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
VN
FV
FV*
VN
FV
FV*
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
A. Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Deposits from banks
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Deposits from customers
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.2 Bonds
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.1.1 Structured
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
x
3.1.2 Other bond
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
x
3.2 Other securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.2.1 Structured
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
x
3.2.2 Other
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
x
Total A
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B. Derivative instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Financial derivatives
x
-
5,603
-
x
x
-
6,996
-
x
1.1 Trading
x
-
5,603
-
x
x
-
6,996
-
x
1.2 Related with fair value option
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
1.3 Other
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
2. Credits derivatives
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
2.1 Trading
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
2.2 Related with fair value option
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
2.3 Other
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
Total B
x
-
5,603
-
x
x
-
6,996
-
x
Total (A+B)
x
-
5,603
-
x
x
-
6,996
-
x
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VN = nominal value or notional
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FV = fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FV* = fair value calculated excluding changes in value due to changes in the creditworthiness of the issuer since the issue date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



This item reflects the negative change in the derivative financial instruments hedging the securitization transactions entered into with the same banks as those involved in such transactions.

78




Section 6 – Hedging derivatives – Item 60

6.1 Hedging derivatives: breakdown by hedging type and fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
31/12/2017
NV
Fair Value
31/12/2016
NV
 
L1
L2
L3
31/12/2017
L1
L2
L3
31/12/2016
A. Financial derivatives
-
43,309
-
12,322,668
-
68,936
-
12,763,470
1) Fair value
-
40,583
-
11,306,091
-
63,387
-
11,438,442
2) Cash flows
-
2,726
-
1,016,577
-
5,549
-
1,325,028
3) Net investment in foreign subsidiaries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B. Credit derivatives
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1) Fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2) Cash flows
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
-
43,309
-
12,322,668
-
68,936
-
12,763,470
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NV = nominal value or notional
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


This item reflects the fair value of the derivative contracts entered into to hedge interest rate risks and includes interest accrued as at year-end.
Changes in value in these contracts, according to the fair value method, are reported through profit and loss, in item 70 “Gains (losses) on hedging activities” of the income statement.

79





 
6.2 Hedging derivatives: breakdown by hedged items and risk type
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operation/Hedging type

Fair Value
Cash flow
Net investments on foreign subsidiaries
 
Micro-hedge
Macro-hedge
Micro-hedge
Macro-hedge
 
Interest rate risk
Currency risk
Credit risk
Price risk
Multiple risks
 
 
1. Available for sale financial assets
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
x
 
2. Loans and receivables
-
-
-
x
-
x
-
x
x
 
3. Held to maturity investments
x
-
-
x
-
x
-
x
x
 
4. Portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
18.023
x
-
x
 
5. Others
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
-
 
Total assets
-
-
-
-
-
18.023
-
-
-
 
1. Financial liabilities
21.540
1.020
-
x
-
x
52
x
x
 
2. Portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
-
x
-
x
 
Total liabilities
21.540
1.020
-
-
-
-
52
-
-
 
1. Highly probable transactions
x
x
x
x
x
x
-
x
x
 
2. Financial assets and liabilities portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
-
-
2.674
-


The generic column shows the amount of derivative contracts hedging the retail receivable portfolio. Such contracts have been accounted for with the fair value hedge (macro hedge).
The cash flow hedges refer to derivative contracts hedging interest rate risk. Such contracts, which are used for long-term rental activities, are recognized in accordance with the cash flow hedge method.

80




Section 10 – Other Liabilities – Item 100

10.1 Other liabilities: breakdown
 
 
 
Breakdown
Total
Total
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Due to employee
5,566
6,358
2. Operating lease payables
323,133
344,486
3. Due to social security institutions
7,387
12,050
4. Sundry payables
535,262
414,311
- Payables for goods and services
132,434
140,754
- Due to insurance companies
42,107
41,475
- Due to customers
37,368
42,221
- Reinsurance activities
13,633
47,404
- Others
205,092
56,920
- Accrued expenses and deferred income
104,628
85,537
TOTAL
871,348
777,205
 
 
 


The item “Operating lease payables” mainly includes payables for the purchase of cars and for services rendered to the Group’s long-term-rental companies.

Line item “Payables for goods and services” includes:
the provision of administrative, tax and payment services at arm’s length by companies of the FCA Group;
incentives payable to the FCA Group’s dealer network;
charges payable to dealers and banks, mainly in connection with the Parent Company’s operations.

The item “Due to insurance companies” mainly relates to sums due by the parent company and the subsidiary Leasys.





81



Section 11 – Employee severance benefits – Item 110

11.1 Provision for employee severance pay: annual changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. Opening balance
12,273
12,350
B. Increases
618
1,036
B.1 Provision of the year
-
31
B.2 Other increases
618
1,005
C. Reductions
944
1,113
C.1 Severance payments
588
1,003
C.2 Other decreases
356
110
D. Closing balance
11,947
12,273
 
 
 


This item reflects the residual obligation for severance indemnities, which was required until 31 December 2006 under Italian legislation to be paid to employees of Italian companies with more than 50 employees upon termination of employment. This severance can be paid in part to employees during their working lives, if certain conditions are met.

Post-employment benefits, as reported in the statement of financial position, represent the present value of this defined benefit obligation, as adjusted for actuarial gains and losses and for costs relating to labor services not previously recorded.

Provisions for defined benefit pension plans and the annual cost recorded in the income statement are determined by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method.



82



Other information

Changes in defined benefit obligations (IAS 19, paragraph140 and 141)
 
 
Defined benefit obligation as of 01/01/2017
12,273
a. Service cost
-
b. Interest cost
-
c. Curtailment
-
d. Other costs
-
e. Employer's contribution
-
f. Interest income on plan assets
-
g.1 Return on plan assets greater/(less) than discount rate
(175)
g.2 Return on plan assets greater/(less) than demographic assumptions
2
g.3 Net actuarial (gain)/loss: others
275
h. Plan participants' contributions
(639)
i. Past service costs/(income) and curtailment (gains) and losses
-
l. Intercompany transactions
211
m. Other changes
-
Total defined benefit obligation as of 31/12/2017
11,947
 
 

Description of the main actuarial assumptions (IAS 19, paragraph 144)
In order to complete the required assessments it is necessary to adopt the appropriate demographic and economic assumptions referred to:
mortality rates
disability
employees leaving the company (resignation or layoff)
applications for anticipation
future employees career (hypothetical promotions to higher categories included)
purchasing power evolution

Particularly, based on the FCA Bank S.p.A., following assumptions have been adopted:

83





Main actuarial Assumptions
ITALY
TFR
Discount rates
1.37%
Estimated future salary increases rate (inflation included)
0.43%
Expected inflation
1.50%
Mortality rate
SI2016 (modified on the basis of historical data)
Yearly employees outflow average
6.42%


Section 12 – Provisions for risks and charges – Item 120


12.1 Provisions risk and charges: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Provision to retirement payments and similar
45,280
46,188
2. Other provisions
142,510
167,755
2.1 Legal disputes
2,603
2,547
2.2 Staff expenses
18,776
20,314
2.3 Other
121,131
144,894
Total
187,790
213,943
 
 
 


84





12.2 Provisions for risks and charges: annual changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items
Total
Pensions and post-retirement benefit obligations
Other provisions
A. Opening balance
 
46,188
167,755
B. Increases
 
6,036
21,991
B.1 Provision for the year
 
2,284
20,415
B.2 Changes due to the passage of time
 
687
30
B.3 Difference due to discount-rate changes
 
-
-
B.4 Other increases
 
3,065
1,546
C. Decreases
 
(6,944)
(47,236)
C.1 Use during the year
 
(1,545)
(33,921)
C.2 Difference due to discount-rate changes
 
-
-
C.3 Other decreases
 
(5,399)
(13,315)
D. Closing balance
 
45,280
142,510



12.3 PENSIONS AND OTHER POST–RETIREMENT DEFINED –BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
Referring to provision for retirement benefits, the actuarial amounts of provisions for defined benefit pension plans, required according to IAS 19, are determined by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method, as described in Part A – Accounting Policies.

This item includes provisions for pension plans set up by foreign subsidiaries for €40.7 million (mainly FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH for €27.1 million) and other post-employment benefits for €4.6 million.

The following table shows the main actuarial assumptions used for pension plans, distinguished by country (Italy and “Other countries”). The table also includes actuarial assumptions for the Italian post-employment benefits (“Trattamento di Fine rapporto – TFR”).


85




Main actuarial Assumptions
ITALY
OTHER COUNTRIES
Other post-employment benefit plans
Other long-term employee benefits
Pension plans
Other post-employment benefit plans
Other long-term employee benefits
Discount rates
1.37%
1.37%
1.51%
2.65%
2.50%
Estimated future salary increases rate (inflation included)
0.43%
0.43%
2.20%
1.91%
2.13%
Expected inflation
1.50%
1.50%
1.92%
1.69%
2.50%
Mortality tables
SI2016 (modified on the basis of historical data)
MR/FR; BVG 2015/GT; RT 2005 G; TH/TF 2000-2002; AG Prognosetafel 2016; S2PA CMI_2014_[1.25%]
AVÖ 2008-P; EAE 2012; GUS 2015
AVÖ 2008-P; RT 2005 G; GUS 2015
Yearly employees outflow average
6.42%
6.42%
5.44%
4.98%
5.47%


Provision for retirement benefits and similar obligations

Changes in defined benefit obligations
 
 
Changes in defined benefit obligation
31/12/2017
Defined benefit obligation as of the prior period end date
79,696
a. Service cost
2,410
b. Interest cost
1,342
c. Curtailment
-
d. Other costs
9
e. Employer's contribution
-
f. Interest income on plan assets
-
g.1 Return on plan assets greater/(less) than discount rate
(1,700)
g.2 Return on plan assets greater/(less) than demographic assumptions
246
g.3 Net actuarial (gain)/loss: others
(1,584)
h. Plan participants' contributions
(2,477)
i. Past service costs/(income) and curtailment (gains) and losses
(290)
l. Intercompany transactions
656
m. Other changes
1,027
Total defined benefit obligation as of 31/12/2017
79,335
 
 

86




 
 
 
 
Changes to plan assets
31/12/2017
Fair value of plan assets as of the prior period end date
33,508
a. Interest income on plan assets
677
b. Employers contribution
1,857
c. Disbursements from plan assets
(1,203)
d. Return on plan assets greater/(less) than discount rate
301
e. Other changes
(1,086)
Total defined benefit obligation as of 31/12/2017
34,055
 
 









12.4 Provisions for risks and charges: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Provisions for retirement benefits and similar obligations
45,280
46,188
2. Other provisions for employees
18,776
20,898
3. Provisions for tax risks
4,227
5,431
4. Reserves for legal disputes
1,423
1,670
5. Provisions for risks and charges related to operating leases
45,482
45,541
6. Provisions for sundry risks
72,602
94,215
Total
187,790
213,943
 
 
 


Provision for risks and charges related to operating leases
This provision mainly consists of provisions for future maintenance and insurance costs for cars provided under operating lease contracts.
Provision for tax risks
This item refers to provisions in connection with tax ligation and related charges.

87




Provisions for sundry risks
This item reflects provisions of €42.4 million for risks related, in the UK market, to the remaining value of the vehicles purchased with PCP (Personal Contract Purchase) loans and the customers’ option to terminate voluntarily their contract, under local laws.

The balance of these provisions reflects the risks in various markets related to the residual value of the vehicles, the respect of local regulations (i.e. consumer protection and anti-trust) and, more generally, to business risks. €15,3 million of this provision are related to the parent company.


88



Section 13 – Insurance provisions – Item 130



13.1 Insurance provisions: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct business
Indirect business
Total
Total
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. Non-life business
7,320
-
7,320
10,288
A.1 Provision for unearned premiums
5,582
-
5,582
6,509
A.2 Provision for outstanding claims
1,738
-
1,738
2,215
A.3 Other provisions
-
-
-
1,564
B. Life business
5,259
-
5,259
9,238
B.1 Mathematical provisions
3,698
-
3,698
5,320
B.2 Provisions for amounts payable
1,561
-
1,561
2,721
B.3 Other insurance provisions
-
-
-
1,197
C. Insurance provisions when investments risk is borne by the insured party
-
-
-
-
C.1 Provision for policies where the performance is connected to investment funds and market indices
-
-
-
-
C.2 Provision for pension funds
-
-
-
-
D. Total insurance provisions
12,579
-
12,579
19,526
 
 
 
 
 






89



Section 15 Group Shareholders’ Equity - Items 140, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200 and 220

15.1 Issued capital and own shares: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. Equity
 
 
A.1 Ordinary share
700,000
700,000
A.2 Savings shares
-
-
A.3 Preferred share
-
-
A.4 Other share
-
-
B. Treasury shares
 
 
B.1 Ordinary share
-
-
B.2 Savings shares
-
-
B.3 Preferred share
-
-
B.4 Other share
-
-
 
 
 



90





15.2 Capital Stock - number of shares: annual changes
 
 
 
 
 
Ordinary
A. Issued shares as at the beginning of the year
700,000
- fully paid
700,000
- not fully paid
-
A.1 Treasury shares (-)
-
A.2 Shares outstanding: opening balance
700,000
B. Increases
-
B.1 New issues
-
- against payment
-
- business combinations
-
- bonds converted
-
- warrants exercised
-
- other
-
- free
-
- to employees
-
- to Directors
-
- other
-
B.2 Sales of treasury shares
-
B.3 Other changes
-
C. Decreases
-
C.1 Cancellation
-
C.2 Purchase of treasury shares
-
C.3 Business transferred
-
C.4 Other changes
-
D. Shares outstanding: closing balance
700,000
D.1 Treasury Shares (+)
-
D.2 Shares outstanding as at the end of the year
700,000
- fully paid
700,000
- not fully paid
-
 
 


Share capital is fully paid in. It consists of 700,000,000 shares with a nominal value of €1 each and, at year-end 2016, was unchanged from the previous year.

91





15.4 Reserves from allocation of profit: other information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legal
Statutory
Retained earnings
Others
Total
Opening Balance
37,222
-
934,020
44,476
1,015,718
B. Increases
3,922
-
305,055
-
308,977
B.1 Allocation of profit
3,922
-
305,055
-
308,977
B.2 Other changes
-
-
-
-
-
C. Decreases
-
-
4,045
-
4,045
C.1 Uses
-
-
-
-
-
- loss coverage
-
-
-
-
-
- distribution
-
-
-
-
-
- capitalization
-
-
-
-
-
C.2 Other changes
-
-
4,045
-
-
D. Closing balance
41,144
-
1,243,120
44,476
1,328,740


92




Section 16 – Non controlling interests

Non-controlling interests is attributable to FCA Bank GmbH, Ferrari Financial Services GmbH and other minorities.




 
16. 1 Item 210 "Equity attributable to minority interests"
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
 
 
Equity investments in consolidated companies with minority interests
 
 
 
1. FCA Bank GmbH
20,787
18,526
 
2. Ferrari Financial Services GmbH
22,504
19,960
 
Other equity investments
32
34
 
Total
43,323
38,520
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




 
16.2 Equity attributable to minority interests - Equity instruments: breakdown and annual changes
 
 
 
 
 
Name
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
 
 
1. Capital stock
3,389
3,389
 
2. Shares outstanding
-
-
 
3. Capital instruments
-
-
 
4. Share premium
2,877
2,877
 
5. Reserves
32,116
29,646
 
6. Revaluation reserves
(30)
26
 
7. Net income (loss) of the year
4,971
2,582
 
Total
43,323
38,520
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Other information
1.
Issued guarantees and commitments


93



 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolios
Amounts
Amounts
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1) Financial guarantees given to
1,710
-
a) Banks
1,710
-
b) Customers
-
-
2) Commercial guarantees given to
-
-
a) Banks
-
-
b) Customers
-
-
3) Irrevocable commitments to disburse funds
-
-
a) Banks
-
-
i) usage certain
-
-
ii) usage uncertain
-
-
b) Customers
-
-
i) usage certain
-
-
ii) usage uncertain
-
-
4) Commitments underlying credit derivatives: protection sales
-
-
6) Assets formed as collateral for third-party obligations
-
-
6) Other commitments
-
-
Total
1,710
-
 
 
 

Financial guarantees given to banks refer to the commitment of FCA Bank S.p.A. towards the Fondo Interbancario di Tutela dei Depositi (FITD) for the year 2018.

2. Assets used to guarantee own liabilities and commitments
 
 
 
Portfolios
Amounts
Amounts
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
1. Financial instruments held for trading
-
-
2. Financial instruments designated at fair value
-
-
3. Financial instruments available for sale
-
-
4. Financial instruments held to maturity
-
-
5. Loans and receivables with banks
154,170
21,201
6. Loans and receivables with customers
6,665,964
5,065,677
7. Property, plant and equipment
-
-
 
 
 

Please note that under Item 6. "Loans to customers" represent the restricted activities arising from securitization transactions issued by the Company.
It is noted that, Senior notes - corresponding to €1,9 billion – originated by internal securitization not registered in assets have been entrusted as guarantee against the loans received from the European Central Bank, as a result of the acceptance at the refinancing programme TLTRO.


94




6. Assets subject to accounting offsetting or under master netting agreements and similar ones
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Instrument type
Gross amounts of financial assets (a)
Financial liabilities offset in Balance Sheet (b)
Net Balance Sheet values of financial asset (c=a-b)
Related amounts not recognized in Balance Sheet
Net amounts
Net amounts
Financial instruments (d)
Cash collateral received (e)
31/12/2017
 
(f=c-d-e)
31/12/2016
1) Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2) Repos
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3) Securities lending
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4) Others
 
1,400,000
1,400,000
-
-
-
-
-
Total
31/12/2017
1,400,000
1,400,000
-
-
-
-
X
Total
31/12/2016
1,380,000
1,380,000
-
-
-
X
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Netting refers to loans and deposits regulated under specific netting agreements which as such were presented net according to IAS 32.



95



PART C - INFORMATION ON THE CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
Section 1 – Interest – Items 10 and 20


1.1 Interest income and similar revenue: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voices/Technical forms
Debt securities
Loans
Other transactions
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Financial assets held for trading - Cash Instruments
 
-
-
-
-
-
2. Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
 
-
-
-
-
-
3. Available for sale financial assets
 
-
-
-
-
-
4. Held to maturity investments
 
166
-
-
166
176
5. Loans and receivables with banks
 
-
33,803
24
33,827
27,830
6. Loans and receivables with customers
 
-
813,135
-
813,135
735,206
7. Hedging derivatives
 
x
x
6,476
6,476
-
8. Other assets
 
x
x
1,349
1,349
1,165
Total
 
166
846,938
7,849
854,953
764,377
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




1.2 Interests and similar income: differentials on hedging transactions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items
2017
2016
A. Positive differentials on hedging transactions
 
42,026
-
B. Negative differentials on hedging transactions
 
(35,550)
-
C. Total (A-B)
 
6,476
-
 
 
 
 


At December 31, 2016 the differential relating to hedging transactions was a cost of euro 14.1 million.




1.3 Interest and similar income: other information


1.3.1 Interest income from financial assets denominated in currency
 
 
 
 
Items
2017
2016
Interest income from currency assets
 
170,242
183,508
 
 
 
 



96






1.3.2 Interest income from financial leases
 
 
 
 
Items
2017
2016
Interest income from leasing
 
307,721
256,521
 
 
 
 






1.4 Interest expense and similar charges: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items/Technical Forms
Debts
Securities
Other transactions
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Deposits from central banks
(294)
X
-
(294)
(1,047)
2. Deposits from banks
(75,960)
X
(30)
(75,990)
(80,590)
3. Deposits from customers
(16,002)
X
(90)
(16,092)
(10,142)
4. Debt securities in issue
X
(170,176)
(14)
(170,190)
(161,328)
5. Financial liabilities held for trading
-
-
-
-
-
6. Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
-
-
-
-
-
7. Other liabilities and found
X
X
(3,617)
(3,617)
(1,679)
8. Hedging derivatives
X
X
-
-
(8,198)
Total
(92,256)
(170,176)
(3,751)
(266,183)
(262,984)
 
 
 
 
 
 


1.6 Interest expense and similar charges: other information


1.6.1 Interest expense on liabilities denominated in currency
 
 
 
 
 
Items
2017
2016
Interest expense on liabilities held in foreign currency
 
(41,943)
(30,969)
 
 
 
 




1.6.2 Interest expense on financial lease
 
 
 
 
 
Items
2017
2016
Interest expense on finance lease transactions
 
(42)
(47)
 
 
 
 


Section 2 – Commissions – Items 40 e 50

97



2.1 Fee and commission income: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of service/Values
 
Total
Total
2017
2016
a) guarantees given
 
-
-
b) credit derivatives
 
-
-
c) management, brokerage and consultancy services:
 
58,642
59,497
1. securities trading
 
-
-
2. currency trading
 
-
-
3. portfolio management
 
-
-
3.1. individual
 
-
-
3.2. collective
 
-
-
4. custody and administration of securities
 
-
-
5. custodian bank
 
-
-
6. placement of securities
 
-
-
7. reception and transmission of orders
 
-
-
8. advisory services
 
-
-
8.1 related to investments
 
-
-
8.2 related to financial structure
 
-
-
9. distribution of third party services
 
58,642
59,497
9.1 portfolio management
 
-
-
9.1.1. individual
 
-
-
9.1.2. collective
 
-
-
9.2 insurance products
 
58,404
59,311
9.3 other products
 
238
186
d) collection and payment services
 
322
516
e) securitization servicing
 
-
-
f) factoring services
 
18,220
17,610
g) tax collection services
 
-
-
h) management of multilateral trading facilities
 
-
-
i) management of current accounts
 
-
-
j) other services
 
55,569
44,944
Total
 
132,753
122,567
 
 
 
 


2.2 Fee and commission expenses: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services/Amounts
 
Total
Total
2017
2016
a) guarantees received
 
(3,110)
(1,646)
b) credit derivatives
 
-
-
c) management, brokerage and consultancy services:
 
-
-
1.trading in financial instruments
 
-
-
2. currency trading
 
-
-
3. portfolio management:
 
-
-
3.1 own portfolio
 
-
-
3.2 third party portfolio
 
-
-
4. custody and administration securities
 
-
-
5. financial instruments placement
 
-
-
6. off-site distribution of financial instruments. products and services
 
-
-
d) collection and payment services
 
(5,317)
(4,431)
e) other services
 
(40,930)
(36,528)
Total
 
(49,357)
(42,605)
 
 
 
 


98






The item “Payment and collection services” mainly represents cost for the collection of finance lease payments and retail loan instalments.


99



Section 4 – Net gain (loss) on trading activities– Item 80
 
4.1 Gains and losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transactions / Income
Unrealized profits (A)
Realized profits (B)
Unrealized losses (C)
Realized losses (D)
Net Profit (A+B)-(C+D)
 
 
1. Financial assets held for trading
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.1 Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.2 Equity
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.3 Units in investment funds
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.4 Loans
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.5 Other
-
-
-
-
-
 
2. Financial liabilities held for trading
-
-
-
-
-
 
2.1 Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
 
2.2 Deposits
-
-
-
-
-
 
2.3 Other
-
-
-
-
-
 
3. Financial assets and liabilities in foreign currency: exchange differences
x
x
x
x
63
 
4. Derivatives
5,417
1,482
(6,298)
(2,872)
(2,272)
 
4.1 Financial derivatives:
5,417
1,482
(6,298)
(2,872)
(2,272)
 
- on debt securities and interest rates
5,417
1,482
(6,298)
(2,872)
(2,272)
 
- on equity securities and shares indexes
-
-
-
-
-
 
- On currencies and gold
x
x
x
x
-
 
- Other
-
-
-
-
-
 
4.2 Credit derivatives
-
-
-
-
-
 
Total
5,417
1,482
(6,298)
(2,872)
(2,209)


The items reflect changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities held for trading.



100




Section 5 – Net gain (loss) on hedging activities– Item 90    


5.1 Fair value adjustments in hedge accounting
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Result/Values
0
Total
Total
2017
2016
A. Incomes from:
 
 
 
A.1 Fair value hedging instruments
 
41,092
7,080
A.2 Hedged asset items (in fair value hedge relationships)
 
1,895
-
A.3 Hedged liability items (in fair value hedge relationship)
 
44,577
16,226
A.4 Cash-flow hedging derivatives (including ineffectiveness of net investment hedge)
 
-
-
A.5 Assets and liabilities denominated in currency (not derivative hedging instruments)
 
4,126
51,125
Total gains on hedging activities (A)
 
91,690
74,431
B. Losses on:
 
 
 
B.1 Fair value hedging instruments
 
(50,015)
(17,235)
B.2 Hedged asset items (in fair value hedge relationship)
 
(36,510)
(6,578)
B.3 Hedged liabilities items (in fair value hedge relationships)
 
(666)
(128)
B.4 Cash-flow hedging derivatives (including ineffectiveness of net investment hedge)
 
-
-
B.5 Assets and liabilities denominated in currency (not derivative hedging instruments)
 
(6,399)
(53,693)
Total losses on hedging activities (B)
 
(93,590)
(77,634)
C. Net profit from hedging activities (A – B)
 
(1,900)
(3,203)
 
 
 
 

    

This item reflects the changes in fair value of derivative contracts recognized as Fair Value Hedge.



101





Section 8 – Impairment / Reinstatement of value of financial assets – Item 130

8.1 Impairment losses on loans and receivables: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transactions/Income
Write - downs
Write - backs
Total
 
(1)
 
(2)
Specific
Portfolio
Specific
Portfolio
2017
2016
Write - offs
Others
A
B
A
B
A. Loans and receivables with banks
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(48)
- Debt securities
(221)
-
-
-
-
-
-
(221)
-
B. Loans and receivables with customers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deteriorated purchased loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Loans
(4,597)
(1,215)
x
-
4,617
x
x
(1,195)
-
- Debt securities
-
-
x
-
-
x
x
-
-
Other receivables
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Loans
(6,868)
(57,102)
(23,669)
-
30,812
-
25,656
(31,171)
(47,289)
- Debt securities
-
-
(1)
-
-
-
-
(1)
-
C. Total
(11,686)
(58,317)
(23,670)
-
35,429
-
25,656
(32,588)
(47,337)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A = From interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B = Others
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





102




Section 9 – Net premiums – Item 150


9.1 Premium earned (net) - breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums from insurance
Direct business
Indirect business
Total
Total
2017
2016
A. Life business
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Gross premiums written (+)
 
4,844
-
4,844
6,896
A.2 Reinsurance premiums paid (-)
 
(4,359)
-
(4,359)
(6,207)
A.3 Total
 
485
-
485
689
B. Non-life business
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Gross premium written (+)
 
1,856
-
1,856
1,867
B.2 Reinsurance premiums paid (-)
 
(1,670)
-
(1,670)
(1,680)
B.3 Change in gross value of premium reserve (+/-)
 
926
-
926
1,621
B.4 Change in provision for unearned premiums ceded to reinsurers (+/-)
 
(834)
-
(834)
(1,459)
B.5 Total
 
278
-
278
349
C. Total net premiums
 
763
-
763
1,038
 
 
 
 
 
 


103





Section 10 – Other income (net) from insurance activities – Voce 160


10.1 Other income (net) from insurance business: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Net change in insurance provisions
 
1,072
107
2. Claims paid pertaining to the year
 
(297)
(319)
3. Other income and expense (net) from insurance business
 
2,075
3,149
Total
2,850
2,937
 
 
 
 




10.2 Net change in insurance reserves: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
Net change in technical reserves
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Life Business
 
 
 
A. Actuarial provisions
 
204
64
A.1 Gross amount for the year
 
602
642
A.2 Amount attributable to reinsures (-)
 
(398)
(578)
B. Other insurance reserves
 
-
-
B.1 Gross amount for the year
 
-
-
B.2 Amount attributable to reinsures (-)
 
-
-
C. Insurance reserves when investments risk is borne by the insured party
 
-
-
C.1 Gross amount for the year
 
-
-
C.2 Amount attributable to reinsures (-)
 
-
-
Total "Life Business Reserves"
204
64
2. Non-life Business
 
 
 
Change in provisions for non-life business other than claims provisions, net of amounts ceded to reinsures
 
868
43
Total "Non-life Business Reserves"
868
43
 
 
 
 




104





10.3 Claims settled during the year: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Charges for claims
Total
Total
2017
2016
Life business: expense relating to claims, net of reinsurers' portions
 
 
 
A. Amounts paid out
 
(153)
(192)
A.1 Gross annual amount
 
(1,535)
(1,923)
A.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers
 
1,382
1,731
B. Change in reserve for amounts payable
 
-
-
B.1 Gross annual amount
 
-
-
B.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers
 
-
-
Total life business claims
(153)
(192)
Non-life business: expense relating to claims, net of amounts recovered from reinsurers
 
 
C. Claims paid
 
(144)
(127)
C.1 Gross annual amount
 
(1,437)
(1,266)
C.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers
 
1,293
1,139
D. Change in recoveries net of reinsurers' portion
 
-
-
E. Change in claims reserves
 
-
-
E.1 Gross annual amount
 
-
-
E.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers
 
-
-
Total non-life business claims
(144)
(127)
 
 
 
 


105






10.4 Other income/expense (net) from insurance activities

10.4.1 Other income/expense (net) from insurance activities - life insurance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
 
 
2017
2016
Life insurance
 
 
 
A. Revenues
 
1,687
2,668
- Other technical revenues net of reinsurance ceded
 
-
-
 - Revenues and unrealized capital gains related to investments in favor of insured parties who bear
the risk
 
-
-
- Change in commissions and Other acquisition costs to be amortized
 
-
-
- Commissions and profit-sharing received from reinsurers
 
1,687
2,668
- Other revenues
 
-
-
B. Expenses
 
(170)
(537)
- Other technical expenses net of reinsurance ceded
 
-
-
 - Expenses and unrealized capital losses related to investments in favor of insured parties who bear
the risk
 
-
-
- Acquisition commissions
 
-
-
- Other acquisition expenses
 
-
-
- Collection commissions
 
-
-
- Other expenses
 
(170)
(537)
 
Total Life insurance (A - B)
1,517
2,131
 
 
 
 



106



10.4.2 Other income/expense (net) from insurance activities – non life insurance            

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
 
 
2017
2016
Non-life insurance
 
 
 
A. Revenues
 
578
1,175
- Other technical revenues net of reinsurance ceded
 
-
-
 - Revenues and unrealized capital gains related to investments in favor of insured parties who bear
 the risk
 
-
-
- Change in commissions and Other acquisition costs to be amortized
 
-
-
- Other revenues
 
578
1,175
B. Expenses
 
(20)
(157)
- Other technical expenses net of reinsurance ceded
 
-
-
- Acquisition commissions
 
-
-
- Other acquisition expenses
 
-
-
- Collection commissions
 
-
-
- Other expenses
 
(20)
(157)
 
Total Non-life insurance (A - B)
558
1,018
 
 
 
 





107



Section 11 – Administrative expenses – Item 180

11.1 Staff expenses: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of expense/Amounts
Total
Total
2017
2016
1) Employees
(141,202)
(131,674)
a) wages and salaries
(92,192)
(86,446)
b) social security contributions
(24,957)
(23,492)
c) Severance pay (only for Italian legal entities)
(2,638)
(2,351)
d) Social security costs
(5)
-
e) allocation to employee severance pay provision
-
(35)
f) provision for retirements and similar provisions:
(3,440)
(3,303)
- defined contribution
(446)
(174)
- defined benefit
(2,994)
(3,129)
g) payments to external pension funds:
(1,900)
(1,874)
- defined contribution
(1,900)
(1,725)
- defined benefit
-
(149)
h) Expenses resulting from share based payments
-
-
i) other employee benefits
(16,070)
(14,173)
2) Other staff
(17,166)
(16,658)
3) Directors and Statutory Auditors
(944)
(774)
4) Early retirement costs
-
-
Total
(159,313)
(149,106)
 
 
 


11.2 Average number of employees by category
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
 
2017
2016
1) Employees
2,061
1,992
a) senior managers
70
65
b) managers
223
208
c) remaining employees staff
1,768
1,719
2) Other staff
-
-
Total
2,061
1,992
 
 
 



108




11.3 Post employment defined benefit plans: costs and revenues
With reference to pension funds, please refer to the movement shown in item 120. “Provisions for risks and charges of Liabilities”.

11.4 Other benefits in favor of employees
The balance of other benefits to employees as at December 31, 2017 amounted to Euro thousand 3,356.
The caption mainly includes costs on provisions on employees for Euro thousand 13,014.


11.5 Other administrative expense: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item / Sector
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Consulting and professional services
(22,347)
(30,432)
2. EDP costs
(31,922)
(24,719)
3. Rents and utilities
(10,119)
(10,583)
4. Indirect and other taxes
(11,507)
(10,647)
5. Advertising and promotion expenses
(5,661)
(6,478)
6. Other expenses
(10,874)
(12,943)
Total
(92,430)
(95,802)
 
 
 






109




Section 12 – Net provisions for risks and charges– Item 190


12.1 Net provisions for risks and charges: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
2016
 
Write-downs
Write-backs
Write-downs
Write-backs
1. Provisions for risks and charges related to operating leases
(215)
507
(14,745)
19,782
1.1 Future maintenance provision
(175)
507
(14,306)
19,782
1.2 Self-insurance provision
(40)
-
(439)
-
2. Provisions to other risks and charges
(16,502)
21,970
(16,858)
1,192
3. Technical insurance reserve
-
-
-
-
4. Legal risks
(664)
2
(351)
283
Total
(17,381)
22,479
(31,954)
21,257
 
 
 
 
 









110



Section 13 – Net value adjustments/write-backs of property, plant and equipment – Item 200

13.1 Depreciation/impairment on property, plant and equipment: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset/Income
Depreciation
Impairment losses
Write-backs
Net result
(a + b + c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
2017
A. Property, equipment and investment property
 
 
 
 
A.1 Owned
(309,536)
(33)
-
(309,569)
- For operational use
(309,536)
(33)
-
(309,569)
- For investment
-
-
-
-
A.2 Acquired through finance lease
-
-
-
-
- For operational use
-
-
-
-
- For investment
-
-
-
-
Total
(309,536)
(33)
-
(309,569)




111




Section 14 – Net value adjustments/write-backs of intangible assets – Item 210
14.1 Amortization/impairment on intangible assets: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset/Income
Amortization
Impairment losses
Write-backs
Net result
(a + b + c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
2017
A. Intangible assets
 
 
 
 
A.1 Owned
(9,143)
-
-
(9,143)
- Generated internally by the company
-
-
-
-
- Other
(9,143)
-
-
(9,143)
A.2 Held by Finance leases
-
-
-
-
Total
(9,143)
-
-
(9,143)


Section 15 – Other net operating income– Item 220


15.1 Other operating expenses: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Credit collection expenses
(13,431)
(14,091)
2. Information charges
(987)
(1,443)
3. Other expenses:
(336,637)
(308,045)
3.1 operating lease charges
(289,117)
(260,336)
3.2 finance lease charges
(2,014)
(2,936)
3.3 contract expenses
(5,426)
(11,230)
3.4 sundry charges
(40,080)
(33,543)
TOTAL
(351,055)
(323,579)
 
 
 

15.2 Other operating incomes: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Expense recoveries
24,181
22,039
2. Income from operating leases
751,937
690,736
3. Income from finance lease
2,028
2,956
4. Sundry income
20,314
33,615
TOTAL
798,460
749,346
 
 
 

112




Section 16 – Profit (loss) on equity investments – Item 240
16.1 Profit (loss) on equity investments: composition
 
 
 
 
 
P&L Items/Sectors
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Joint ventures
 
 
A. Income
 
 
1. Revaluations
 
 
2. Gains on disposal
 
 
3. Write-backs
 
 
4. Other income
 
 
B. Expense
 
 
1. Write-downs
 
 
2. Impairment losses
 
 
3. Losses on disposal
 
 
4. Other expenses
 
 
Net profit
 
 
2. Companies subject to significant influence
 
 
A. Income
 
 
1. Revaluations
 
 
2. Gains on disposal
 
 
3. Write-backs
 
 
4. Other income
 
 
B. Expense
(53)
(32)
1. Write-downs
(53)
(32)
2. Impairment losses
 
 
3. Losses on disposal
 
 
4. Other expenses
 
 
Net profit
(53)
(32)
Total
(53)
(32)



113




Section 20 – Income tax for the period on continuing operations – Item 290
20.1 Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income components/Sectors
Total
Total
2017
2016
1. Current tax expense (-)
(116,859)
(77,189)
2. Changes of current tax expense of previous years (+/-)
(1,319)
1,038
3. Reduction in current tax expense for the period (+)
-
289
3. bis Reductions in current tax expense for the period due tax credit related to L. 214/2011 (+)
-
-
4. Changes to deferred tax assets (+/-)
(1,814)
(6,725)
5. Changes to deferred tax liabilities (+/-)
(18,547)
(22,361)
6. Tax expense for the year (-) ( -1+/-2+3+3bis+/-4+/-5)
(138,539)
(104,948)
 
 
 


This item reflects taxes for the year and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities occurred during the same period.


114




20.2 Reconciliation of theoretical tax liability and actual tax liability recognized
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
Profit for the year before taxes
521,064
 
 
Theoretical tax liability
143,293
Increase effect of permanent differences
1,343
Decrease effect of permanent differences
(108,718)
Consolidation effect
98,229
Actual tax liability (A)
134,147
 
 
IRAP - Theoretical tax liability
29,023
Increase effect of permanent differences
48,674
Decrease effect of permanent differences
(75,206)
Consolidation effect
1,201
IRAP - Actual tax liability (B)
3,692
 
 
Prior years tax adjustments (C)
697
 
 
Actual tax liability recognized A+B+C
138,536





115




Section 22 – Net Profit for the period attributable to Minority Shareholders – Item 330
22.1 Breakdown of item 330 “Minority gains (losses)”


The profit attributable to minority interests amounted to 4,971 thousand of euro, attributable to FCA Bank GmbH and Ferrari Financial Services GmbH.


Section 24 – Earnings per share
24.1 Average number of ordinary shares


The Holding capital consists of 700,000,000 share with a nominal value of euro 1 each.





116



PART D - CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME


OTHER COMPREHENSIVE DETAILED INCOME STATEMENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items (€/thousands)
2017
Gross Amount
Tax Effects
After tax effects
10.
Net Profit (Loss) for the year
X
X
382,528
 
Other comprehensive income after tax not to be recycled to income statement
3,242
(255)
2,987
20.
Tangible assets
-
-
-
30.
Intangible assets
-
-
-
40.
Defined benefit plans
3,242
(255)
2,987
50.
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
-
-
-
60.
Valuation reserves from investments accounted for using the equity method
-
-
-
 
Other comprehensive income after tax to be recycled to income statement
(9,286)
(1,449)
(10,735)
70.
Hedge of foreign investments:
-
-
-
 
a) changes in fair value
-
-
-
 
b) reclassification through profit or loss
-
-
-
 
c) other variations:
-
-
-
80.
Exchange differences:
(13,665)
-
(13,665)
 
a) fair value changes
-
-
-
 
b) reclassification through profit or loss
-
-
-
 
c) other variations:
(13,665)
-
(13,665)
90.
Cash flow hedges:
4,379
(1,449)
2,930
 
a) changes in fair value
4,379
(1,449)
2,930
 
b) reclassifications through profit or loss
-
-
-
 
c) other variations:
-
-
-
100.
Available-for-sale financial assets:
-
-
-
 
a) changes in fair value
-
-
-
 
b) reclassifications trough profit or loss
-
-
-
 
- impairment losses
-
-
-
 
- following disposal
-
-
-
 
c) other variations:
-
-
-
110.
Non-current assets classified as held for sale:
-
-
-
 
a) changes in fair value
-
-
-
 
b) reclassifications through profit or loss
-
-
-
 
c) other variations:
-
-
-
120.
Valuation reserves from investments accounted for using the equity method:
-
-
-
 
a) changes in fair value
-
-
-
 
b) reclassifications trough profit or loss
-
-
-
 
- impairment losses
-
-
-
 
- following disposal
-
-
-
 
c) other variations:
-
-
-
130.
Total of other comprehensive income after tax
(6,044)
(1,704)
(7,748)
140.
Comprehensive income (Items 10+130)
X
X
374,780
150.
Consolidated comprehensive income attributable to minorities
X
X
4,919
160.
Consolidated comprehensive income attributable to parent company
X
X
369,861




117



PART E - INFORMATION ON RISK AND RELATED RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES
The FCA Bank Group attributes significant importance to risk measurement, management and control as key conditions to ensure sustainable growth in such a highly complex and dynamic economic context as the current one.
Risk monitoring and control is carried out by second- (Compliance e Risk & Permanent Control) and third-level (Internal Audit) functions.
In particular, the Risk & Permanent Control function ensures that risk strategies are consistent with growth and profitability targets.
The Parent Company, in keeping with the Final Report “Guidelines on ICAAP and ILAAP information collected for SREP purposes” (EBA/GL/2016/10, of 3 November 2016) revised its own consolidated ICAAP, as well as the guidelines that the subsidiaries falling within the banking perimeter are required to adopt.
The Company – in accordance with the Supervisory Instructions on capital adequacy (so-called Second Pillar) – designed its own internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP).
The calculation of current and prospective Total Internal Capital is carried out at least every six months, with event-based revaluations in case of significant organizational and/or strategic changes.
The identification and mapping of risks is an ongoing process, to improve risk management and to update the map of risks to which the Group is exposed.
The FCA Bank Group, in its capacity as a Group 2 bank with consolidated or separate assets in excess of €3.5 billion, uses standardized methods to measure all its risks.
Moreover, the Group developed and set up its own Risk Appetite Framework (“RAF”), to outline the risk profile that the Group is willing to bear to pursue its own strategic objectives.
The RAF is an organic and structured approach, which extends from the Risk Management function to the Group as a whole to:
ensure that the Board of Directors and management are properly involved in the Group’s risk management;
combine strategic policies and business choices with risk propensity;
ensure that shareholder value and returns are generated;
comply with all regulatory requirements;
activate a structured approach for the management, implementation and monitoring of the Risk Appetite Framework at all Group levels;
define precisely roles and responsibilities in case of breaches of risk propensity and to foster dialogue among the areas concerned at both Parent and Subsidiary level.

118




Section 1 – RISKS OF THE BANKING GROUP
1.1 Credit risk
Qualitative disclosures
1.
Overview
Credit risk reflects the probability that the creditworthiness of a borrower is such as to result in this borrower’s default, causing unexpected losses in relation to any unsecured credit on balance or off-balance exposure. It includes also counterparty risk, that is the risk that the counterparty in a transaction involving certain instruments (credit and financial derivatives, repurchase agreements, security/commodity lending, margin loans) fail to honor their obligations before the transaction is finally settled.
This risk materializes in relation to the Group’s core business, that is:
Providing of consumer credit and leases to buyers/lessees of vehicles manufactured by its industrial partners (Retail business line);
Lending to dealers of the industrial partners (Dealer financing business line);
Holding and control of investments in commercial companies that are not part of the Banking Group in Italy and in Europe. Moreover, the Bank provides financial support to the subsidiaries through the provision of lines of credit and by posting guarantees with other lenders.
The calculation of internal capital required for the Group’s credit risk is performed, in accordance with Circular 285 of Banca d’Italia for Group 2 banks, by using the standardized method adopted to compute capital requirements under Pillar I.
With the transformation into a bank, the regulatory classification of exposures is consistent with the regulatory framework of reference. By upgrading its information systems, the Parent Company now has the tools for the application of the new criteria and compliance with the relevant supervisory returns in 2015.
To calculate the internal capital required for counterparty risk – in keeping with the credit risk computed with the standard methodology – the Group applies the current value method to determine the exposure at default to each counterparty.
To calculate capital requirements in relation to CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) risk, the Group adopts the standardized method provided for by article 384 of Regulation (UE) no. 575/2013 (CRR).
2.
Credit risk management policies
Organizational aspects
The FCA Bank Group’s policies are designed in general and essentially to take risks that must be:
controlled;
reasonable;
kept within certain standards.

119



The FCA Bank Group has a specific Credit Manual that is intended to:
support credit approval managers in their assessments;
set and maintain the quality of credit standards;
meet customers’ credit requirements;
seize the commercial opportunities made available by the possibility to develop new financial products in markets and to limit losses.
 
The above criteria must ensure that financing transactions are profitable.

Management, measurement and control systems
Roles and responsibilities
In this context the FCA Bank Group manages risk through a specific segregation of roles and responsibilities involving:
Board of Directors;
Board Executive Credit Committee;
Credit Committee of the Parent Company;
HQ Internal Credit Committee;
Local Credit Committees.

In the credit area, the Board of Directors is responsible for:
setting credit risk policies and any amendment thereof;
adopting and approving the system to delegate powers and any modification thereof;
approving from time to time changes in the scorecard cut-offs (delegated to the Credit Committees);
setting from time to time the credit approval limits attributed to the Credit Committees and the individual - country managers.
The Board Executive Credit Committee is authorized by the Board of Directors to approve the credit applications that fall within the purview of the Board of Directors. The Credit Committee is responsible for:
recommending credit risk policies (and any change thereof) to the Board of Directors;
defining credit approval limits within the interval set from time to time by the Board of Directors for every

business managed by the FCA Bank Group;

120



proposing changes to the scorecards and modifying them as specifically authorized by the Board of

Directors;
assessing and analyzing risk performance;
analyzing any issues assigned by the Board of Directors;
adopting decisions, within its authority, on credit approval requests coming from the Market and analyzing

the requests to be submitted to the Board of Directors.
The HQ Internal Credit Committee is responsible for:
Approving credit applications within the limits of delegated authority;
Preparing for review and approval credit applications beyond the limits of delegated authority ;
Evaluating and changing the Parent Company’s and the local companies’ credit manuals within the governance of the FCAB Group Credit Guidelines;
Evaluating, approving or submitting to the competent bodies the Market requests regarding credit policy issues with respect to the rules established by the parent company;
Evaluating and approving powers delegated to the Markets.
Local Credit Committees are responsible for:
Establishing local applications of general policies and guidelines for credit approval, control and collection by adapting the FCA Bank Group’s General Principles and Rules to the country’s practices and laws;
Formalizing and updating the Market’s Credit Policy Manual;
Analyzing credit exposures and lines of credit;
Setting, within the scope of their own authority, credit approval limits and processes (to be formalized in the Market’s Credit Policy Manual);
Attributing powers within their own organizational structure, to be submitted for approval to the Parent Company’s HQ Internal Credit Committee;
Approving credit applications within the scope of delegated authority.

Risk mitigation techniques
The FCA Bank Group has a model to manage and mitigate risk in keeping with the provisions of the Group’s Credit Manual, with reference to:
monitoring of specific KRIs;
second-level control activities carried out by R&PC – GRM with specific reference to Credit review, Dealer Financing review and Collection review.
the issue, on 30 September 2015, of a Credit Risk Mitigation (CRM) policy.

121




Monitoring of specific KRIs
Every month the R&PC – GRM department monitors developments in the credit portfolio surveying, for every business line (Retail, Dealer Financing and Rental), the performance of specific key risk indicators (KRIs) and compliance with the risk limits set in advance:
Non-Performing Loans (NPL) Ratio, calculated as the ratio of loans past due for over 90 days to total credit exposure at month-end;
Cost of Risk (CoR) Ratio, calculated as the ratio of total allowance for loan and lease losses and the average credit exposure calculated at month-end.
Moreover, with specific reference to the Retail business, R&PC - GRM monitors developments in:
SIRN, calculated as the number of contracts of a given generation (N) with two or more instalments past due as a share of total contracts of the same generation;
Collection indicators, calculated in relation to total outstanding in collection;
Litigation indicators, calculated in relation to total outstanding in litigation.

Use of guarantees
When credit applications are processed, the Bank and the other Group companies may request applicants to provide guarantees in order to approve their requests. Risk mitigation techniques are used mainly in the dealer financing business line.
Below, details are provided of the types of guarantees allowed by current credit policies:
Collateral: pledged assets, deposits, mortgage security.
Third-party guarantees: bank guarantees, insurance companies (bonds), sureties.
Other types: third-party deposits, comfort letters, retention of title, assignment of proceeds, buy back obligation.
In case of guarantees other than those allowed, or in case of guarantees allowed with characteristics other than those described above, the individual subsidiaries are required to request authorization (or ratification) from the Parent Company to set the credit limit.
To ensure that guarantees are fully effective, the Parent Company has introduced specific controls intended to ascertain the existence of the following elements:
Certainty of the issue date, which is obtained with the inclusion of a date and by complying with and completing the necessary formalities;
Concurrent execution with the financing;
Reference to the underlying transaction.
Every subsidiary is responsible for managing any guarantee and collateral (definition of adequate security contents, validity check, control of renewals and expiration dates) and for providing adequate information to the Dealer Financing department of the Parent Company.

The regulatory framework allows for the early detection of potential problems through technics of credit risk mitigation (CMR). These consist of credit ancillary contracts or other instruments and technics that determine reduction of credit risk, used when calculating capital requirements. Currently FCA Bank S.p.A. uses, as credit risk mitigation for prudential purposes, the following instruments:
Clearing operations of transaction in derivatives;
REPO type operations;
On-balance sheet netting.

122




Second-level control activity carried out by the R&PC – PC department
Within the scope of second-level controls, the R&PC – PC department is responsible for the following activities:
Credit reviews, which involve a number of controls over the activity carried out;
in the Retail Financing

area with the objective to:
ensure compliance with the Group’s credit policies and the procedures in place,
verify that data is properly entered in the system both for applications approved automatically and for applications processed by the acceptance unit of the Retail & Corporate Underwriting department,
determine any training requirements,
identify potential concentration risks;
recommend solutions to keep “acceptable” credit standards; and

in the Dealer Financing area with the objective to:
ensure that the control plan for the wholesale business is adequately implemented and carried out with the frequency required;
recommend solutions to improve the control plan;
verify that data are properly entered in the system and that such data are consistent with the lines of credit

approved and the limits for substantial transactions;
bring to light critical results of the process and plan proper corrective action.

Collection Reviews, which involve a number of controls over the collection activity with the objective to:
ensure the proper application of the Group’s guidelines;
recommend solutions to improve the collection process;
verify that data are entered properly in the system;
assess the level of application of local collection rules;
determine any training requirements.


For more details on the internal rules and regulations governing the above, reference is made to the following procedures:
Retail Credit Review Procedure;
Dealer Financing Review Procedure;
Collection Review Procedure.

Credit Risk Mitigation (CRM) policy
In keeping with the provisions of the Supervision Authority on the recognition, for prudential purposes, of credit risk mitigation (CRM) techniques, the Parent Company, FCA Bank, has a policy in place to manage such mitigation techniques. Specifically, such techniques include contracts ancillary to the principal credit agreement or other tools and methods to achieve a reduced credit risk exposure, which are given due weight in calculating capital requirements.
The Policy is designed to set out:
the general characteristics of credit risk mitigation (CRM) techniques;

123



the requirements that need to be met by guarantees to be considered for credit risk mitigation purposes;
the credit risk mitigation tools utilized by FCA Bank.

Specifically, the Policy lays down the general and specific CRM principles as governed by chapter 4, section 1, articles 192 et seq. For anything not expressly provided for by the Policy, the CRR will apply.
The CRM techniques used in calculating capital requirements consist of two general categories:
funded credit protection‧ means a technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an institution derives from the right of that institution, in the event of the default of the counterparty or on the occurrence of other specified credit events relating to the counterparty, to liquidate, or to obtain transfer or appropriation of, or to retain certain assets or amounts, or to reduce the amount of the exposure to, or to replace it with, the amount of the difference between the amount of the exposure and the amount of a claim on the institution (Ref. art. 4 of CRR, paragraph 58).
unfunded credit protection‧ means a technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an institution derives from the obligation of a third party to pay an amount in the event of the default of the borrower or the occurrence of other specified credit events (Ref. art. 4 of CRR, paragraph 59).

Impaired financial assets
The criteria utilized to classify the credit risk related to impaired positions and the policies to write-off financial assets are in keeping with the law.

Regarding Retail financing, generally speaking, no individual provisions are made for claims on borrowers who have a total exposure below the €150,000 threshold, as the statistical methodologies adopted by the Company to calculate collective provisions are more effective in valuing the claim, given the fragmentation of the portfolio.
On the other hand, provisions for claims on borrowers with an exposure in excess of €150,000 are calculated on an individual basis, as inclusion in statistical models would affect such models’ validity.
Specifically, individual provisions are made as follows:
customers undergoing bankruptcy proceedings or with an exposure more than 8 months past due: provisions equal to 100% of the amount of the financing outstanding;
customers with exposures more than six months past due: provisions equal to 60% of the financing outstanding;
customers with exposures past due from 1 to 6 months: provisions equal to 10% of the financing outstanding;
customers who are current: provisions determined by the collective provision model for financing outstanding with 0 instalments past due.
On the other hand, the overall portfolio, as a basis of calculation considered for collective provision purposes, includes all the claims for which no individual provisions have been made. Collective provisioning, which takes into account the overall portfolio, is based on the rolling to the loss area in the time window between two different observations (Probability of Loss) and the quantification of the final loss for every contract (Loss Amount).
Regarding Dealer Financing, instead, all claims for which there is an objective condition of partial or total uncollectibility are considered for individual provision purposes. Analysis is performed for every type of borrower and financing product.
In particular, for calculation purposes, the following claim categories are considered:
exposures to customers in manifested financial distress;

124



deteriorated exposures, customers in permanent financial distress.
The overall portfolio to be considered as the basis for collective provisioning includes the carrying amount of all the positions for which no individual provisions are made.
The percentage to be applied, to calculate collective provisioning, is based on the historical trend of write-offs by year of generation, regardless of its recognition as a loss in the income statement.
The average percentage to calculate provisions are determined by product, using as a basis of observation the last 5 financial years, and is calculated by dividing the amount of doubtful exposure by product for the year with the average outstanding amount for that product.
It is necessary to adjust risk percentages in the presence of special market conditions and credit risk quality that suggest that provisions made on the basis of past experience is not fully reliable.
The collective provision percentage is calculated by the Dealer Financing department, which must share it with the Financial Planning & Analysis department. In the event that the cash flows of a receivable against which provisions have been made are collected after one year, it will be necessary to adjust the provision for the effect of the present value of such cash flows.

Aspects related to consumer credit
The Retail activity is intended mainly to fund purchases of vehicles manufactured by the FCA Group.
Moreover, the Group provides financing in the non-captive channel; this line of business is called Non-Captive.
The retail credit portfolio is marked by a high degree of granularity.
Exposures to individual customers or groups of customers are managed at the operating company level, where the approval process is governed by the rules and limits set by Group credit policies and the overall risk level is brought to light.




125



Quantitative disclosures
A.
Credit quality
A.1 Impaired and performing loans: amounts, write-downs, changes, distribution by business activity/region

 
A.1.1 Breakdown of financial assets by portfolio and credit quality (carrying value)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolios/quantity
Non-performing loans
Unlikely to pay
Impaired past due exposures
Not impaired past due exposures
Other not impaired exposures
Total
 
 
1. Available-for-sale financial assets
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
2. Held-to-maturity financial instruments
 
-
-
-
-
9,594
9,594
 
3. Loans and receivables with banks
 
-
-
-
-
2,097,642
2,097,642
 
4. Loans and receivables with customers
 
20,880
127,194
21,203
348,672
20,735,850
21,253,799
 
5. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
6. Financial instruments classified as held for sale
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
Total
31/12/2017
20,880
127,194
21,203
348,672
22,843,086
23,361,036
 
Total
31/12/2016
23,672
111,807
19,588
300,623
19,607,684
20,063,374
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


126




A.1.2 Breakdown of credit exposures by portfolio and credit quality (gross and net values)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio / Quality (Figures must be filled in absolute values)
Impaired assets
Not impaired assets
Total (net exposure)
Gross exposures
Specific write-downs
Net exposure
Gross exposures
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
1. Available-for-sale financial assets
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Held-to-maturity financial instruments
-
-
-
9,594
-
9,594
9,594
3. Loans and receivables with banks
-
-
-
2.097.642
-
2,097,642
2,097,642
4. Loans and receivables with customers
307,757
(138,479)
169,278
21,213,089
(128,566)
21,084,521
21,253,799
5. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6. Financial instruments classified as held for sale
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
31/12/2017
307,757
(138,479)
169,278
23,320,325
(128,566)
23,191,757
23,361,036
Total
31/12/2016
298,101
(143,034)
155,067
20,048,039
(139,732)
19,908,307
20,063,374



Portfolio / Quality
Assets of obvious poor credit quality
Other assets
Cumulated losses
Net exposure
Net exposure
1. Financial assets held for trading
-
-
100
2. Hedging instruments
-
-
67,119
Total
31/12/2017
-
-
67,219
Total
31/12/2016
 
 
97,470



127






A.1.3 Banking group - On- and off - Balance Sheet credit exposure to banks: gross, net values and residual life
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of exposure/Amounts
Gross exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Impaired exposures
Not impaired exposures
Till 3 months
Between 3 and 6 months
Between 6 months and 1 year
Over 1 year
A. BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) Non-performing loans
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
-
- of which: forborne exposures
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
-
b) Unlikely to pay
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
-
- of which forborne exposures
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
-
c) Impaired past due exposures
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
-
- of which forborne exposures
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
-
d) past due not impaired
X
X
X
X
-
X
-
-
- of which forborne exposures
X
X
X
X
-
X
-
-
e) Other not impaired exposures
X
X
X
X
2,085,010
X
-
2,085,010
- of which forborne exposures
X
X
X
X
-
X
-
-
TOTAL A
-
-
-
-
2,085,010
-
-
2,085,010
B. OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) Impaired
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
-
b) Not impaired
X
X
X
X
66,589
X
-
66,589
TOTAL B
-
-
-
-
66,589
-
-
66,589
TOTAL (A+B)
-
-
-
-
2,151,599
-
-
2,151,599


128




A.1.6 Banking Group - On and off - Balance sheet credit exposure to customers: gross, net values and residual maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of exposure/Amounts
Gross exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Impaired exposures
Not impaired exposures
Till 3 months
Between 3 and 6 months
Between 6 months and 1 year
Over 1 year
A. BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) Non-performing loans
32,261
5,556
18,198
40,740
-
76,778
-
19,978
- of which forborne exposures
1,323
690
5
573
-
2,087
-
503
b) Unlikely to pay
132,271
5,374
9,954
14,638
-
35,174
-
127,063
- of which forborne exposures
10,276
2,197
1,300
7,496
-
11,029
-
10,239
c) Impaired past due exposures
14,765
17,218
2,389
6,589
-
19,820
-
21,141
- of which forborne exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
d) past due not impaired
-
-
-
-
367,028
-
19,484
347,544
- of which forborne exposures
-
-
-
-
349
-
10
339
e) Other not impaired exposures
-
-
-
-
20,837,067
-
107,882
20,729,185
- of which forborne exposures
-
-
-
-
3,531
-
11
3,520
TOTAL A
179,297
28,148
30,541
61,967
21,204,095
131,772
127,366
21,244,911
B. OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) Impaired
-
-
-
-
X
-
X
-
b) Not impaired
X
X
X
X
-
X
-
-
TOTAL B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL (A+B)
179,297
28,148
30,541
61,967
21,204,095
131,772
127,366
21,244,911


Detail statement on impaired credit exposures (Non-performing loans, Unlike to pay, Impaired past due) and not impaired is provided in the tables of "credit quality" contained in part E of the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In this area, in line with the regulations of the Bank of Italy, specific information is also provided on the so-called exposures with measures of "forbearance". For forbearance means those concessions in terms of modification and/or refinancing of an existing credit, against a debtor solely by reason of, or to prevent, a State of financial distress that could adversely affect its ability to fulfil contractual obligations originally assumed, and that would not have been granted to other debtor with similar risk profile not in financial distress. Concessions must be identified at the level of the individual line of credit and may cover exposures of debtors classified as performing that in non-performing status. In any case, exposures renegotiated should not be considered forborne when the debtor is not a situation of financial distress.




129



 
A.1.7 Banking group - Balance Sheet credit exposure to customers: gross change in impaired exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description/Category
Non-performing loans
Unlikely to pay
Past due impaired exposures
 
A. Opening balance (gross amount)
104,652
142,111
38,207
 
- Sold but not derecognized
7,278
1,763
2,445
 
B. Increases
40,693
254,445
79,219
 
B.1 transfers from performing loans
438
28,126
68,937
 
B.2 transfers from other impaired exposures
33,944
34,409
603
 
B.3 other increases
6,311
191,910
9,679
 
C. Decreases
48,589
234,318
76,464
 
C.1 transfers to performing loans
562
2,724
11,648
 
C.2 write-offs
28,758
15
-
 
C.3 recoveries
10,675
198,657
19,966
 
C.4 sales proceeds
-
-
-
 
C.5 losses on disposals
-
-
-
 
C.6 transfers to other impaired exposures
1,156
27,409
40,391
 
C.7 other decreases
7,438
5,514
4,460
 
D. Closing balance (gross amounts)
96,755
162,237
40,961
 
- Sold but not derecognized
8,123
5,796
1,130


130




 
A.1.7bis Banking Group - Balance-sheet credit exposure with customers: changes in gross impaired exposures by credit quality
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description/Category
Forborne exposures impaired
Forborne exposures not impaired
 
A. Opening balance (gross amount)
32,708
7,617
 
- Sold but not derecognized
1,108
-
 
B. Increases
4,461
5,853
 
B.1 Transfers from performing not forborne exposures
-
856
 
B.2. Transfers from performing forborne exposures
3,019
X
 
B.3. Transfers from impaired forborne exposures
X
-
 
B.4 other increases
1,442
4,997
 
C. Decreases
13,310
9,589
 
C.1 Transfers to performing not forborne exposures
X
167
 
C.2 Transfers to performing forborne exposures
-
X
 
C.3 transfers to impaired exposures not forborne
X
3,019
 
C.4 write-offs
115
-
 
C.5 recoveries
779
4,233
 
C.6 sales proceeds
-
-
 
C.7 losses on disposals
-
-
 
C.8 other decreases
12,417
2,504
 
D. Closing balance (gross amounts)
23,859
3,880
 
- Sold but not derecognized
971
-


131




A.1.8 Banking group - Balance Sheet credit exposures to customers: changes in overall impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description/Category
Non-performing loans
Unlikely to pay
Impaired Past due exposures
Total
Of which: forborne exposures
Total
Of which: forborne exposures
Total
Of which: forborne exposures
A. Opening balance overall amount of write-downs
84,415
3,983
30,844
10,539
20,183
-
- Sold but not derecognized
5,779
-
419
-
30
-
B. Increases
53,338
684
24,437
3,081
24,285
-
B.1 write-downs
40,679
657
14,875
2,935
21,012
-
B.2 bis losses on disposal
-
-
-
-
-
-
B.3 transfer from other impaired exposure
9,438
12
7,992
-
7
-
B.4 other increases
3,221
15
1,570
147
3,266
-
C. Reductions
60,974
2,580
20,106
2,591
24,648
-
C.1 write-backs from assessments
16,123
196
12,141
463
8,478
-
C.2 write-backs from recoveries
1,023
-
85
62
1,108
-
C.3 gains on disposal
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.4 write-offs
40,443
120
196
-
1,040
-
C.5 transfers to other impaired exposures
474
467
7,251
216
9,712
-
C.6 other decreases
2,911
1,797
433
1,851
4,310
-
D. Closing overall amount of write-downs
76,778
2,087
35,174
11,029
19,820
-
- Sold but not derecognized
7,535
-
2,746
-
662
-




132



A.2.1 Banking group - Balance Sheet and off-Balance Sheet credit exposure by external rating class (book values)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures
External rating classes
Without rating
Total
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
1
2
3
4
5
6
A. On-balance-sheet credit exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
23,329,921
23,329,921
B. Derivative contracts
-
-
-
-
-
-
66,932
66,932
B.1 Financial derivative contracts
-
-
-
-
-
-
66,932
66,932
B.2 Credit derivatives
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C. Guarantees given
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
D. Other commitments to disburse funds
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
E. Others
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
-
-
-
-
-
-
23,463,785
23,463,785
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


133





A.3.1 Banking group - Secured credit exposures with banks
p.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net exposures
Collaterals (1)
Guarantees
Credit derivatives
Property, Mortgages
Financial leasing property
Securities
Other assets
CLN
Other derivatives
Governments and Central Banks
Other public entities
1. Secured balance sheet credit exposures
690,851
-
-
684,963
-
-
-
-
1.1 totally secured
690,851
-
-
684,963
-
-
-
-
- of which
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.2 partially secured
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Secured off-balance sheet credit exposures
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.1 totally secured
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.2 partially secured
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



134





A.3.1 Banking group - Secured credit exposures with banks
p.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guarantees
Total (1)+(2)
Credit derivatives
Signature loans
Other derivatives
Governments and Central Banks
Other public entities
Banks
Other entities
Banks
Other entities
1. Secured balance sheet credit exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
684,963
1.1 totally secured
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
684,963
- of which
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.2 partially secured
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Secured off-balance sheet credit exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.1 totally secured
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.2 partially secured
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




135





A.3.2 Banking group - Secured credit exposures with customers
p.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net exposures
Collaterals (1)
Guarantees
Credit derivatives
Property Mortgages
Financial leasing property
Securities
Other assets
CLN
Other derivatives
Governments and Central Banks
Other public entities
1. Secured Balance Sheet credit exposures:
5,466,091
37,633
-
-
3,662,341
-
-
-
1.1 totally secured
4,550,946
37,633
-
-
3,662,042
-
-
-
- of which
31,079
238
-
-
4,577
-
-
-
1.2 partially secured
915,144
-
-
-
299
-
-
-
- of which
2,929
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Secured off- Balance Sheet credit exposures:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.1 totally secured
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.2 partially secured
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-



136





A.3.2 Banking group - Secured credit exposures with customers
p.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guarantees
Total (1)+(2)
Credit derivatives
Signature loans
Other derivatives
Governments and Central Banks
Other public entities
Banks
Other entities
Banks
Other entities
1. Secured Balance Sheet credit exposures:
 
-
-
-
-
631,004
424,742
4,755,721
1.1 totally secured
 
-
-
-
-
486,782
364,490
4550,947
- of which
 
-
-
-
-
-
26,624
31,079
1.2 partially secured
 
-
-
-
-
144,222
60,253
204,774
- of which
 
-
-
-
-
-
2,265
2,265
2. Secured off- Balance Sheet credit exposures:
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.1 totally secured
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.2 partially secured
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- of which
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




137



B.
Breakdown and concentration of exposures

B.1 Banking Group - Distribution by segment of Balance Sheet and off-Balance Sheet credit exposure to customers (book value)
p1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures/Counterparts
Governments
Other public entities
Financial companies
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
-
-
x
-
2
x
-
145
x
- of which: forborne exposures
-
-
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
A.2 Unlikely to pay
-
-
x
-
-
x
5
3,686
x
- of which: forborne exposures
-
-
 
-
-
 
-
3,676
 
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
x
- of which: forborne exposures
-
-
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
A.4 Not impaired exposures
290
x
-
908
x
37
52,025
x
250
- of which: forborne exposures
-
 
-
-
 
-
16
 
-
TOTAL A
290
-
-
908
2
37
52,030
3,831
250
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
x
B.2 Unlikely to pay
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
x
B.3 Other impaired assets
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
-
B.4 Not impaired exposures
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
TOTAL B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total (A+B)
31/12/2017
290
-
-
908
2
37
52,030
3,831
250
Total (A+B)
31/12/2016
1
-
-
2,938
2
38
35,401
3,320
148

138




B.1 Banking Group - Distribution by segment of Balance Sheet and off-Balance Sheet credit exposure to customers (book value)
p2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures/Counterparts
Insurance companies
Non-financial companies
Other entities
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
-
-
x
7,888
32,869
x
12,090
43,762
x
- of which: forborne exposures
-
-
 
421
1,204
 
184
114
 
A.2 Unlikely to pay
-
-
x
117,416
19,028
x
9,642
12,461
x
- of which: forborne exposures
-
-
 
762
4,972
 
4,740
1,881
 
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
-
-
x
9,264
5,045
x
11,877
14,775
x
- of which: forborne exposures
-
-
 
-
-
 
-
-
 
A.4 Not impaired exposures
-
x
-
7,634,616
x
62,404
13,388,890
x
64,675
- of which: forborne exposures
-
 
-
710
 
4
3,133
 
17
TOTAL A
-
-
-
7,769,184
56,941
62,404
13,422,499
70,997
64,675
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
x
B.2 Unlikely to pay
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
x
B.3 Other impaired assets
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
x
B.4 Not impaired exposures
-
x
-
-
x
-
-
x
-
TOTAL B
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total (A+B)
31/12/2017
-
-
-
7,769,184
56,941
62,404
13,422,499
70,997
64,675
Total (A+B)
31/12/2016
33
-
1
6,597,979
57,254
75,830
11,885,059
74,865
62,210


139





B.2 Banking group - Distribution of Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet exposures to customers by geographic area (book value)
p.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures/Geographical area
Italy
Other European countries
North and Latin America
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
 
4,100
33,465
15,882
43,313
-
A.2 Unlikely to pay
 
59,382
23,594
67,681
11,580
-
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
 
4,189
6,046
16,950
13,773
-
A.4 Not impaired exposures
 
9,451,646
43,935
11,625,082
83,431
-
TOTAL A
9,519,319
107,040
11,725,595
152,098
-
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.2 Unlikely to pay
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.3 Other impaired assets
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.4 Not impaired exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL B
-
-
-
-
-
Total A+B
31/12/2017
9,519,318
107,040
11,725,595
152,098
-
Total A+B
31/12/2016
8,042,125
99,590
10,479,287
177,061
-


140




B.2 Banking group - Distribution of Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet exposures to customers by geographic area (book value)
p.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures/Geographical area
North and Latin America
Asia
Rest of the world
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
A.1 Non-performing loans
 
-
-
-
-
-
A.2 Unlikely to pay
 
-
-
-
-
-
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
A.4 Not impaired exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL A
-
-
-
-
 
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.1 Non-performing loans
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.2 Unlikely to pay
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.3 Other impaired assets
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.4 Not impaired exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL B
-
-
-
-
-
Total A+B
31/12/2017
-
-
-
-
-
Total A+B
31/12/2016
-
-
-
-
-


141




B.3 Banking Group - Distribution of Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet credit exposures to banks by geographic area (book value)
p.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures / Geographical
Italy
Other European countries
North and Latin America
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
 
-
-
-
-
-
A.2 Unlikely to pay
 
-
-
-
-
-
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
A.4 Not impaired exposures
 
361,195
-
1,723,815
-
-
TOTAL A
361,195
-
1,723,815
-
-
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.2 Unlikely to pay
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.3 Other impaired assets
 
-
-
-
-
-
B.4 Not impaired exposures
 
13,453
-
53,136
-
-
TOTAL B
13,453
-
53,136
-
-
Total A+B
31/12/2017
374,648
-
1,776,951
-
-
Total A+B
31/12/2016
320,918
-
1,116,156
-
-

B.3 Banking Group - Distribution of Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet credit exposures to banks by geographic area (book value)
p.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures / Geographical
North and Latin America
Asia
Rest of the world
 
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
 
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
 
-
-
-
-
-
 
A.2 Unlikely to pay
 
-
-
-
-
-
 
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
 
A.4 Not impaired exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
 
TOTAL A
-
-
-
-
-
-
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
 
-
-
-
-
-
 
B.2 Unlikely to pay
 
-
-
-
-
-
 
B.3 Other impaired assets
 
-
-
-
-
-
 
B.4 Not impaired exposures
 
-
-
-
-
-
 
TOTAL B
 
-
-
-
 
-
Total A+B
31/12/2017
-
-
-
-
-
 
Total A+B
31/12/2016
-
-
-
-
-
 

142



B.4 LARGE EXPOSURES
Based on regulatory provisions, the number large exposures was determined by the reference to unweighted exposures in excess of 10% of eligible capital as defined by EU Regulation 575/2013 (CRR). The 'exposures' are defined as the sum of on-balance sheet assets at risk and off-balance transactions (excluding those deducted from eligible capital) with a customer or a group of related customers, without applying weighting factors.
Such presentation criteria result in the inclusion in the financial statement table for large exposures of entities that present an unweighted exposure in excess of 10% of eligible capital, for the purpose of large risk.

Large exposures
 
a. Book value (€/mln)
1,008
b. Weighted value (€/mln)
364
b. Number
2







143




C.
Securitization
Qualitative disclosures
Strategies and processes underlying securitization and receivable assignment transactions
Securitization transactions are carried out by the Group companies to achieve three objectives:
diversification of funding sources: securitizations are a significant source of alternative funding for the Group, compared to ordinary bank funding;
improvement of liquidity position: the Group’s potential ability to securitize its receivables provides significant support to the Group’s liquidity position. The excellent results of the transactions carried out so far, together with the operating companies’ reputation in the role of servicers, guarantee in fact immediate access to this instrument, in case of difficulties in the other financial markets of reference;
optimization of the cost of funds: the structures used to carry out the securitizations and the quality of the receivables assigned make it possible, by receiving higher ratings, to obtain competitive funding costs;
improved efficiency of the risk-weighted assets associated with the securitized portfolio.

The securitization transactions carried out by the FCA Bank Group involve the purchase of receivable portfolios with proceeds from the placement of Asset-Backed Securities (ABS) issued in different classes: Senior, Mezzanine and Junior.
Where permitted by market conditions, Senior but also Mezzanine and Junior Securities can be offered to European professional investors or can be placed privately, in whole or in part.
Since FCA Bank obtained its banking license, Senior Securities can be used also for refinancing operations with the European Central Bank, in which case the Securities are subscribed, and therefore retained, by the Originator.
When Senior and Mezzanine Securities are listed in a regulated market, such Securities are assigned a rating by at least two rating agencies. On the other hand, private placements do not entail the assignment of a rating to the Securities.
Mezzanine and Junior Securities are placed with a view to improving the efficiency of the risk-weighted assets associated with the securitized portfolio, as mentioned above.
Securitization transactions can be either revolving – where the Originator can assign from time to time additional receivables in accordance with the restrictions outlined in the securitization contract, for a pre-established period of time, so as to keep the existing portfolio at the same level as that at the time of issue – or amortizing, where the originator cannot assign additional receivables and the portfolio starts amortizing from the moment the ABSs are issued.
At the end of the revolving period, or from the time the ABS are issued in case the transaction is amortizing, ABS are repaid in the pre-determined order as the portfolio amortizes.
Revolving structure
Transactions with a revolving structure, as described above, can call for the SPV to purchase, for a pre- established period of time, additional receivable portfolios with the same legal and financial structure and a similar risk profile, funding the purchase both with the proceeds from the collection of receivables in the portfolio existing at the time of issue of the ABS, and assigned previously by the Originator, and with proceeds from the placement of additional ABS issued within the limits of the program.
At the end of the revolving phase, the ABS issued are repaid as the underlying receivables are collected.
The revolving structure allows the fixed costs of the transaction to be amortized over a longer period of time, thereby optimizing the cost of the transaction.


144



Liquidity management
The Originator may be required in every transaction, and in ways that can differ formally from one another, to make available a liquidity line or a cash deposit to the SPV.
The amount is established by contract and is such as to allow the vehicle to meet temporary liquidity shortfalls (typically, at payment dates) that could occur in applying the waterfall payment structure described below.
Waterfall structure
The payment waterfall identifies priorities in the allocation of the cash available within the SPV.
Typically, securitization transactions have a similar waterfall structure, which calls for a pre-established payment order to be followed.
In the case of transactions originated from retail receivables, where there is typically a distinction between income (i.e. the discount deriving from the receivable assignment) and principal of the receivables collected by the SPV, the waterfall provides - in a simplified way - for the following types of payment:
INCOME
(a) Vehicle expenses (mainly expenses related to the service providers of the transaction)
(b) Swap (required by contract to hedge the SPV against interest rate risk)
(c) Servicer compensation
(d) Interest on the ABS
(e) Liquidity line repayment/interest
(f) Provisions for past due receivables
(g) Other items

PRINCIPAL
(a) Any payments required but not made in relation to the above income waterfall
(b) Purchase of receivables (during the revolving period)
(c) Repayment of ABS issued (at the end of any revolving period)
(d) Other items

In the case of transactions originated from dealer financing receivables, given the different portfolio characteristics, cash management arrangements are in place so that upon receipt of the following:
a) Current account balance
b) Release of funds from structure on the cash reserve
c) Receivable collections
d) Issue of new senior ABS, if any
e) Issue of new junior ABS, if any,
the following payments are made:
a) Vehicle expenses
b) Interest on senior ABS
c) Provision of funds in the structure on the cash reserve
d) Purchase of receivables (during the revolving period)
e) Any repayment of senior ABS
f) Interest on junior ABS
g) Any repayment of junior ABS

Servicing activity

145



Within the FCA Bank Group, the servicer is always the Originator. Moreover, FCA Bank acts as coordinator in the ERASMUS transaction and performance guarantor in the ERASMUS, NIXES SIX and A-BEST ELEVEN transactions.
The role of servicer of the transactions requires compliance with several qualitative standards related to the proper management of the assets underlying the notes issued by the SPV and an adequate organizational structure in terms of management and specialized personnel.
From an operational point of view, the servicer:
a) manages existing contracts according to its own credit and collection policies and the law, in agreement with the SPV and the trustee/representative of noteholders of the transaction, with reporting obligations also to the rating agencies in case of significant events;
b) records collections and recoveries, transferring the relevant amounts. Collections by the servicer of the various transactions are transferred to the SPV according to a pre-established schedule in each transaction (typically every day) and are kept in interest-paying current accounts until the next payment date. The funds are then used to make payments in accordance with the waterfall structure or, alternatively, in case of transactions in Warehouse Phase or in ABS Revolving Phase, until when they can be used to pay for the purchase of additional receivables;
c) monitors, reports on and checks the transaction (the roles of Paying Agent/Calculation Agent/Agent Bank are assigned to a different bank).
The servicer receives compensation on an arm’s length basis.
Rating agencies
The securitization transactions have been structured in such a way as to obtain, in case of publicly traded notes, the highest rating for the Senior ABS issued by the SPV. For all the existing publicly traded senior and mezzanine ABS (excluding junior ones) ratings were obtained from at least two of the four main rating agencies (Standard&Poor’s, Moody's Investor Service, DBRS and Fitch Ratings).
The Senior and Mezzanine ABS placed privately are assigned a rating (privately), depending on the needs of the investor. Junior ABS are not assigned a rating.
Performance of securitizations
The assigned receivable portfolios delivered excellent performances, as indicated in the reports produced by the Servicer and in the reports prepared by the Calculation Agent (for the benefit of investors, in the case of publicly traded ABS).
This is attested also, in some cases, by the upgrade of the ratings assigned by the agencies to certain ABS.
The portfolios are well within the limits and fully compliant with the restrictions set within the different transactions and no event took place which made the portfolio non-compliant in terms of the triggers monitored.
The triggers related to the portfolio are monitored, regarding the transactions originated from retail receivables, on every date of assignment (no monitoring is carried out for amortizing transactions because their portfolios are static, i.e. they are not subject to changes due to revolving assignments, and receive a rating from the rating agencies only at the beginning of the transaction. Accordingly, the monitoring of the performance is for information purposes only).
Regarding transactions originated from dealer financing receivables, triggers and portfolio performances are monitored at least once a month and the assigned receivables show a regular performance.

Quantitative disclosures
The attached tables summarize the information related to the main securitization transactions existing at 31 December 2017.
It is worthy of note that these transactions, which had Group companies as originators, were completed in the year just ended or in previous years. In every case, at the end of the amortization period, the Originator exercised the clean-up option, as provided for by the relevant contracts, whereby the Originator reserves the right - upon reaching a minimum portfolio amount provided for by contract - to buy back the remaining portfolio to complete the transaction:

146




SPV
Date of Clean-up
FIRST Italian Auto Transaction S.p.A.
28/07/2006
SECOND Italian Auto Transaction S.p.A.
29/09/2006
ABSOLUTE FUNDING S.r.l.
22/02/2008
FCC FAST
27/11/2008
A-BEST THREE Plc
10/07/2009
NIXES/A-BEST
21/04/2011
QUASAR
13/05/2011
NIXES TWO/A-BEST TWO
01/10/2011
A-BEST SIX
15/07/2013
STAR
15/01/2014
A-BEST FIVE
20/05/2014
A-BEST EIGHT
16/03/2015
NIXES THREE
31/03/2015
NIXES FOUR
01/06/2015
FCT FAST 2
30/07/2015
A-BEST FOUR
22/11/2016
A-BEST SEVEN
15/11/2016
NIXES FIVE
21/09/2017




147






Characteristics of securitization transactions
EUR /000
A-BEST FIFTEEN
A-BEST FOURTEEN
Start date
May-17
May-16
Transaction type
Public
Public
Originator
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA Bank S.p.A.
Servicer
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA Bank S.p.A.
Arranger
Banca IMI / Unicredit / Crédit Agricole - CIB
Banca IMI / Unicredit / Crédit Agricole - CIB
Joint Lead Manager
Banca IMI / Unicredit / Crédit Agricole - CIB
na
Underlying assets
Italian AutoLoans
Italian AutoLoans
Currency (CCY)
EUR
EUR
Transfer of collections (frequency)
daily
daily
Programme Amount CCY/000
NA
NA
Notes outstanding
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Class A (Senior)
911.000
89,8%
1M E+40
918.200
82,5%
110
Class B (Mezzanine)
5.000
0,5%
1M E+75
50.500
4,5%
120
Class C (Mezzanine)
43.000
4,2%
1M E+250
42.600
3,8%
350
Class D (Mezzanine)
15.000
1,5%
1M E+343
33.000
3,0%
470
Class E (Mezzanine)
10.000
1,0%
1M E+464
-
0,0%
-
Class M/M1/Junior (Subordinated)
30.900
3,0%
1M E+717
68.100
6,1%
1.200
Class M2 (Subordinated)
100
0,0%
VR
100
0,0%
VR
ABS Tranches at issue
Amount
%
Tranche
Amount
%
Tranche
Class A (Senior)
911.000
89,8%
100% RETAINED
918.200
82,5%
100% RETAINED
Class B (Mezzanine)
5.000
0,5%
100% RETAINED
50.500
4,5%
100% RETAINED
Class C (Mezzanine)
43.000
4,2%
5% RETAINED
42.600
3,8%
100% RETAINED
Class D (Mezzanine)
15.000
1,5%
5% RETAINED
33.000
3,0%
100% RETAINED
Class E (Mezzanine)
10.000
1,0%
5% RETAINED
-
0,0%
NA
Class M/M1/Junior (Subordinated)
30.900
3,0%
5,18% RETAINED
68.100
6,1%
100% RETAINED
Class M2 (Subordinated)
100
0,0%
100% RETAINED
100
0,0%
100% RETAINED
Current rating
Moody's
DBRS
 
Fitch
DBRS
 
Class A (Senior)
Aa2
AA
 
AA
AAA
 
Class B (Mezzanine)
A2
A (high)
 
A
AA
 
Class C (Mezzanine)
Baa2
BBB
 
BBB
BBB (high)
 
Class D (Mezzanine)
Baa3
BBB-
 
BBB-
BBB
 
Class E (Mezzanine)
Ba1
BB-
 
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
Unrated
Unrated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE
(1) Programme limit funded by third counterparties
NA = Not applicable
WAL (aa) = Weighted Average Life (years)
VR = Variable Return
1M E = Euribor 1 month
1M L = Libor 1 month
VR = Variable Return
Coupon (bps) = base rate + margin

148








EUR /000
A-BEST THIRTEEN
A-BEST TWELVE
A-BEST ELEVEN
Start date
Dec-15
Aug-15
Mar-15
Transaction type
Public
Public
Public
Originator
FCA CAPITAL España E.F.C.
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
Servicer
FCA CAPITAL España E.F.C.
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
Arranger
Unicredit /Citibank
Unicredit / Banca IMI
LBBW / Crédit Agricole - CIB
Joint Lead Manager
na
Banca IMI / Unicredit / Crédit Agricole - CIB
LBBW / Crédit Agricole - CIB
Underlying assets
Spanish AutoLoans
Italian AutoLoans
German AutoLoans
Currency (CCY)
EUR
EUR
EUR
Transfer of collections (frequency)
daily
daily
daily
Programme Amount CCY/000
NA
NA
NA
Notes outstanding
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Class A (Senior)
270.500
71,6%
1M E+40
593.400
84,1%
1M E+40
215.858
75,6%
1M E+45
Class B (Mezzanine)
43.700
11,6%
1M E+140
72.000
10,2%
1M E+125
15.000
5,3%
1M E+75
Class C (Mezzanine)
-
0,0%
-
-
0,0%
-
15.000
5,3%
200
Class D (Mezzanine)
-
0,0%
-
-
0,0%
-
13.000
4,6%
300
Class E (Mezzanine)
-
0,0%
-
-
0,0%
-
-
0,0%
-
Class M/M1/Junior (Subordinated)
63.500
16,8%
VR
40.000
5,7%
VR
26.500
9,3%
2.000
Class M2 (Subordinated)
-
0,0%
-
-
0,0%
-
-
0,0%
-
ABS Tranches at issue
Amount
%
Tranche
Amount
%
Tranche
Amount
%
Tranche
Class A (Senior)
222.500
71,3%
100% RETAINED
688.000
86,0%
PUBLIC
454.000
86,7%
PUBLIC
Class B (Mezzanine)
36.500
11,7%
100% RETAINED
72.000
9,0%
100% RETAINED
15.000
2,9%
PUBLIC
Class C (Mezzanine)
-
0,0%
NA
-
0,0%
NA
15.000
2,9%
100% RETAINED
Class D (Mezzanine)
-
0,0%
NA
-
0,0%
NA
13.000
2,5%
100% RETAINED
Class E (Mezzanine)
-
0,0%
NA
-
0,0%
NA
-
0,0%
NA
Class M/M1/Junior (Subordinated)
53.000
17,0%
100% RETAINED
40.000
5,0%
100% RETAINED
26.500
5,1%
100% RETAINED
Class M2 (Subordinated)
-
0,0%
NA
-
0,0%
NA
-
0,0%
NA
Current rating
Fitch
DBRS
 
Fitch
DBRS
 
S&P
Moody's
 
Class A (Senior)
AA+
AAA
 
AA
AAA
 
AAA
Aaa
 
Class B (Mezzanine)
A
AA (low)
 
A
A (high)
 
AA
Aa2
 
Class C (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
A+
A1
 
Class D (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
A-
Baa2
 
Class E (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated



149







EUR /000
A-BEST TEN
A-BEST NINE
Start date
Oct-14
Jun-14
Transaction type
Public
Public
Originator
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
Servicer
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
Arranger
Unicredit /Crédit Agricole-CIB
Unicredit /Crédit Agricole-CIB
Joint Lead Manager
Citibank / Unicredit / JPMorgan / Crédit Agricole-CIB
Unicredit /Crédit Agricole-CIB
Underlying assets
Italian AutoLoans
Italian AutoLoans
Currency (CCY)
EUR
EUR
Transfer of collections (frequency)
daily
daily
Programme Amount CCY/000
NA
NA
Notes outstanding
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Class A (Senior)
37.100
37,2%
1M E+55
-
0,0%
1M E+75
Class B (Mezzanine)
22.500
22,6%
1M E+87
-
0,0%
1M E+120
Class C (Mezzanine)
10.000
10,0%
300
8.100
21,3%
300
Class D (Mezzanine)
5.000
5,0%
450
5.000
13,1%
450
Class E (Mezzanine)
-
0,0%
-
-
0,0%
-
Class M/M1/Junior (Subordinated)
25.000
25,1%
VR
25.000
65,6%
VR
Class M2 (Subordinated)
-
0,0%
-
-
0,0%
-
ABS Tranches at issue
Amount
%
Tranche
Amount
%
Tranche
Class A (Senior)
437.500
87,5%
PUBLIC
437.500
87,5%
PUBLIC
Class B (Mezzanine)
22.500
4,5%
PUBLIC
22.500
4,5%
PUBLIC
Class C (Mezzanine)
10.000
2,0%
100% RETAINED
10.000
2,0%
100% RETAINED
Class D (Mezzanine)
5.000
1,0%
100% RETAINED
5.000
1,0%
100% RETAINED
Class E (Mezzanine)
-
0,0%
NA
-
0,0%
NA
Class M/M1/Junior (Subordinated)
25.000
5,0%
100% RETAINED
25.000
5,0%
100% RETAINED
Class M2 (Subordinated)
-
0,0%
NA
-
0,0%
NA
Current rating
Fitch
DBRS
 
Fitch
DBRS
 
Class A (Senior)
AA
AAA
 
NA
NA
 
Class B (Mezzanine)
AA
AA (high)
 
NA
NA
 
Class C (Mezzanine)
AA-
AA (sf)
 
AA (high)
A+
 
Class D (Mezzanine)
AA-
AA (sf)
 
AA (sf)
A+
 
Class E (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
Unrated
Unrated



150






EUR /000
NIXES SEVEN
NIXES SIX
Start date
Sep-17
Dec-13
Transaction type
Private
Private
Originator
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
FCA Automotive Services UK Ltd
Servicer
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
FCA Automotive Services UK Ltd
Arranger
Citibank / BAML/Crédit Agricole-CIB/Unicredit
Citibank /Crédit Agricole-CIB/ HSBC / NATWEST
Underlying assets
German AutoLoans and Leasing
UK AutoLoans
Currency (CCY)
EUR
GBP
Transfer of collections (frequency)
daily
daily
Programme Amount CCY/000
600,000,000 (1)
800,000,000 (1)
Notes outstanding
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Class A (Senior)
580.820
89,5%
NA
800.000
67,7%
NA
Class B (Mezzanine)
NA
0,0%
NA
NA
0,0%
NA
Class C (Mezzanine)
NA
0,0%
NA
NA
0,0%
NA
Class D (Mezzanine)
NA
0,0%
NA
NA
0,0%
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
68.481
10,5%
VR
380.843
32,3%
VR
Current rating (private)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A (Senior)
Unrated
Unrated
Class B (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
Class C (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
Class D (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
Unrated
Unrated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE
(1) Programme limit funded by third counterparties
NA = Not applicable
WAL (aa) = Weighted Average Life (years)
VR = Variable Return
1M E = Euribor 1 month
1M L = Libor 1 month
VR = Variable Return
Coupon (bps) = base rate + margin

151






EUR /000
FAST 3
ERASMUS FINANCE
Start date
Dec-15
Jun-06
Transaction type
Private
Private
Originator
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA BANK DEUTSCHLAND GMBH FCA CAPITAL FRANCE SA FCA DEALER SERVICES ESPANA SA
Servicer
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA BANK DEUTSCHLAND GMBH FCA CAPITAL FRANCE SA FCA DEALER SERVICES ESPANA SA
Arranger
Crédit Agricole-CIB / Banca IMI
Crédit Agricole-CIB / BAML
Underlying assets
Italian Dealers' Payables
German / French / Spanish Dealers' Payables
Currency (CCY)
EUR
EUR
Transfer of collections (frequency)
daily
daily
Programme Amount CCY/000
800,000,000 (1)
1,200,000,000 (1)
Notes outstanding
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Class A (Senior)
757.962
68,8%
NA
1.173.624
73,0%
NA
Class B (Mezzanine)
NA
0,0%
NA
NA
0,0%
NA
Class C (Mezzanine)
NA
0,0%
NA
NA
0,0%
NA
Class D (Mezzanine)
NA
0,0%
NA
NA
0,0%
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
343.817
31,2%
VR
434.327
27,0%
VR
Current rating (private)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A (Senior)
Unrated
Unrated
Class B (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
Class C (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
Class D (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
Unrated
Unrated



152



C.1 Banking group - Exposure from the main "in-house" securitization transaction broken down by type of securitized asset and by type of exposure
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On Balance-sheet
Guarantees given
Credit facilities
 
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
Type of securitized assets/exposures
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
Carrying value
Write-downs/write-backs
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A. Totally derecognized
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. Partially derecognized
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C. Not derecognized
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Factoring
-
-
100
-
470,190
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
of which impaired
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Other loans
1,812,683
-
136,500
-
736,647
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
of which impaired
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-





C.3 Banking Group - Special Purpose Vehicle
 
 
 
 
Name of securitization/SPEs
Country of incorporation
Consolidation
Assets
Liabilities
Loans and receivables
Other
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
A-BEST ELEVEN UG
Frankfurt am Main – Germany
Full Consolidation
266,817
33,306
215,858
43,000
24,843
A-BEST TEN S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) – Italy
Full Consolidation
89,702
35,057
37,100
37,500
25,000
A-BEST NINE S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) – Italy
Full Consolidation
31,977
30,923
-
13,100
25,000
A-BEST FIFTEEN S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) – Italy
Full Consolidation
961,777
91,606
911,000
73,000
31,000
Nixes Six Plc
London – UK
Full Consolidation
1,272,866
59,010
901,683
-
429,249
Nixes Seven
Amsterdam - Nederland
Full Consolidation
620,482
31,857
580,820
-
68,648
Fast 3 S.r.l.
Milan - Italy
Full Consolidation
1,208,555
22,276
757,862
100
343,817
Erasmus Finance Limited
Dublin - Ireland
Full Consolidation
1,334,455
266,726
1,173,624
384,327
50,000



153





 
C.5 Banking Group - Servicer activities - Collections of securitized loans and redemptions of securities issued by the securitization's vehicle
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Servicer
Special Purpose Vehicle
Securitized assets
Loans collected during the year
Percentage of securities redeemed (year-end figures)
 
 
Impaired
Performing
Impaired
Performing
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
 
Impaired assets
Performing assets
Impaired assets
Performing assets
Impaired assets
Performing assets
 
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
A-BEST ELEVEN
3,122
263,695
-
198,641
 
55%
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
A-BEST TEN
100
89,602
48
107,478
 
92%
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
A-BEST NINE
81
31,896
60
62,807
 
100%
 
74%
 
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
A-BEST FIFTEEN
 
961,777
 
236,200
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
NIXES SEVEN
1,611
618,871
 
58,460
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
A-BEST FOUR
-
-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Automotive Services UK Ltd
NIXES SIX
-
1,272,866
-
800,768
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FAST 3
656
1,207,899
-
6,153,737
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
ERASMUS FINANCE
3,624
631,256
-
688,111
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Capital France Sa
ERASMUS FINANCE
-
342,028
-
372,834
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Dealer Services Espana Sa
ERASMUS FINANCE
332
357,215
-
389,388
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



154




E.
Sales Transactions
QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES
    

E.1 Banking Group - Financial assets sold not derecognized: book value and full value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type / Portfolio
Loans and receivables with banks
Loans and receivables with customers
Total
A
B
C
A
B
C
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. Balance-sheet assets
 
-
-
-
-
7,069,519
-
7,069,519
5,223,612
1. Debt securities
 
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Equity securities
 
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
-
3. UCIS
 
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
-
4. Loans
 
-
-
-
-
7,069,519
-
7,069,519
5,223,612
B. Derivatives
 
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
-
Total
31/12/2017
-
-
-
-
7,069,519
-
7,069,519
5,223,612
of which impaired
-
-
-
-
15,049
-
15,049
1,112
Legend:
A = financial assets sold not totally recognized (book value)
B = financial assets sold partly recognized (book value)
C = financial assets sold partly recognized (full value)

155




E.2 Banking Group - Financial liabilities relating to financial assets sold and not derecognized: book value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities/portfolio assets
Financial assets held for trading
Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss
Available-for-sale financial assets
Held-to-maturity investments
Loans and receivables with banks
Loans and receivables with customers
Total
1. Deposits from customers
 
   -
-
-
-
-
1,015,000
1,015,000
a) related to fully recognized assets
 
   -
-
-
-
-
1,015,000
1,015,000
b) relating to partially recognized assets
 
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Deposits from banks
 
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
a) related to fully recognized assets
 
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
b) relating to partially recognized assets
 
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Debt securities in issue
 
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
a) related to fully recognized assets
 
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
b) relating to partially recognized assets
 
   -
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
31/12/2017
   -
-
-
-
-
1,015,000
1,015,000
Total
31/12/2016
   -
-
-
-
-
955,971
955,971
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



156




F. BANKING GROUP – Credit risk measurement models
1.2 Banking Group – Market Risks
A. General aspects
Market risk is the risk of loss from trading in financial instruments (held-for-trading portfolio), currencies and commodities due to market trends and the issuer’s situation. The types of market risk to which the FCA Bank Group is exposed are exchange rate risk and position risk.
The Group does not engage in trading activities and, as such, it is not exposed to market risk per se. However, the presence of derivatives associated with securitization transactions does expose somewhat the Group to market risk, specifically to position risk.
Exchange risk is related to financial transactions towards subsidiaries adopting currency different from Euro. At 31 December 2017 the impact of this kind of risk is not relevant as net balance amount in foreign currency is below the minimum threshold.
The position risk is related to derivatives transactions. This kind of risk is entirely linked to derivatives finalized at reducing interest rate risk, as the Company doesn’t hold securities for other aims. FCA Bank doesn’t perform trading activities and, as a consequence, is not exposed to market risks.
In accordance with the definition of “Trading Book” of EU Regulation no. 575/2013 (CRR), derivative instruments held by the Group should not be classified as “held for trading” as there is no trading intent in connection with them. In fact, these derivatives were entered into to hedge the interest rate risk of collateral posted for securitization transactions. In addition, the rating agencies require the use of hedging derivatives to assign investment grade ratings.
That is the reason why derivatives do not attract capital charges for market risk (Pillar I), pursuant to the rules on supervisory returns, and are instead entered in the banking book, the portfolio which contains financial instruments that attract capital charges for credit and counterparty risks, as defined by the cited supervisory rules.




157




1.2.1 Interest rate and price risk – Trading book
Main management process of position risk consist in keeping exposure towards each counterparty below the threshold in coherence with a minimum credit rating as defined in ‘Asset and Liability policy’ and measured by rating stated by main rating agencies.
 
As stated in Section A. General Aspects, the Group at the year-end closing doesn’t hold any financial instruments classified in the Regulatory Trading Portfolio.


158




1.2.2 Interest rate and price risk - Banking Book
A. Overview

The FCA Bank Group’s has an exposure to interest rate risk to the extent that changes in interest rates affect its interest spreads. More specifically, the risk lies in the mismatch or gap between the reset dates (date when the interest rate is set: for fixed-rate instruments this is the maturity date while for floating-rate instruments this is the end of the interest period) for assets and liabilities.

B. Management processes and risk measurement methods

Regarding interest rate risk management, Treasury, which does not act in a profit center capacity, executes solely risk hedging activities, thereby minimizing the impact deriving from the volatility of interest rates.
This activity is carried out also for the Group’s subsidiaries. Risk mitigation occurs through derivative transactions entered into on the basis of standard contracts (ISDA, International Swaps and Derivatives Association).
To calculate interest rate risk exposure, the following methodologies have been used:
  
Reset Gap Analysis: this methodology is designed to determine the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities with a reset date in the same time bucket. Maturity gap is the difference between the total value of the assets and liabilities maturing/showing a reset date in a specific bucket. Maturity gaps are grouped in buckets and totaled within each such bucket. This difference in called Gap Mismatch Index. Management processes of financial risks, as defined by Group policy, establish that Gap Mismatch can’t exceed ±10% for each temporal phase;
 
Duration Analysis: this methodology is designed to determine the difference between the duration of assets and that of liabilities analyzed by reset date. In particular, the assets maturing/resetting in a given month are totaled and discounted to present value at the appropriate rate, as calculated on the basis of the interest rates prevailing in the market at the end of the month under analysis. The sum of all the assets so discounted, as weighted by their effective term to maturity in months, divided by the total of all discounted assets, is called asset duration. The liabilities maturing/resetting in a given month are totaled and discounted to present value at the appropriate rate, as calculated on the basis of the interest rates prevailing in the market. The sum of all the liabilities so discounted, as weighted by their effective term to maturity in months, divided by the total of all discounted assets, is called liabilities duration. The difference between asset duration and liabilities duration as a percentage share of asset duration is called duration gap index. Financial risk management sets maximum limits for the duration gap index, which cannot deviate for more than ± 5%;
 
To ensure compliance with the limits set at the consolidated level by the Asset & Liability Policy, Treasury uses derivative instruments, such as interest rate swaps, to remedy any mismatches by aligning the reset date profiles of assets and liabilities.


159




Organizational structure

To manage interest rate risk in an accurate and balanced manner, the Group has established a specific corporate governance structure.
To this end, certain Committees/Meetings are mainly for information purposes and are also intended to set out general strategies to hedge the financial and market risks to which the Group is exposed, particularly:
Board of Directors is responsible for managing, setting policies and reviewing the compliance, and appropriateness, of the risk management structure;
Advisory Board is responsible for monitoring the Company’s and the Group’s position on interest rate risk and liquidity risk;
Finance & Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the Company’s and the Group’s position on market risk and to define strategies to hedge significant risks;
Group Internal Risk Committee is responsible for setting policies on, and monitoring the proper working of, the Group’s internal control system and is convened whenever there is a crisis situation;
ALM Internal Committee (I.C) is responsible for:
- monitoring the consistency between the interest rate risk hedging transactions approved and those executed every month;
- approving the risk hedging transactions to be carried out every month;
- evaluating extraordinary financial transactions, liabilities and financial expenses;
- evaluating and monitoring capitalization level.
Treasury is responsible for:
- carrying out hedging transactions;
- controlling the trading process;
- defining the hedging strategy within the limits set by ALM Internal Committee.
- carrying out on an ongoing basis, through its own staff, first-level controls on interest rate risk, exchange risk and position risk.
ALM & Financial Reporting is responsible for:
- monitoring the interest rate risk and exchange risk for the currencies in which the Company’s and the Group operates;
- monitoring the position risk and liquidity risks (LCR and NSFR);
- preparing reports for the ALM Internal Committee;
- performing the required stress tests;
- carrying out B/O activities on the Treasury department’s transactions;
- carrying out on an ongoing basis, through its own staff, first-level controls on interest rate hedging exchange risk and position risk.
Risk & Permanent Control is responsible for:
performs systematic controls on the proper application of Treasury/ALM & FR procedures;
monitoring consistency between the interest rate risk hedging transactions approved and those carried out on a monthly basis.

160




Quantitative disclosures

1. Banking portfolio: distribution by maturity (repricing date) of financial assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type/Maturity
On demand
Up to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 months to 1 year
1 to 5 years
5 to 10 years
Over 10 years
Unspecified maturity
1. Balance-sheet assets
2,494,820
5,620,205
1,445,816
4,771,504
8,623,436
366,555
767
6,820
1.1 Debt securities
-
-
-
321
-
9,273
-
-
- with prepayment option
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other
-
-
-
321
-
9,273
-
-
1.2 Loans to banks
1,338,401
730,035
16,574
-
-
-
-
-
1.3 Loans to customers
1,156,419
4,890,169
1,429,243
4,771,183
8,623,436
357,282
767
6,820
- current accounts
42,619
670
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other loans
1,113,800
4,889,499
1,429,243
4,771,183
8,623,436
357,282
767
6,820
- with prepayment option
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other
1,113,800
4,889,499
1,429,243
4,771,183
8,623,436
357,282
767
6,820
2. Balance-sheet liabilities
264,052
10,454,822
1,170,010
1,766,508
7,622,250
-
-
-
2.1 Due to customers
207,530
394,796
97,093
200,137
70,576
-
-
-
- current accounts
207,530
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other loans
-
394,796
97,093
200,137
70,576
-
-
-
- with prepayment option
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other
-
394,796
97,093
200,137
70,576
-
-
-
2.2 Due to banks
56,522
3,523,390
550,380
810,852
2,030,075
-
-
-
- current accounts
56,522
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other loans
-
3,523,390
550,380
810,852
2,030,075
-
-
-
2.3 Debt securities
-
6,536,636
522,537
755,519
5,521,599
-
-
-
- with prepayment option
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- other
-
6,536,636
522,537
755,519
5,521,599
-
-
-
3. Financial derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1 Physically settled Fin. Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Option
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Other derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
416,885
33,780
23,143
-
-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.2 Cash settled Fin. Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Option
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Other derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
3,949,783
154,382
902,556
5,492,739
-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
2,460,823
766,015
1,334,049
5,881,581
56,992
-
-
4. Other off-balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-



161






162



1.2.3 Exchange risk
Overview, management processes and risk measurement methods
The Company’s policy doesn’t allow to detain amount in foreign currency. As a consequence, financial operations in foreign currencies are exchanged in Euro and, sometimes, made by derivatives (Foreign Exchange Swap) according to ISDA standard.
Exposure to counterparty risk is low thanks to high rating of bank counterparties. Exchange risk at the year-end is not relevant as net balance amount in foreign currency is below the minimum threshold (2% of Regulatory Capital).


1.2.4 Derivative instruments
A. FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES


General Aspects, the Group at the year-end doesn’t hold any financial instruments classified in the Regulatory Trading Portfolio.

163




A.2 Banking book: nominal amounts at year-end

A.2.1 Notional amounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying assets / Type of derivatives
Total
31/12/2017
Total
31/12/2016
Over the counter
Clearing House
Over the counter
Clearing House
1. Debt securities and interest rate indexes
22,647,969
-
19,026,965
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
22,647,969
-
19,026,965
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments and stock indexes
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
-
-
-
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
3. Gold and currencies
473,808
-
526,517
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
-
-
-
-
c) Forward
473,808
-
526,517
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
4. Commodities
-
-
-
-
5. Other underlyings
-
-
-
-
Total
23,121,777
-
19,553,482
-
 
 
 
 
 


164



A.2.2 Other derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying assets / Type of derivatives
Total
31/12/2017
Total
31/12/2016
Over the counter
Clearing House
Over the counter
Clearing House
1. Debt securities and interest rate indexes
3,796,162
-
3,877,598
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
3,796,162
-
3,877,598
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments and stock indexes
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
-
-
-
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
3. Gold and currencies
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
-
-
-
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
4. Commodities
-
-
-
-
5. Other underlyings
-
-
-
-
Total
3,796,162
-
3,877,598
-
 
 
 
 
 


165



A.3 Financial derivatives: gross positive fair value - breakdown by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolios / Types of derivatives
Positive fair value
Total
31/12/2017
Total
31/12/2016
Over the counter
Clearing House
Over the counter
Clearing House
A. Regulatory trading portfolio
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
-
-
-
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
-
-
-
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Other
-
-
-
-
B. Banking book - Hedging derivatives
67,118
-
94,796
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
66,219
-
92,281
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
899
-
2,515
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Other
-
-
-
-
C. Banking book - Other derivatives
99
-
2,950
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
99
-
2,950
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
-
-
-
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Others
-
-
-
-
Total
67,217
-
97,746
-
 
 
 
 
 


166



A.4 Financial derivatives: gross negative fair value - breakdown by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolios / Types of derivatives
Negative fair value
Total
31/12/2017
Total
31/12/2016
Over the counter
Clearing House
Over the counter
Clearing House
A. Regulatory trading portfolio
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
-
-
-
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
-
-
-
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Others
-
-
-
-
B. Banking book - Hedging derivatives
43,061
-
63,391
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
43,061
-
63,391
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
-
-
-
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Others
-
-
-
-
C. Banking book - Other derivatives
5,601
-
7,125
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
5,601
-
7,125
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
-
-
-
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Others
-
-
-
-
Total
48,662
-
70,516
-
 
 
 
 
 











167



A.5 OTC Financial derivatives: regulatory trading portfolio - notional amounts, positive and negative gross fair value by counterparty - contracts not included in netting agreement

The Group at the year-end closing doesn’t hold any financial instruments classified in the Regulatory Trading Portfolio.

A.7 OTC Financial derivatives: banking portfolio - notional amounts, positive and negative gross fair value by counterparty - contracts not included in netting agreement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contracts not included in netting agreement
Governments and central banks
Other public-sector entities
Banks
Financial companies
Insurance companies
Non-financial companies
Other entities
1. Debt securities and interest rate indexes
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
5,106,630
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
3,420
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
7,532
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
30,741
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments and stock indexes
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Gold and currencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4. Other instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-




168



A.8 OTC Financial derivatives: banking portfolio - notional amounts, positive and negative gross fair value by counterparty - contracts included in netting agreements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contracts included in netting agreement
Governments and central banks
Other public-sector entities
Banks
Financial companies
Insurance companies
Non-financial companies
Other entities
1. Debt securities and interest rate indexes
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
21,811,307
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
62,899
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
40,355
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments and stock indexes
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Gold and currencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
473,808
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
899
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
1,020
-
-
-
-
4. Other instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-


169




A.9 OTC financial derivatives - residual life: notional amounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying / residual
Up to 1 year
Over 1 year up to 5 year
Over 5 year
Total
A. Regulatory trading book
 
-
-
-
-
A.1 Financial derivative contracts on debt securities and interest rates
-
-
-
-
A.2 Financial derivative contracts on equity securities and stock indexes
-
-
-
-
A.3 Financial derivative contracts on exchange rates and gold
 
-
-
-
-
A.4 Financial derivative contracts on other values
 
-
-
-
-
B. Banking book
 
7,061,257
19,754,672
102,009
26,917,938
B.1 Financial derivative contracts on debt securities and interest rates
6,587,449
19,754,672
102,009
26,444,130
B.2 Financial derivative contracts on equity securities and stock indexes
-
-
-
-
B.3 Financial derivative contracts on exchange rates and gold
 
473,808
-
-
473,808
B.4 Financial derivative contracts on other values
 
-
-
-
-
Total
31/12/2017
7,061,257
19,754,672
102,009
26,917,938
Total
31/12/2016
4,019,657
19,331,423
80,000
23,431,080










170




3. Banking Group – Liquidity Risk
Qualitative disclosures
A. Overview, management processes and methods to measure liquidity risk.

Liquidity risk reflects the Company’s inability to meet its obligations as they come due. Specifically, liquidity risk involves the Company’s inability to renew, extend, refinance, in whole or in part, its borrowings in its various forms, whether structured or unstructured.

To facilitate the proper identification and management of liquidity risk, it is worthy of note that:
the Group’s financial management activities are centralized at Parent Company level, where the Treasury department is responsible for the proper financial management of all the subsidiaries. Moreover, all structured finance transactions are negotiated and managed at the central level;
the Parent is the only Group company with a rating assigned by Fitch Ratings, Moody’s e Standard&Poor’s. In this sense, all bank accounts and lines of credit are managed at the central level;
all of the Group companies refer to the Parent Company for their borrowing requirements through negotiations for the most appropriate financing instruments.

The Group manages this risk by matching assets and liabilities in terms of amounts and maturities. This management activity, together with the availability of substantial lines of credit (including those by Crédit Agricole, the banking shareholder), allows the Company and its subsidiaries to reduce to a minimum their liquidity risk. Liquidity conditions are measured monthly by currency (Euro, British pound, Swiss franc, Danish krone and Polish zloty).

The liquidity risk management model hinges around such key activities as:
management of operating liquidity and structural liquidity, including the use of regularly revised and updated cash flow schedules;
constant monitoring of cash flows and adoption of metrics to measure and control exposure to liquidity risk (maturity mismatch approach);
setting limits to the exposure and concentration regarding liquidity risk;
stress tests to evaluate risk exposure under stressful conditions;
preparation of the Contingency Funding Plan intended to define the roles and responsibilities, the processes, actions to undertake and the identification of risk mitigation techniques to be adopted in case a sudden liquidity crisis.

The methodological approach adopted by the FCA Bank Group to measure risk requires – with reference to both operating liquidity and structural liquidity - the calculation of the:
Maturity Ladder, which is used to calculate, monitor and control any liquidity shortfall by maturity bucket; and

171



Cumulative Liquidity Gap, which is used to calculate progressive cash flows and identifies the presence of any negative cash flows that would require hedging.

The Group, consistent with the Basel 3 framework, calculates:
the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) every month;
the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) every quarter.

With reference to the liquidity coverage ratio, the Group manages any requirements through instruments that comply with the FCA Bank Group’s liquidity policy. The high-quality liquidity assets (HQLA) necessary to meet the liquidity coverage ratio are managed, at the consolidated level, by the Treasury department of the Parent Company, the only exception being the foreign subsidiaries, which are subject to similar LCR requirements set by local supervision authorities.

Liquidity ratios, provided by Basilea III, at 31 December 2017 are equal to:
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) 206%;
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) 109%.

Regulatory threshold have been exceeded at the year-end but also in interim reporting.

172




Quantitative disclosures
1.Time breakdown by contractual residual maturity of financial assets and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items / time
On demand
1 to 7 days
7 to 15 days
15 days to 1 month
1 to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 months to 1 year
1 to 5 years
Over 5 years
Unspecified maturity
On-balance sheet assets
2,342,225
114,096
159,055
569,759
2,359,374
2,712,338
6,271,984
10,328,329
343,151
18,986
A.1 Government securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
290
9,273
-
-
A.2 Other debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.3 Units in investment funds
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.4 Loans
2,342,225
114,096
159,055
569,759
2,359,374
2,712,338
6,271,695
10,319,056
343,151
18,986
- Banks
1,360,468
19,426
-
167,357
620,000
573,173
730,000
-
-
14,286
- Customers
981,757
94,670
159,055
402,403
1,739,374
2,139,166
5,541,695
10,319,056
343,151
4,700
On-balance sheet liabilities
264,052
-
150,394
867,972
529,363
1,699,886
3,793,016
14,743,593
330,000
-
B.1 Deposits and current accounts
264,052
-
-
79,911
75,382
97,093
109,137
70,576
-
-
- Banks
56,522
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
- Customers
207,530
-
-
79,911
75,382
97,093
109,137
70,576
-
-
B.2 Debt securities
-
-
100,000
786,581
83,108
1,009,695
1,300,717
9,998,270
-
 
B.3 Other liabilities
-
-
50,394
1,480
370,873
593,098
2,383,162
4,674,747
330,000
 
Off-balance sheet transactions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.1 Physically settled fin. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
21,334
395,551
33,780
23,143
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
21,179
395,639
33,989
23,199
-
-
-
-
C.2 Cash settled Fin. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
691
12,172
7,499
21,579
37,938
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
79
5,381
11,151
16,136
29,332
-
-
-
C.3 Deposit to be received
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.4 Irrevocable commitments to disburse funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.5 Written guarantees
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.6 Financial guarantees received
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.7 Physically settled cred. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.8 Cash settled Cred. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

173




Self-Securitization Transactions and European Central Bank Refinancing Operations
At the year-end there were three self-securitization transactions in place – A-Best Fourteen, A-Best Thirteen and A-Best Twelve. FCA Bank has subscribed all liabilities issued. Financial activities underlying securities are referred to retail portfolio.
The Group’s retention of all the bonds issued by the three vehicles did not allow it to raise debt capital in the market but gave it access instead to refinancing operations with the European Central Bank, thanks to the use of such bonds as collateral.
At 31 December 2017, the total amount received by FCAB through refinancing operations with the European Central Bank was euro 1.8 billion.
It is worthy of note that these self-securitization transactions, used in connection with these operations, had all the requirements to be readily placed in the market.


1.4 Banking Group – Operational Risks
Qualitative disclosures
A. Overview, management processes and methods to measure operational risk
Operational risk defines the risk of incurring losses due to the inadequacy and failure of processes, human resources and internal systems or external events, including legal risk. This includes, among others, losses from fraud, human error, shutdown, system failures, defaults, natural catastrophes. Operational risks include legal risk (inclusive of money-laundering risk) but not strategic and reputational risks.
In this case, the most significant risk for the Group is that associated with losses incurred as a result of external fraud.
To calculate the internal capital necessary to face operational risks, FCA Bank, in agreement with Bank of Italy’s Circular 285/2013 for class 2 banks, adopted the basic approach, or BIA (Basic Indicator Approach), to calculate Pillar I requirements.
The organizational model to manage operational risk set up by FCA Bank provides for the presence of the following players:

Operational risk management function (embedded in the Risk & Permanent Control area) which defines and develops the methodologies, policies and procedures to identify, assess, monitor and mitigate operational risks;
individual units within the Group companies. These units participate actively, with varying levels of responsibility and involvement, in the operational risk management processes through the identification of the main (effective end potential) risks that can materialize in daily operations and ongoing risk control, each within the scope of its responsibilities.

The organizational model to manage operational risks unfolds along the following processes:
mapping of operational risks by corporate process, in their expected and unexpected nature (updated annually and after structural process changes);
survey of loss events on a quarterly basis;
analysis and classification of risk and loss events and definition, where necessary, of control and risk mitigation actions.

Classification of operational risk events

Operational risk events have been classified over the years on the basis of FCA Bank’s specific experience as follows:
Internal fraud;

174



External fraud;
Employment relationship and safety at work;
Customers, products and professional practices;
Damage to tangible assets;
Breakdown of operations and malfunctions in information systems;
Process execution and management.

Every quarter, the R&PC - GRM department monitors trends in specific KRI, such as:
External frauds (only for Retail business):
Fraud Trend = Number of frauds per year;
Through The Door (TTD) Frauds / whole TTD;
Frauds avoided/Frauds detected.
Moreover, the following ratios are calculated:
OR Cost = Total Loss Data (including frontier risk) / Net Banking Income;
"Pure" OR Cost = Total Loss Data (excluding frontier risk) / Net Banking Income.

Organizational structure
The roles and responsibilities of the functions of FCA Bank S.p.A. involved in the management of operational risks can be summarized as follows:
Risk & Permanent Control
Structure reporting directly to the CEO of FCA Bank, engaged in mapping and measuring risks and oversight of risk management processes, managing directly second-line/second-level controls.

Central Operational Risk Manager
Part of the Risk & Permanent Control function, this manager is responsible for the organization and maintenance of the operational risk management process in all of the Group’s subsidiaries. To this end, the manager ensures the development and implementation of a permanent control system to monitor risks in all of the corporate processes and an adequate reporting system on the qualitative level of the operational risk management process implemented at the local level.

Central Operational Risk Committee
Sub-committee of the Internal Control Committee (ICC), which meets on a quarterly basis. The ICC is responsible for monitoring the results of the activities carried out by the Company’s Internal Control functions (Risk & Permanent Control, Compliance, Internal Audit). The results of the control activities are presented and discussed within the ICC.

Local Operational Risk Manager
Part of the Risk & Permanent Control department, this manager is responsible for organizing and maintaining the operational risk management process in the individual Markets, to ensure compliance with the methodologies and standards set by the Parent Company.
To fulfil these tasks, the manager relies on a network of contacts in the individual operational areas. Such contacts are responsible for identifying and reporting, in agreement with their superiors, operational loss events for the period and any change occurred in the processes under their supervision, analyzing their possible riskiness.

Local Operational Risk Committee

175



At least every quarter, this Committee evaluates and approves mitigation actions and reviews progress in corrective actions agreed to deal with operational risk occurrences.
To support the operational risk management framework, FCA Bank implemented an information system, which consists of two modules: one to gather data on operational losses and the other to map operational risks inherent in the different corporate processes.

Section 2 – Insurance company risks
2.1 Insurance risks
Qualitative disclosures
This sub-section outlines the disclosure required by IFRS a, paragraphs 38, 39 a), 39 b) and 39A

Risk management framework
The Company has developed and implemented a risk management framework to identify and monitor areas of risk to the Company. A review of the risk management framework is undertaken at least on an annual basis.

Currency risk
All significant transactions of the Company are denominated in Euro with the exception of a small amount of business written in Poland. All Bank accounts are held in Euro and Polish Zloty. The Company is not exposed to any significant currency risk.

176




Counterparty risk
The Company’s principal financial assets are insurance and other receivables, reinsurance assets and cash and cash equivalents.

Counterparty risk related to the cash and cash equivalent balances is controlled through the setting of minimum credit rating requirements for counterparties, and by diversification requirements, set out in the investment policy of the Board.

Liquidity risk
The Company is exposed to monthly calls on its available cash resources mainly from claims arising from reinsurance contracts. Liquidity risk is the risk that cash may not be available to pay obligations when due at a reasonable cost. The Company manages its funds to ensure that an adequate amount of funds is available to meet such calls.

Insurance risk
The risk attached to the reinsurance policies written by the Company is the possibility that an insured event occurs and the uncertainty of the amount of the resulting claim.

The Company has developed its reinsurance underwriting strategy to diversify the type of insurance risks and within each of the types of risk, to achieve a sufficiently large population of risks to reduce the variability of the expected outcome. Risks covered include Life and Non-Life events with policy terms ranging from 1 month to 120 months.
The Company engages an independent actuarial firm to review the technical provisions at the year-end.
    

177




Section 3 – Risks arising from securitization transactions
A. General aspects, securitization risk management processes and measurement methods
The Company participates in securitization programs as originator, servicer and investor in one or more classes of securities. In addition, it is responsible for structuring securitization transactions and for overseeing and monitoring the proper execution of transactions and servicing activities, including the production of the periodic reports provided for by contract.
So far, the Company has carried out 12 traditional securitization transactions, in accordance with law 130/99, involving retail car loans.
Of the 12 transactions, 5 are still outstanding.
For these securitization transactions, the Treasury department formalised a procedure describing and setting rules for their management and control process.
 
All the transactions carried out so far have performed in line with expectations, both in terms of alignment of the cash flows with the forecasts made when the transaction was launched and in terms of compliance with the main triggers related to the portfolio.
Furthermore, no implicit support techniques were applied to the transactions, no clean-up call clauses for amounts greater than 10% of the initial issue were introduced and there are no accelerated repayment provisions linked to excess spread levels.
The risk deriving from securitization transactions is that the economic substance of the transaction is not fully incorporated in risk assessment and management decisions.
 
The Company feels that the risk associated with securitizations might materialize only in the event that the Bank calculates its capital requirements in relation to the position in the securitization instead of the underlying assets. Only in this case can there be a risk that the capital requirements in question do not reflect in full the actual risk of the transaction.
As securitization transactions are undertaken without derecognizing receivables, given that FCA Bank acquired the first loss tranche (junior notes), the quantification of this risk has been incorporated in the internal capital set aside to face credit risk.
Thus, the Company feels that - with reference to the securitization transactions currently outstanding, considering its dual role as seller of the receivables and buyer of the subordinated tranche of the securities as well as the fact that (in line with supervisory instructions on securitizations which provide that the risk-weighted amount of all the positions in a single securitization cannot exceed the risk-weighted amount of all the securitized assets calculated as if such assets had not been securitized) capital requirements are calculated on the underlying assets - there is no doubt as to the economic nature of the securitizations indicated clearly as such for the calculation of capital requirements.
In the future, FCA Bank will perform a specific assessment of the risk deriving from securitizations in case of securitization transactions involving the effective transfer of the credit risk associated with the securitized assets.
Therefore, the Company will not carry out a quantitative assessment (internal capital) to face this risk but will consider the methodologies and processes implemented to oversee and mitigate such risk.
 
In keeping with IAS 39, securitized assets continue to be reported in the accounts based on the following considerations:
a) the risks and benefits related to the portfolio sold have not been fully transferred to third parties;
b) the seller continues to exercise control over the portfolio sold;
c) the seller acts also as servicer.
 
However, the accounting treatment of securitizations is irrelevant for their recognition for prudential purposes.

178



In that respect, the Company’s securitizations show either capital charges equal to the charges related to the assets sold (in line with supervisory instructions on securitizations which provide that the risk-weighted amount of all the positions in a securitization cannot exceed the risk-weighted amount of all the securitized assets calculated as if such assets had not been securitized) or, as in the case of A-Best Fifteen, capital charges equal to those calculated on the basis of the Bank’s positions in these securitizations.

As to the risk deriving from securitization transactions - that is that the economic substance of the transaction is not fully incorporated in risk assessment and management decisions, given that the cited A-Best Fifteen transaction involved a substantial transfer of risk pursuant to article 243(2) of the Regulation (EU) no. 575/2013 (CRR), performing a specific assessment of the risk deriving from securitizations as well as methodologies and processes to oversee and mitigate this risk - no securitization risk is deemed to exist.

On the other hand, in the case of traditional securitizations, where the Company subscribes the first loss tranche (junior notes), pursuant to Regulation (EU) no. 575/2013 (CRR), the quantification of this risk is incorporated in the internal capital set aside to face credit risk. Thus, the Company feels that there is no doubt as to the economic nature of the securitizations indicated clearly as such for the calculation of capital requirements.

Organizational structure
To face securitization risk, FCA Bank has implemented:
a comprehensive organizational model;
a process for identifying, monitoring and mitigating securitization risks formalized in specific internal procedures.

Every new securitization transaction structured by the Securitization and Risk Transfer unit of the Treasury department is validated by the CFO & Deputy General Manager and is submitted for approval to the NPA Committee, which is chaired by the CEO & General Manager, by its first lines and by the second-level internal control functions.
The approval minutes and any opinion issued by the Company’s second-level functions are submitted, together with the product concept, to the Board of Directors for final approval.

Securitization and Risk Transfer, a unit of the Treasury department, is responsible for:
structuring all of the Group’s transaction, managing directly (in Italy) and monitoring (abroad) the servicing activities of the securitization transactions undertaken as well as managing relations with rating agencies and investors;
performing 2.1 level controls. First-level controls are performed directly by the foreign markets.

Risk & Permanent Control - GRM defines and develops the policies and procedures to identify, evaluate, monitor, measure and mitigate second-level securitization risks; it expresses its opinion within the NPA Committee.

Internal Audit checks, at least every three years, the degree of adequacy of the internal control system and compliance with the applicable regulations by the securitization transactions and the servicing activities performed by FCA Bank S.p.A..

The control tools put in place by the Company unfold in the following processes:
review of the entire documentation and contractual package of the transaction by the Treasury Department – Securitization and Risk Transfer, in cooperation with internal and external counsel;
review of the fairness and suitability of the transaction by the Treasury Department – Securitization and Risk Transfer;

179



Risk & Permanent Control is also responsible for second-level permanent controls on securitization transactions.


Attention is called to the fact that all the transactions carried out so far have performed in line with expectations, both in terms of adequacy of the cash flows vis-à-vis the projections made at the time the transaction was launched and in terms of compliance with the main triggers related to the portfolio.
No implicit support techniques are applied to the transactions, there are no “clean-up clauses for amounts in excess of 10% of the initial issue and there are no acceleration clauses related to excess spread levels, in keeping with company procedures.










PART F – INFORMATION ON CONSOLIDATED EQUITY
Section 1 – Consolidated equity
A. Qualitative disclosures
The "Banking Group" differs, for the consolidation scope, from the financial statements prepared according to IAS/IFRS. The differences are largely attributable to the line-by-line consolidation, in the IAS / IFRS financial statements, of non-banking companies (mainly companies operating in the long-term rental business) that are not included in the "Banking Group";
The Own Funds, the minimum capital requirements and the resulting banking regulatory ratios were determined in accordance with the provisions contained in the Bank of Italy Circular No. 285 of December 17, 2013 (and subsequent updates) "Supervisory provisions for banks" and n. 286 of December 17, 2013 (and subsequent updates) "Instructions for completing the prudential reporting by banks”.


180




B. Quantitative disclosures
B.1 Consolidated Shareholders' Equity: breakdown by type of company
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banking Group
Insurance companies
Other companies
Consolidation adjustments and eliminations
31/12/2017
1. Share capital
703,388
1,000
103,769
(104,769)
703,388
2. Share premium reserve
195,623
4,000
-
(4,000)
195,623
3. Reserves
1,358,757
(247)
124,537
(124,290)
1,358,757
4. Equity instruments
-
-
-
-
-
5. (Treasury shares)
-
-
-
-
-
6. Revaluation reserves
(27,893)
-
(640)
640
(27,893)
- Financial assets available for sale
-
-
-
-
-
- Property, plant and equipment
-
-
-
-
-
- Intangible assets
-
-
-
-
-
- Foreign investment hedges
-
-
-
-
-
- Cash flow hedges
(1,116)
-
-
-
(1,116)
- Exchange differences
(7,999)
-
-
-
(7,999)
- Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale
-
-
-
-
-
- Actuarial gains (losses) on defined-benefit pension plan
(19,232)
-
(2,137)
2,137
(19,232)
- Portion of measurement reserves relating to investments carried at equity
-
-
-
-
-
- Special revaluation laws
454
-
-
-
454
7. Net profit (loss)
382,528
4,318
43,161
(47,479)
382,528
Total
2,512,404
8,268
264,276
(272,544)
2,512,404
 
 
 
 
 
 


181




B.4 Revaluation reserves: pension and other post-retirement defined


 
Changes in 2017
 
Banking Group
Insurance companies
Other companies
Consolidation eliminations and adjustments
Total
1. Opening balance
(18,037)
-
(2,137)
2,137
(18,037)
2. Increases
-
-
-
-
-
2.1 Increases in fair value
-
-
-
-
-
2.2 Other changes
-
-
-
-
-
3. Decreases
(1,195)
-
-
-
(1,195)
3.1 Decreases in fair value
(1,195)
-
-
-
(1,195)
3.2 Other changes
-
-
-
-
-
4. Closing balance
(19,232)
-
(2,137)
2,137
(19,232)




182




Section 2 – Own Funds and Capital Ratios
2.2 Own funds
A. Qualitative disclosures
The regulatory framework provides that the Own Funds are made of the following levels of capital:
- Tier 1 Capital, that consists of:
Common Equity Tier 1 - CET1;
Additional Tier 1 - AT1;
Tier 2 - T2.

The predominant form of Tier 1 Common Equity, composed primarily of equity instruments (e.g. Common shares), profit reserves, revaluation reserves, of computable minority interests, in addition to the elements in deduction.

1. Common equity tier 1 - CET1
The Common Equity Tier 1 of the FCA Bank Group as at 31 December 2017 is made up of first class components (share capital, share premium, reserves, minority interests) duly restated according to the relevant regulations.
It is worthy of note that net profit for 2017 was included in Equity, pursuant to article 26, paragraph 2 of Regulation (EU) no. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Decision (EU) 2015/656/ of the European Central Bank (ECB/2015/4). To this end, formal acceptance of the European Central Bank was obtained on 6 February 2018.

2. Additional Tier 1 - AT1
The FCA Bank Group on 31 December 2017 does not have specific Additional Tier 1 instruments.
The Additional Tier 1 reports the minority interest of the Group in accordance with the relevant regulations.

3. Tier 2 - T2
On 28 June 2017 FCA Bank S.p.A. obtained from Crédit Agricole Consumer Finance S.A. a ten-year subordinated loan in the amount of euro 126 million. A second tranche was received on 20 November 2017, for a total of euro 204 million. Thanks to these subordinated debt amounts, the Bank has now Tier 2 capital for a total of euro 330 million, strengthening own funds and improving their composition.
The Tier 2 reports the minority interest of the Group in accordance with the relevant regulations.

183




B. Quantitative disclosures
Capital for regulatory purposes - B. Quantitative information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) before the application of prudential filters
2,492,384
2,151,594
Of which CET1 instruments subject to transitional adjustments
-
-
B. CET1 prudential filters(+/-):
1,002
3,877
C. CET1 before items to be deducted and effects of transitional period (A+/-B)
2,493,386
2,155,471
D. Items to be deducted from CET1
125,901
120,001
E. Transitional period - Impact on CET1 (+/-), including minority interests subject to transitional adjustments
5,445
6,890
F. Total Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) (C-D+/-E)
2,372,930
2,042,361
G. Additional Tier 1 (AT1) before items to be deducted and effects of transitional period:
3,911
2,633
Of which AT1 instruments subject to transitional adjustments
-
-
H. Items to be deducted from AT1
-
-
I. Transitional period – Impact on AT1 (+/-), including instruments issued by subsidiaries and included in AT1 pursuant to transitional adjustments
-
-
L. Total Additional Tier 1 (AT1) (G-H+/-I)
3,911
2,633
M. Tier 2 (T2) before items to be deducted and effects of transitional period
335,215
3,511
   Of which T2 instruments subject to transitional adjustments
-
-
N. Items to be deducted from T2
-
-
O. Transitional period – Impact on T2 (+/-), including instruments issued by subsidiaries and included in T2 pursuant to transitional adjustments
-
-
P. Total Tier 2 (T2) (M-N+/-O)
335,215
3,511
Q. Total Own funds (F+L+P)
2,712,057
2,048,505
 
 
 


184




2.3 Capital adequacy
A. Qualitative disclosures
According to applicable regulations the Parent Company is required to carry out the ICAAP on a consolidated basis, for the banking Group.
The Parent Company, in keeping with the Final Report “Guidelines on ICAAP and ILAAP information collected for SREP purposes” (EBA/GL/2016/10, of 3 November 2016) revised its own consolidated ICAAP, as well as the guidelines that the subsidiaries falling within the banking perimeter are required to adopt.
The Group – in accordance with the Supervisory Instructions on capital adequacy (so-called Second Pillar) – designed its own internal capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP).

The Company’s ICAAP consists of the following phases:
identification of significant risks to be assessed;
measurement/assessment of the individual risks and the relevant internal capital;
determination of total internal capital – as required by the prudential provisions for Class 2 Banks and Groups – in accordance with the simplified building block technique, which involves adding the internal capital set aside for first pillar risks to internal capital for second pillar risks and any internal capital allocated as a result of stress tests;
stress testing designed to better assess risk exposure, the relevant mitigation systems and control as well as capital adequacy.
 
Determination of (current and prospective) total internal capital is carried out at least every six months, allowing for any re-assessment in case of significant changes at the organizational and/or strategic level.
Moreover ICAAP is revised internally by the Company’s Internal Audit department.
 
Risk map
The definition and mapping of risks is an ongoing process, not a one-time event, to improve risk management and to keep an updated map of the risks to which the Group is exposed.
Based on the Group’s operational and strategic characteristics, the R&PC – GRM department considered significant, currently and prospectively, all the quantifiable risks laid down in Circular 285/13. Moreover, it identified as significant investment risk, which is defined as the risk to underestimate the Group’s credit exposure deriving from the exclusion of the commercial companies from the banking Group, even though the operations of these companies are part and parcel of the Group’s strategies.
The FCA Bank Group, in its capacity as a Group 2 bank with consolidated or separate assets in excess of €3.5 billion, uses standardized methods to measure all its risks.

185




Capital adequacy - B. Quantitative information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Categories / Values
Non weighted Amounts
Weighted Amounts/ Capital Requirement
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
31/12/2017
31/12/2016
A. RISK ASSETS
 
 
 
 
A.1 Credit and counterparty risk
24,596,095
23,816,622
18,499,401
16,823,909
1. Standardized approach
24,596,095
23,816,622
18,499,401
16,823,909
2. IRB approach
-
-
 
-
2.1 Foundation
-
-
 
-
2.2 Advanced
-
-
 
-
3. Securitizations
-
-
 
-
B. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
 
 
 
B.1 Credit and counterparty risk
 
 
1,479,952
1,345,913
B.2 Risk valuation adjustment credit
 
 
929
5,378
B.3 Regulation Risk
 
 
 
-
B.4 Market Risk
 
 
 
-
1. Standardized approach
 
 
 
-
2. Internal models
 
 
 
-
3. Concentration risk
 
 
 
-
B.5 Operational risk
 
 
103,663
93,646
1. Basic indicator approach (BIA)
 
 
103,663
93,646
2. Traditional standardized approach (TSA)
 
 
 
-
3. Advanced measurement approach (AMA)
 
 
 
-
B.7 Total capital requirements
 
 
 
-
B.7 Total capital requirements
 
 
1,584,544
1,444,937
C. RISK ASSETS AND CAPITAL RATIOS
 
 
 
 
C.1 Weighted risk assets
 
 
19,806,805
18,061,716
C.2 Capital primary class1 / Risk
 
 
11.98%
11.31%
C.3 Capital Class 1 / Risk-weighted assets (Total capital ratio)
 
 
12.00%
11.32%
C.4 Total own funds // Risk-weighted assets (Total capital ratio)
 
 
13.69%
11.34%
 
 
 
 
 




186




PART G – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
Section 1 – Operations completed during the last financial year
On 1 January 2017, the cross-border merger of “FCA Capital Ireland Plc” with and into “FCA Bank S.p.A” took effect, also for tax and accounting purposes.
As of that date, FCA Bank S.p.A. has been operating in Ireland through a branch.
Section 2 – Operations completed after the end of the financial year
Effective 1st January 2018, FCA Capital Nederland B.V. (NL), spun-off assets and liabilities related to the rental business activity in favor of the newly created Leasys Nederland B.V.. As a result Leasys S.p.A. holds 100% of Leasys Nederland B.V. shares.

187




PART H – RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
1.
Information on key executive compensation
Compensation to directors and statutory auditors is approved by shareholder through a resolution. Fees paid in 2017 to the Parent Company’s directors and statutory auditors amounted to €581,262 and €225,394, respectively.


                    
2.
Information on related-party transactions
Typically, related-party transactions are entered into at arm’s length conditions. Intercompany transactions are carried out only after the mutual benefits of the parties involved are considered. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, balances arising from intercompany transactions are eliminated.
 
The tables below shows assets, liabilities, costs and revenues at 31 December 2017 by type of related party.

Transactions with related parties: balance sheet
 
 
 
AMOUNTS AT 31/12/2017
 
SHAREHOLDERS
KEY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
OTHER RELATED PARTIES
TOTAL
Held for trading financial assets
-
-
-
-
Loans and receivables with Banks
654,200
-
9,265
663,465
Loans and receivables with Customers
7,253
-
74,235
81,488
Hedging Derivatives
-
-
22,836
22,836
Other assets
299,126
-
61,746
360,872
TOTAL ASSETS
960,579
-
168,082
1,128,661
Deposits form Banks
1,722,617
-
1,019,170
2,741,787
Deposits form Customers
-
-
156,114
156,114
Financial liabilities held for trading
-
-
878
878
Hedging Derivatives
-
-
15,374
15,374
Other liabilities
41,498
-
155,141
196,639
TOTAL LIABILITIES
1,764,115
-
1,346,677
3,110,792
 
 
 
 
 
                                                


188



Transactions with related parties: income statement
 
 
 
 
AMOUNTS FOR 2017
 
SHAREHOLDERS
KEY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
OTHER RELATED PARTIES
TOTAL
Interests and similar income
105,193
-
84,630
189,824
Interests and similar expenses
(21,568)
-
(24,889)
(46,457)
Fee and commission income
5,164
-
33,910
39,074
Fee and commission income
(330)
-
(2,165)
(2,494)
Administrative expenses
(7,924)
(807)
(7,143)
(15,874)
Other operating income/expenses
13,918
-
35,304
49,222
 
 
 
 
 


DISCLOSURE OF AUDITING FEES AND FEES FOR SERVICES OTHER THAN AUDITING PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 2427 PARAGRAPH 16 BIS OF THE ITALIAN CIVIL CODE


SERVICES
SERVICER PROVIDER
31/12/2017
 
 
 
Audit
Ernst & Young S.p.A.
2,041
Audit related
Ernst & Young S.p.A.
448
Other services
Ernst & Young Financial Business Advisors S.p.A.
13
Other services
Ernst & Young GmbH
105
TOTAL
 
2,607
 
 
 
 
 
 






PART L - SEGMENT REPORTING AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017
Assets and performance by segment

Asset and performance figures by segment are shown in accordance with IFRS 8 – Operating Segments, with the adoption of the “full management approach”.
The FCA Bank Group operates through three operating segments: Retail, Dealer Financing and Rental.

189



Segment assets (accurate amounts) consist solely of receivables due from customers. At the end of 2017, the Retail segment had total assets of euro 14 billion, up 7% on 31 December 2016 while the Dealer Financing segment’s were up 21% on the comparable amount at 31 December 2016, settling at euro 7.3 billion. Rental assets, for their part, increased by 31% on 31 December 2016, reaching euro 2.2 billion.
As required by IFRS, it is noted that the Group’s business is carried out in Europe. However, no management report is prepared which breaks down performance by foreign geographical area.




SEGMENT REPORTING (€/mln)
RETAIL
DEALER FINANCING
RENTAL
Other
TOTAL
 
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
Net banking income and rental margin
562
153
126
-
841
Net operating expenses
(168)
(35)
(61)
-
(264)
Total cost of risk
(30)
(5)
(8)
-
(43)
Other net operating income
-
-
-
(13)
(13)
Profit before tax
364
113
57
(13)
521
Unallocated taxes
-
-
-
(138)
(138)
Net profit
364
113
57
(151)
383
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2017
31/12/2017
31/12/2017
31/12/2017
31/12/2017
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
End of period segment assets
14,378
7,318
2,239
-
23,935
Average segment assets
13,717
6,174
1,906
-
21,797
Unallocated assets
-
-
-
-
-
 
 
 
 
 
 

190




SEGMENT REPORTING (€/mln)
RETAIL
DEALER FINANCING
RENTAL
Other
TOTAL
 
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
Net banking income and rental margin
493
116
123
 
732
Net operating expenses
(154)
(33)
(58)
 
(245)
Total cost of risk
(38)
(11)
(6)
 
(55)
Other net operating income
 
 
 
(15)
(15)
Profit before tax
301
72
59
(15)
417
Unallocated taxes
-
-
-
(105)
 
Net profit
301
72
59
(120)
312
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2016
31/12/2016
31/12/2016
31/12/2016
31/12/2016
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
End of period segment assets
13,002
6,047
1,706
-
20,755
Average segment assets
11,768
5,150
1,580
-
18,498
Unallocated assets
-
-
-
-
-














Turin, 22 February 2018
On behalf of the Board of Directors
Chief Executive Officer and General Manager
Giacomo Carelli

191




COUNTRY BY COUNTRY REPORTING – DATA AS AT 31/12/2017
FCA Bank Group companies by country and business:
 
COUNTRY
COMPANY
BUSINESS
 
 
AUSTRIA
FCA Leasing GmbH
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Bank GmbH
BANK
 
 
 
 
 
BELGIUM
FCA Capital Belgium S.A.
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
Leasys S.p.A. (Belgian Branch)
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
DENMARK
FCA Capital Danmark A/S
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Capital Danmark A/S (Branch Finland)
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
FRANCE
Leasys France SAS
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Capital France S.A.
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
GERMANY
Ferrari Financial Services GmbH
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
Leasys S.p.A. (German Branch)
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
Ferrari Financial Services GmbH (UK Branch)
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
GREECE
FCA Capital Hellas S.A.
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Insurance Hellas S.A.
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Bank GmbH (Hellenic Branch)
BANK
 
 
 
 
 
IRELAND
FCA Capital RE DAC
INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
ITALY
FCA Bank S.p.A.
BANK
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A. (Irish Branch)
BANK
 
 
Leasys S.p.A.
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
NORWAY
FCA Capital Norge AS
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
HOLLAND
FCA Capital Nederland BV
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
POLAND
FCA Leasing Polska Sp.Zoo.
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Group Bank Polska SA
BANK
 
 
 
 
 
PORTUGAL
FCA Dealer Services Portugal
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Capital Portugal IFIC SA
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED KINGDOM
Leasys UK LTD
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Dealer Services UK LTD
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Automotive Services UK LTD
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
SPAIN
FCA Capital España EFC S.A.
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Dealer Services España S.A.
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
FCA Dealer Services España (Morocco Branch)
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
Leasys S.p.A. (Spanish Branch)
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
SWEDEN
FCA Capital Sverige AB
FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
SWITZERLAND
FCA Capital Suisse S.A.
FINANCIAL COMPANY

192



Pursuant to Art. 89 of Directive 2013/36/EU of European parliament and the Council (CRD IV):
COUNTRY
BUSINESS
OPERATING INCOME (figures in thousands of euro)
FULL TIME EQUIVALENT EMPLOYEES
INCOME OR LOSS BEFORE TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (figures in thousands of euro)
TAX ON INCOME OR LOSS (figures in thousands of euro)
AUSTRIA
BANK
8.000
20
6,249
1,008
 
FINANCIAL COMPANY
5.324
 
4,907
805
 
 
 
 
 
 
BELGIUM
FINANCIAL COMPANY
8.440
16
5,806
2,160
 
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
(1,032)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DENMARK
FINANCIAL COMPANY
5.807
34
3,067
150
 
 
 
 
 
 
FRANCE
FINANCIAL COMPANY
44488
124
24,717
1,698
 
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
(2.343)
 
8,413
609
 
 
 
 
 
 
GERMANY
FINANCIAL COMPANY
129.872
294
72,974
11,961
 
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
(1,464)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GREECE
BANK
4.474
16
1,735
728
 
FINANCIAL COMPANY
275
30
218
61
 
 
 
 
 
 
IRELAND
INSURANCE COMPANY
6.833
6
4,017
502
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITALY
BANK
372.740
665
303,909
69,940
 
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
(28.772)
425
59,483
3,398
 
 
 
 
 
 
NORWAY
FINANCIAL COMPANY
682
2
407
98
 
 
 
 
 
 
HOLLAND
FINANCIAL COMPANY
9.600
38
5,794
1,432
 
 
 
 
 
 
POLAND
BANK
7.808
65
1,115
406
 
FINANCIAL COMPANY
3.093
12
1,404
928
 
 
 
 
 
 
PORTUGAL
FINANCIAL COMPANY
9.998
39
7,358
1,978
 
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
2.104
4
1,631
6
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED KINGDOM
FINANCIAL COMPANY
80.299
127
70,124
13,303
 
NON-FINANCIAL COMPANY
(1.436)
15
2,398
84
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPAIN
FINANCIAL COMPANY
50.647
105
49,531
8,631
 
NON FINANCIAL COMPANY
 
 
(1,113)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SWEDEN
FINANCIAL COMPANY
2.714
1
989
371
 
 
 
 
 
 
SWITZERLAND
FINANCIAL COMPANY
16.799
54
9,521
675
Total Group companies
 
737,447
2,092
642,158
120,933
Consolidation adjustments
 
(69.403)
 
121,384
3,340
Group consolidated
 
668.044
 
520,774
117,593


193
Exhibit 99.2 FCA Bank 2015/2014


Exhibit 99.2


FCA Bank Group
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2015




























CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2015
    














FCA Bank S.p.A.
Registered office: Corso G. Agnelli, 200 - 10135 Turin - www.fcabankgroup.com - Paid-up Share Capital : Euro 700,000,000 - , Turin Companies Register n. 08349560014, - Tax and VAT Code 08349560014 - Entered in the Bank Register n. 5764 - Holding of FCA Bank Banking Group - Entered in the Banking Group Register - Cod. ABI 3445 - Entered in Single Register of Insurance Intermediaries (RUI) no. D00016456.

























CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Consolidated Income Statement
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements




































CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION




ASSETS
(€ thousand)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE SHEET - ASSETS
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
 
 
 
 
10.
Cash and cash balances
21
22
20.
Financial assets held for trading
2,993
13,155
50.
Held-to-maturity investments
9,682
9,715
60.
Loans and receivables with banks
1,333,338
761,663
70.
Loans and receivables with customers
15,453,854
13,677,250
80.
Hedging derivatives
95,842
83,603
90.
Changes in fair value of portfolio heged items (+/-)
48,125
59,106
100.
Investments in associates and joint ventures
79
79
110.
Insurance reserves attributable to reinsures
22,385
34,007
120.
Property, plant and equipment
1,168,341
1,041,574
130.
Intangible assets
217,917
217,507
 
- goodwill
180,338
180,338
140.
Tax assets
280,612
250,614
 
a) current tax assets
113,349
81,284
 
b) deferred tax assets
167,263
169,330
 
of wich Law 214/2011
-
-
160.
Other assets
875,962
785,920
TOTAL ASSETS
19,509,151
16,934,215
 
 
 
 



LIABILITIES and NET EQUITY
(thousand)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
 
 
 
 
10.
Deposits from banks
7,650,594
6,788,256
20.
Deposits from customers
453,801
169,382
30.
Debt securities in issue
8,244,250
7,069,598
40.
Financial liabilities held for trading
8,004
16,140
60.
Hedging derivatives
61,403
80,818
80.
Tax liabilities
108,850
86,027
 
a) current tax liabilities
45,695
39,979
 
b) deferred tax liabilities
63,155
46,048
100.
other liabilities
627,038
547,758
110.
Provision for employee severance pay
12,350
13,001
120.
Provisions for risks and charges
217,245
207,419
 
a) post retirement benefit obligations
39,261
33,777
 
b) Other reserves
177,984
173,642
130.
Insurance reserves
27,953
41,839
140.
Revaluation reserves
45,580
16,880
170.
Reserves
894,840
807,789
180.
Share premium
192,746
192,746
190.
Issued capital
700,000
700,000
210.
Minorities (+/-)
16,889
15,413
220.
Net Profit (Loss) for the year (+/-)
247,608
181,149
Total liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
19,509,151
16,934,215






CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
10.
 INTEREST INCOME AND SIMILAR REVENUES
729,002
737,429
20.
 INTEREST EXPENSES AND SIMILAR CHARGES
(285,031)
(372,803)
30.
NET INTEREST MARGIN
443,971
364,626
40.
FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME
120,332
113,124
50.
FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSES
(40,219)
(30,562)
60.
NET FEE AND COMMISSION
80,113
82,562
80.
NET INCOME FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILTIES HELD FOR TRADING
(2,222)
(2,141)
90.
FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS IN HEDGE ACCOUNTING
(1,081)
(769)
120.
OPERATING INCOME
520,781
444,278
130.
IMPAIRMENT LOSSES ON:
(76,933)
(82,934)
 
a) loans
(76,933)
(82,934)
140.
NET PROFIT FROM FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES
443,848
361,344
150.
NET PREMIUM EARNED
1,537
1,990
160.
NET OTHER OPERATING INCOME/ CHARGES FROM INSURANCE ACTIVITIES
2,889
2,951
170.
NET PROFIT FROM FINANCIAL AND INSURANCE ACTIVITIES
448,274
366,285
180.
ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS
(227,255)
(214,855)
 
a) payroll costs
(145,484)
(135,764)
 
b) other administrative costs
(81,771)
(79,091)
190.
NET PROVISIONS FOR RISKS AND CHARGES
(6,379)
(44,812)
200.
IMPAIRMENT ON TANGIBLE ASSETS
(259,052)
(250,572)
210.
IMPAIRMENT ON INTANGIBLE ASSETS
(6,092)
(5,310)
220.
OTHER OPERATING INCOME / CHARGES
409,922
405,799
230.
OPERATING COSTS
(88,856)
(109,750)
280.
TOTAL PROFIT OR LOSS BEFORE TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS TAX EXPENSE RELATED TO PROFIT OR LOSS FRO
359,418
256,535
290.
TAX EXPENSE RELATED TO PROFIT OR LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS TOTAL PROFIT OR LOSS AFTER TAX FROM
(110,330)
(74,060)
300.
TOTAL PROFIT OR LOSS AFTER TAX CONTINUING
249,088
182,475
320.
NET PROFIT OR LOSS
249,088
182,475
330.
MINORITY PORTION OF NET INCOME (LOSS)
(1,480)
(1,326)
340.
HOLDINGS INCOME (LOSS) OF THE YEAR
247,608
181,149
 
 
 
 



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(€/thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
10.
Profit (loss) for the year
249,088
182,475
 
Other items of comprehensive income after taxes that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
 
-
40.
Defined-benefit plans
(593)
(7,666)
 
Other items of comprehensive income after taxes that may be reclassified to profit or loss
 
 
80.
Exchange rate differences
27,561
19,742
90.
Cash flow hedge
1,732
(532)
130.
Total other items of comprehensive income after taxes
28,700
11,545
140.
Comprehensive income (loss) (item 10+130)
277,788
194,020
150.
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non - controlling interests
1,480
1,326
160.
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to owners of the parents
276,308
192,694
 
 
 
 








CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY AS OF 31/12/2015 AND 31/12/2014
(€/thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Closing balance at 31/12/2014
Balance at 01/01/2015
Allocation on profit from previous year
Changes during the year
Equity at
 31/12/2015
Equity attributable to Parent Company's shareholders at
31/12/2015
Non-controlling interests at 31/12/2015
Changes in reserves
Equity transactions
Consolidated comprehensive income for 31/12/2015
Reserves
Dividends and other allocations
New share issues
Share buyback
Special dividends paid
Changes in equity instruments
Other changes
Share capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) common stocks
700,000
700,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
700,000
 
b) other stocks
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share premium reserve
192,746
192,746
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
192,746
 
Reserves:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) retained earnings
807,789
807,789
89,573
 
(2,522)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
894,840
 
b) other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valutation reserve
16,880
16,880
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28,700
 
45,580
 
Equity instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interim dividends
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Treasury shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit (loss) for the year
181,149
181,149
(89,573)
(91,576)
 
 
 
 
 
 
247,608
 
247,608
 
Equity
1,913,977
1,913,977
 
(91,576)
(2,526)
 
 
 
 
 
277,788
2,097,663
 
 
Equity attributable to parent Company's shareholders
1,898,564
1,898,564
 
(91,576)
(2,522)
 
 
 
 
 
276,308
 
2,080,774
 
Non- controlling interests
15,413
15,413
 
 
(4)
 
 
 
 
 
1,480
 
 
16,889







(€/thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Closing balance at 31/12/2013
Balance at 01/01/2014
Allocation on profit from previous year
Changes during the year
Equity at
31.12.2014
Equity attributable to Parent Company's shareholders at
31/12/2014
Non-controlling interests at 31/12/2014
Changes in reserves
Equity transactions
Consolidated comprehensive income for 2014
Reserves
Dividends and other allocations
New share issues
Share buyback
Special dividends paid
Changes in equity instruments
Other changes
Share capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) common stocks
700,000
700,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
700,000
 
b) other stocks
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share premium reserve
192,746
192,746
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
192,746
 
Reserves:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) retained earnings
719,746
719,746
141,744
 
 
 
 
 
(53,700)
 
 
 
807,790
 
b) other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valutation reserve
5,335
5,335
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,545
 
16,880
 
Equity instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interim dividends
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Treasury shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit (loss) for the year
170,330
170,330
(141,744)
(28,586)
 
 
 
 
 
 
181,149
 
181,149
 
Equity
1,802,248
1,802,249
 
(28,586)
(5)
 
 
 
(53,700)
 
194,020
1,913,977
 
 
Equity attributable to parent Company's shareholders
1,788,156
1,788,157
 
(28,586)
-
 
 
 
(53,700)
 
192,694
 
1,898,564
 
Non- controlling interests
14,092
14,092
 
 
(5)
 
 
 
 
 
1,326
 
 
15,413







CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW (DIRECT METHOD)
(€/thousands)
 
 
 
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
A. OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
1. Business operations
645,901
579,226
- interest income (+)
781,844
719,533
- interest expense (-)
(299,631)
(340,710)
- fee and commission income (expense) (+/-)
80,114
88,387
- personnel expenses (-)
(131,429)
(127,583)
- Net earned premiums (+)
1,280
1,990
- Other insurance income/expenses (+/-)
3,747
3,607
- other expenses (-)
(370,591)
(413,209)
- other revenue (+)
672,003
721,841
- taxes and levies (-)
(91,436)
(74,630)
2. Cash flows from increase/decrease of financial assets
(2,529,501)
(437,375)
- financial assets held for trading
10,163
23,668
- receivables - due from customers
(1,906,386)
(102,390)
- receivables - due from banks: other credits
(571,676)
(29,035)
- other assets
(61,602)
(329,618)
3. Cash flow from increase/decrease of financial liabilities
2,367,471
199,800
- payables - due to banks: other payables
872,453
(562,205)
- payables - due to customers
295,293
10,728
- notes issued
1,168,265
696,302
- financial liabilities held for trading
(8,134)
(22,503)
- other liabilities
39,594
77,478
Cash flowa generated by/(usedfor) operating activities
483,871
341,651
B. Investing activities
 
 
1. Cash flows generated by
34
-
- disposals/repayments of financial assets held to maturity
34
 
2. Cash flows used for
(392,323)
(259,391)
- purchases of financial assets held to maturity
 
(153)
- purchases of property,plant and equipment
(385,819)
(251,637)
- purchases of intangible assets
(6,504)
(7,601)
Cash generated by / (used for) investing activities
(392,289)
(259,391)
C. FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
- dividend and other distributions
(91,583)
(82,286)
Cash generated by / (used for) financing activities
(91,583)
(82,286)
CASH GENERATED /(USED) DURING THE YEAR
(1)
(26)
 
 
 


RECONCILIATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Cash and cash equivalents - opening blance
22
48
Cash generated (used) during the year
(1)
(26)
Cash and cash equivalents - closing balance
21
22
 
 
 

















NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART A - ACCOUNTING POLICIES
A1 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Section 1 - Statement of compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of FCA Bank S.p.A. for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are being provided pursuant to Rule 3-09 of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X. These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). The designation IFRS also includes International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) as well as all the interpretations of the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC” and “SIC”).
In accordance with Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X, only the 2015 consolidated financial statements are required to be audited under U.S. Generally Accepted Auditing Standards as 2015 was the only year in which FCA Bank S.p.A. met the conditions of a significant subsidiary under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X. The consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 are unaudited.
Banca d’Italia, whose powers in relation to the accounts of banks and financial companies subject to its supervision were laid down by Legislative Decree no. 87/92 and confirmed by the above-mentioned Legislative Decree, established the formats of the accounts and the notes used to prepare these financial statements through circular no. 262 of 22 December 2005, as amended. Moreover, the 4th updated version of such circular, issued on 15 December 2015, reflects in particular the changes occurred on credit quality that take effect in relation to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2015.
Section 2 - Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements consist of the Statement of financial position, the Income statement, the Statement of comprehensive income, the Statement of changes in equity, the Statement of cash flows and the Notes.
The financial statements and the notes show the amounts for the year just ended as well as the comparable amounts at 31 December 2014. The 2014 financial statements, which had been prepared in accordance with the provisions governing financial intermediaries, were recast in accordance with circular no. 262/05 of Banca d’Italia on the formats and rules related to the preparation of banks’ financial statements.
The FCA Bank Group’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with IAS 1 and the guidelines of Banca d’Italia’s circular no. 262 of 22 December 2005, 4th update of 15 December 2015. In particular:
Formats of the consolidated Statement of financial position, Income statement and notes.
The statement of financial position and the income statement do not contain items with zero balances in the year just ended and in the previous one.
Statement of comprehensive income.





The statement of comprehensive income reflects, in addition to net profit for the year, other items of income and expenses divided between those that can be reverse and those that cannot be reversed to income statement.
Statement of changes in consolidated equity.
The statement of changes in equity shows the composition and changes in equity for the year under review and the comparable period. The items are allocated between the amounts attributable to the Parent Company’s shareholders and non-controlling interests.
Consolidated statement of cash flows.
The Statement of cash flows was prepared with the direct method.
Unit of account.
Amounts in the financial statements and the notes are in thousands of euros.
Going concern, accrual basis and consistency of presentation of financial statements.
The Group is expected to remain viable in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2015 were prepared on the assumption that the Company is a going concern, in accordance with the accrual basis of accounting and consistent with the financial statements for the previous year.
There were no departures from the application of IAS/IFRSs.

Risks and uncertainties related to the use of estimates
In accordance with IFRSs, management is required to make assessments, estimates and assumptions which affect the application of IFRSs and the amounts of reported assets, liabilities, costs and revenues and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The estimates and the relevant assumptions are based on past experience and other factors considered reasonable under the circumstances and are adopted to determine the carrying amount of assets and liabilities.
In particular, estimates were made to support the carrying amounts of some of the most significant items of the consolidated financial statements as of 31 December 2015, in accordance with IAS/IFRSs and the above-mentioned provisions. Such estimates concerned largely the future recoverability of the reported carrying amounts in accordance with the applicable rules and based on a going concern assumption.
Estimates and assumptions are revised regularly and updated from time to time. In case performance fails to meet expectations, carrying amounts might differ from original estimates and should, accordingly, be changed. In these cases, changes are recognized through profit or loss in the period in which they occur or in subsequent years.
The main cases where management is required to make subjective assessments include:
recoverability of receivables and, in general, financial assets and the determination of any impairment;
determination of the fair value of financial instruments to be used for financial reporting purposes; in particular, the use of valuation models to set the fair value of financial instruments not traded in active markets;
quantification of employee provisions and provisions for risks and charges;
recoverability of deferred tax assets and goodwill.





Section 3 - Scope and methods of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements as of 31 December 2015 include the accounts of the Parent Company, FCA Bank S.p.A., and its direct and indirect Italian and foreign subsidiaries, as required by IFRS 10.
They reflect also the entities, including structured entities, in relation to which the Parent Company has exposure or rights to variable returns and the ability to affect those returns through power over them.
To determine the existence of control, the Group considers the following factors:
the purpose and design of the investee, to identify the entity’s objectives, the activities that give rise to its returns and how such activities are governed;
to power to understand whether the Group has contractual arrangements which attribute it the ability to govern the relevant activities; to this end, attention is paid only to substantive rights, which provide practical governance capabilities;
the exposure to the investee to determine whether the Group has arrangements with the investee whose returns vary depending on the investee’s performance.
If the relevant activities are governed through voting rights, control may be evidenced by considering potential or actual voting rights, the existence of any arrangements or shareholders’ agreements giving the right to control the majority of the voting rights, to appoint the majority of the members of the board of directors or otherwise the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity.
Subsidiaries may include any structured entities, where voting rights are not paramount to determine the existence of control, including special purpose vehicles (SPVs). Structured entities are considered subsidiaries where:
the Group has the power, through contractual arrangements, to govern the relevant activities;
the Group is exposed to the variable returns deriving from their activities.























The Group does not have investments in joint ventures.
The table below shows the companies included in the scope of consolidation.



1.Investments in wholly-owned


NAME
REGISTERED OFFICE
COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION (*)
TYPE OF RELATIONSHIP (**)
SHARING %
FCA Bank S.p.A.
Turin - Italy
 
 
 
Leasys S.p.A.
Turin - Italy
Rome - Italy
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital France S.A.S.
Trappes - France
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Fleet Services France SAS
Trappes - France
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Leasing France SNC
Trappes - France
 
1
                                     99.99
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
Heilbronn - Germany
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Automotive Services UK Ltd
Slough - UK
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Dealer Services UK Ltd
Slough - UK
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Fleet Services UK Ltd
Slough - UK
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital Espaňa EFC S.A.
Alcala de Henares - Spain
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Dealer Services Espaňa S.A.
Alcala de Henares - Spain
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital Portugal IFIC S.A.
Lisbon - Portugal
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Dealer Services Portugal S.A.
Lisbon - Portugal
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital Suisse S.A.
Schlieren - Switzereland
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Leasing Polska Sp. Zo.o.
Warsaw - Poland
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA-Group Bank Polska SA
Warsaw - Poland
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital Nederland B.V.
Lijnden - Netherlands
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital Danmark A/S
Glostrup - Denmark
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital Belgium S.A.
Auderghem - Belgium
 
1
                                     99.99
FCA Bank GmbH
Vienna - Austria
 
2
                                     50.00
FCA Leasing GmbH
Vienna - Austria
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital Hellas S.A.
Athens - Greece
 
1
                                     99.99
FCA Insurance Hellas S.A.
Athens - Greece
 
1
                                     99.99
FCA Capital Ireland Plc
Dublin - Ireland
 
1
                                     99.99
FCA Capital Re Limited
Dublin - Ireland
 
1
                                   100.00
FCA Capital Sverige AB
Sweden
 
1
                                   100.00
Athomstart Invest 35
Norway
 
1
                                   100.00
 
 
 
 
 
(*) If different from Registered Office
 
 
(**) Relation Type:
1 = majority of voting rights at ordinary meetings
2 = dominant influence at ordinary meeting
 
 
 
On 13 January, 2016, Fal Fleet Services SAS changed its name to FCA Fleet Services France SAS.
 












The structured entities related to securitization transactions, whose details are provided below, are fully consolidated:
NAME
COUNTRY
A-BEST THIRTEEN FT
Madrid - Spain
A-BEST TWELVE S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
A-BEST ELEVEN UG
Frankfurt am Main - Germany
A-BEST TEN S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
A-BEST NINE S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
A-BEST EIGHT PLC
London - Uk
A-BEST SEVEN S.r.l.
Milan - Italy
A-BEST FOUR S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italy
Nixes Three Plc
Dublin - Ireland
Nixes Four S.r.l.
Milan - Italy
Nixes Six PLc
Londra - Uk
Nixes Five Ltd
Island of Jersey
FCT Fast 2
Courbevoie - France
Fast 3 S.r.l.
Milan - Italy
Erasmus Finance Limited
Dublin - Ireland



2.Investments in subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests, availability of non-controlling interests’ voting rights and dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Name
Non-controlling interests (%)
Availability of non-controlling interests’ voting rights (%)
Dividends distributed to non-controlling interests
FGA BANK GMBH (Austria)
50%
50%
-


Pursuant to IFRS 10, FGA Bank GmbH (Austria), a 50%-held subsidiary, is fully consolidated because FCA Bank S.p.A. exercises a dominant influence.
Investments in subsidiaries with significant non-controlling interests
The table below provides financial and operating highlights of FGA Bank Gmbh before intercompany eliminations required by IFRS 12:

 
(amounts in thousands of euros)
 
 
 
 
FCA BANK GMBH (AUSTRIA)
31/12/2015
31/12/2014

Total assets
170,960
146,631

Financial assets
170,079
145,340

Financial liabilities
140,099
117,225

Equity
28,763
26,874

Net interest income
3,462
3,102

Net fee and commission income
685
665

Banking income
4,147
3,767

Net result from investment activities
3,837
3,349

Net result from investment and insurance activities
3,837
3,349

Operating costs
(1,319)
(1,215)

Profit (loss) before taxes from continuing operations
2,518
2,134

Net profit (loss) for the period
1,881
1,623

 
 
 







Consolidation methods
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the financial statements of the parent company and its subsidiaries, prepared according to IAS/IFRSs, are consolidated on a line-by-line basis by adding together like items of assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses.
The carrying amount of the parent’s investment in each subsidiary and the corresponding portions of the equity of each such subsidiary are eliminated.
Any difference arising during this process - after the allocation to the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary - is recognized as goodwill on first time consolidation and, subsequently, among other reserves.
The share of net profit pertaining to non-controlling interests is indicated separately, so at to determine the amount of net profit attributable to the parent company’s shareholders.
Assets, liabilities, costs and revenues arising from intercompany transactions are eliminated.
The financial statements of the Parent Company and those of the subsidiaries used for the consolidated financial statements are all as of the same date.
For foreign subsidiaries which prepare their accounts in currencies other than the euro, assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate prevailing on the balance sheet date while revenues and costs are translated at the average exchange rate for the period.
Exchange differences arising from the conversion of costs and revenues at the average exchange rate and the conversion of assets and liabilities at the reporting date are reported in profit or loss in the period.
Exchange differences arising from the equity of consolidated subsidiaries are recognized in other comprehensive income and reversed to profit and loss when loss of the subsidiaries’ control occurs.
The exchange rates used to translate the financial statements at 31 December 2015 are as follows:

 
 31/12/2015
Medium 31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Medium 31/12/2014
Polish Zloty (PLN)
4,264
4,184
4,273
4,184
Danish Crown(DKK)
7,463
7,459
7,445
7,455
Swiss Franc (CHF)
1,084
1,068
1,202
1,215
GB Pound (GBP)
0,734
0,726
0,779
0,806
Norwegian Krone (NOK)
9,603
8,948
 
 
Svedish Krona (SEK)
9,190
9,353
 
 

Other information
To prepare the consolidated financial statements use was made of the following::
draft financial statements at 31 December 2015 of the Parent Company FCA Bank S.p.A.;
accounts as of 31 December 32015, approved by the competent bodies and functions, of the other fully consolidated companies, as adjusted to take into account the consolidation process and, where necessary, to comply with the Group’s accounting policies.
Section 4 - Subsequent events
No events occurred after the balance sheet date which should result in adjustments of the consolidated financial statements as of 31 December 2015. A description of the most significant events occurred after the balance sheet date is provided in the specific section in the Report on operations.





Section 5 - Other information
The consolidated financial statements and the Parent Company’s financial statements were audited by Reconta Ernst&Young S.p.A. pursuant to Legislative Decree no. 39 of 27 January 2010.

ACCOUNTING STANDARDS, AMENDMENTS AND INTERPRETATIONS NOT YET MANDATORILY APPLICABLE AND NOT ADOPTED EARLY BY THE GROUP AT 31 DECEMBER 2015
 
 
 
 
Standard/amendment
Date of publication
Date of application
Description of standard/amendment
Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses (amendment to IAS 12)
19 January 2016
1 January 2017
IASB clarifies the accounting treatment of deferred tax assets related to debt instruments measured at fair value.
IFRS 15 - Revenue from Contracts with Customers
28 May 2014
1 January 2017
The objective of IFRS 15 is to establish a new revenue recognition model which will apply to all contracts entered into with customers except those that fall within the scope of other IFRSs/IAS, such as leases, insurance contracts and financial instruments. The key steps to account for revenue according to the new model include:
- identify the contract(s) with the customer;
- identify the performance obligations of the contract;
- determine the transaction price;
- allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract;
- recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.
 
 
IFRS 16 - Leases
13 January 2016
1 January 2019
The new standard constitutes an innovation in that it established that leases be reported in entities' balance sheets, thus enhancing the visibility of their assets and liabilities.
IFRS 16 repeals the distinction between operating leases and finance leases (for the lessee), requiring that all lease contracts be treated as finance leases.
Short-term contracts (12 months) and those involving low value items (e.g. personal computers) are exempted from this treatment.
The new standard will take effect on 1 January 2019, Early adoption is permitted provided that also IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, is applied.












Standard/amendment
Date of publication
Date of application
Description of standard/amendment
IFRS 9 - Financial instruments
24 July 2014
1 January 2018
The document reflects the results of the phases related to classification and measurement, impairment and hedge accounting of IASB's plan to replace IAS 39. The standard introduces new criteria to classify and measure financial assets and liabilities. In particular, for the financial assets the new standard uses a single approach based on the management of financial instruments and the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of the financial assets to determine their measurement method, replacing the different methods provided for by IAS 39.
 
 
 
 
 
On the other hand, for financial liabilities the main change concerns the accounting treatment of changes in the fair value of a financial liability designated as a financial liability recognized at fair value through profit or loss, in case these changes are due to changes in the issuer's credit rating at fair value. Under the new standard, these changes must be recognized through other comprehensive income and no longer through profit or loss.
 
 
 
 
 
 
With reference to the impairment model, the new standard requires loan loss estimates be made on the basis of the expected loss model (not on the incurred loss model) using supportable information, available without unreasonable costs or efforts that would include historical, current and prospective data. The standard requires that this model be applied to all financial instruments, tat is to all financial assets measured at amortized cost, to those recognized at fair value through other comprehensive income, to receivables arising from rental contracts and to trade receivables.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lastly, the standard introduces a new model of hedge accounting to modify the requirements of the current IAS 39, which sometimes are considered too strict and unsuited to reflect entities' risk management policies. The main developments of the document concern:
- increase in the number of transactions eligible for hedge accounting, including also the risks of non-financial assets/liabilities eligible for hedge accounting treatment;
- change of accounting treatment of forward contracts and options when they are embedded in a hedge accounting relationship, to reduce the volatility of the income statement;
- amendments to the effectiveness test by replacing the current procedure based on the 80%-125% range with the concept of "economic relationship" between hedged item and hedging instrument. A retrospective assessment of effectiveness of the hedging relationship will no longer be required.
 
 
 


A.2 - MAIN ITEMS IN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
This section shows the accounting policies adopted to prepare the consolidated financial statements as of 31 December 2015. Such description is provided with reference to the recognition, classification, measurement and derecognition of the different assets and liabilities.
1.
Held-for-trading financial assets
This item includes financial assets held in the trading portfolio, reflecting essentially the positive value of derivative contracts not designated as hedging instruments.
Derivatives are recognized as assets if their fair value is positive and as liabilities if their fair value is negative. Assets and liabilities arising from transactions with the same counterparty can be offset only if there is the legally enforceable right to offset the amounts recognized and the parties intend to settle on a net basis (see IAS 32).





No reclassifications to other financial asset categories are permitted, save for the existence of unusual events that can hardly take place again in the short term. In these cases, debt and equity instruments that are no longer held for trading can be reclassified only for in particular situations, under IAS 39 (Financial assets held to maturity, Available for sale financial assets, Receivables). These assets are transferred at their fair value at the time of reclassification.
Initial recognition takes place on the date of settlement for debt and equity instruments and on the execution date for derivative contracts. Held-for-trading assets are initially recognized at their fair value, which is normally the price paid, without considering transaction costs and income attributable to the instrument.
After initial recognition, held-for-trading financial assets and liabilities are measured at their fair value. Any changes in fair value are recognized through profit or loss under item 80. “Net result of trading activities”.
The fair value of derivative contracts quoted in an active market is determined on the basis of the market value of such contracts at the end of the period. In the absence of an active market, use is made of estimation methods and valuation models that take into account the risk factors associated to the instruments and based on market data, such as interest rates. Equity instruments, units of UCITS and derivatives with equity instruments as underlying not quoted in an active market, for which the fair value cannot be determined reliably according to the above guidelines, are reported at cost.
Held-for-trading financial assets and liabilities are derecognized when the contractual rights to the cash flows deriving therefrom expire or when the financial asset or liability is sold, substantially transferring all related risks and rewards.
2.
Available-for-sale financial assets
These are financial assets other than derivatives which are not classified as receivables, financial assets held to maturity or assets recognized at their fair value. These assets are held for an indefinite period of time and can be sold to generate liquidity or to meet changes in interest rates, exchange rates and prices.
Available-for-sale financial assets include money market, debt and equity instruments; they include non-controlling equity interests that do not quality as investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures or associated companies.
Debt and equity instruments are recognized as financial assets on the settlement date while receivables are recognized on the disbursement date.
Financial assets are initially recognized at their fair value, including transaction costs and income attributable directly to the instrument. Financial assets reclassified from Financial assets held to maturity are initially recognized at their fair value at the time of transfer.
Subsequently, Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at their fair value. Interest, calculated with the amortized cost method is recognized in the income statement while changes in fair value are recognized through equity, in item 140 “Valuation reserve”. Changes in fair value are reported also in the Statement of comprehensive income.
Fair value is determined on the basis of the criteria already illustrated for held-for-trading financial assets. Equity instruments not quoted in an active market and whose fair value cannot be determined due to lack of reliable information are recognized at cost, which reflects the latest reliably measured fair value.
Tests to determine the existence of objective evidence of impairment are conducted on year-end or interim reporting dates. In the presence of such objective evidence, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the present value of the estimated cash flows, as discounted at the original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are reported in item 130.b) “Impairment/reinstatement of value of available-for-sale financial assets”.
If the reasons of the impairment no longer apply, following an event occurred after the recognition of the relevant loss, value is reinstated through profit or loss, in the case of debt instruments, and through equity, in the case of equity instruments. The amount of the reinstatement cannot, under any circumstance, exceed the amortized cost that the instruments would have had in the absence of previous impairments.
In case of disposal of the financial asset, cumulative gains and losses are released to the income statement to item 100.b) “Gains (losses) on disposal or buyback of available-for-sale financial assets”.





3.
Financial assets held to maturity
Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets that have either fixed or determinable payments and a fixed maturity - other than those that can be classified as loans to banks or loans to customer - and for which there is the ability and the intention to hold to maturity.
If during the year a significant amount of such investments is sold or reclassified, before their maturity, the remaining financial assets held to maturity would be reclassified as available-for-sale financial assets and use of this category would be precluded for the following two years, unless the sales or reclassifications:
are so close to the maturity date or the date of the option for the repayment of the financial asset that interest rate fluctuations would not have a significant effect on the fair value of the asset;
take place after the collection of substantially all the original capital of the financial asset through planned or advance repayments;
are attributable to an isolated, uncontrollable event that is not recurring and could not be reasonably predicted.
Initial recognition of these financial instruments takes place at the settlement date. Financial assets held to maturity are initially recognized at their fair value, including any income and cost attributable directly. Subsequently, they are measured at amortized cost by using the effective interest rate method.
Gains or losses related to financial assets held to maturity are recognized through profit or loss when such assets are derecognized or impaired or through the amortization of the difference between the initial carrying amount and the amount repayable at maturity.
Tests to determine the existence of objective evidence of impairment are conducted on year-end or interim reporting dates. In the presence of such objective evidence, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the present value of the estimated cash flows, as discounted at the original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are reported in item 130.c) “Impairment/reinstatement of value of financial assets held to maturity”.
If the reasons of the impairment no longer apply, following an event occurred after the recognition of the relevant loss, value is reinstated through profit or loss. The amount of the reinstatement cannot, under any circumstance, exceed the amortized cost that the instruments would have had in the absence of if no loss had been recorded.
Financial assets held to maturity are derecognized when the contractual rights to the cash flows deriving therefrom expire or when the financial asset is sold, substantially transferring all related risks and rewards. In case of disposal/derecognition of the financial asset, cumulative gains and losses are released to the income statement to item 100.c) “Gains (losses) on disposal or buyback”.
4.
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, and are not recognized as “Assets held for trading” or designated as “Available-for-sale assets” or “Assets held to maturity”.
“Loans to customers” include receivables originated from instalment loans, finance leases and loans disbursed, in connection with the factoring business, on a recourse basis. Regarding receivables sold on a non-recourse basis, these are reported in the presence of contractual clauses that do not transfer substantially the relevant risks and rewards.
Lease agreements are classified as finance leases whenever the relevant term and conditions are such as to transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership from the lessor to the lessee. All the other leases are operating leases. The amounts due from lessees under finance leases are recognized as receivables for the amount of the Group’s investment in the leased assets.
Loans and receivables are recognized initially upon disbursement.
Upon initial recognition, loans and receivables are recorded at face value, which is typically the amount of the sum disbursed, including income and costs directly attributable to the single loan or receivable and determinable since inception of the transaction, even though the relevant monetary amount is collected or paid subsequently.
Subsequently, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost, or the difference between their carrying amount on initial recognition - as increased or decreased for any principal repayment, impairments or reinstatements - and the amortization, calculated with the effective interest rate, of the difference between the amount disbursed and that due at maturity, taking into account costs or income directly attributable to the individual loan or receivable. The effective interest rate is equal to the discount rate that sets the present value of the future cash flows of the





loan or receivable, in terms of principal and interest, equal to the amount disbursed less any cost/income attributable to the loan or receivable. This accounting treatment, based on a cash flow rationale, makes it possible to distribute the effects of costs/income throughout the terms to maturity of the loan or receivable. Short-term loans or receivables, which are not impacted by any time effect, are reported at their initial carrying amount.
Gains and (losses) on loans are recognized through profit or loss:
when the financial asset in question is derecognized, in item 100.a) “Gains (losses) on loan or receivable disposals”; or:
when the financial asset is impaired (or when the original value is reinstated), in item 130.a) “Impairment/reinstatement of value due to impairment of loans or receivables”.
Interest earned on loans or receivables are recognized in item 10. “Interest and similar income” and is recognized in accordance with the effective interest rate method as apportioned throughout the remaining term of the loan.
The carrying amount of loans and receivables is tested from time to time for recoverability through an analysis designed to identify those that, following the occurrence of events after their disbursement, show objective evidence of possible impairment. These include loans or receivables classified as non-performing, non-accruing, restructured or past due, in accordance with the rules enacted by Banca d’Italia in force at 31 December 2015, consistent with IAS/IFRS.
These deteriorated loans and receivables are evaluated individually and the amount of the adjustment for each is equal to the difference between its carrying amount upon initial recognition (amortized cost) and the present value of future cash flows, as discounted at the original effective interest rate.
Loans and receivables for which no objective evidence of impairment has been gathered individually are tested for any collective impairment. The evaluation is carried out by grouping these loans and receivables by consistent credit risk categories and the loss percentage are estimated taking into account the time series of the losses associated with each category.
The losses are recognized through profit or loss. If an impaired loan or receivable is recovered, the amount is recognized as a debit to “Impairment losses due to credit deterioration”.
The full or partial write-off of an uncollected loan or receivable takes place when such loan or receivable is considered as definitely irrecoverable. The loss is recognized in the income statement less any previous impairment losses taken.
Deteriorated loans are derecognized only if the sale entailed the substantial transfer of all related risks and rewards. By contrast, when the risks and rewards of the loans or receivables sold have not been transferred, these continue to be reported on the balance sheet, even though ownership of the loan or the receivable has been transferred. In the event that the substantial transfer of risks and rewards cannot be ascertained, the loans or receivables are derecognized whenever no type of control has been maintained over them. By converse, keeping control, in whole or in part, involves the on-balance-sheet recognition on the balance sheet of the loans or receivables for the balance outstanding, as measured by the exposure to changes in value of the loans or receivables sold and the changes in the relevant cash flows. Lastly, loans or receivables sold are derecognized whenever the contractual rights to receive the related cash flows are maintained whenever the entity is required to pay such cash flows to a third party.
Deteriorated loans or receivables
Deteriorated exposures - i.e. those with the features outlined in paragraphs 58-61 of IAS 39 - are classified in the categories listed below, in accordance with Banca d’Italia’s guidance contained in Circular no. 272 of 30 July 2008 as amended:
non-performing: the total amount of cash and off-balance-sheet exposure toward an entity in a state of insolvency (including in the absence of a court ruling) or in substantially similar situations, regardless of any loss forecasts by the bank. This category does not include any deterioration determined by country risk. The assessment is generally made on an individual basis.
probable defaults (“unlikely to pay”): the total amount of cash and off-balance-sheet exposure which does not qualify as non-performing but which are considered as unlikely to be repaid (in terms of principal or interest), absent any action such as calling on guarantees, by the





borrower. This assessment is generally made regardless of any past due amount or installment. Probable defaults are generally assessed on an individual basis or by applying a pre-set percentage to the various credit risk categories.
Past due and/or excess exposures: these are cash exposures other than those classified as non-performing or probable defaults that, at the reporting date, are either past due or exceed approved credit limits. Past due and/or excess exposures can be determined by reference to either the individual borrower or the individual transaction.


Securitized receivables
Certain Group companies participate in receivable securitization programs as sellers and subscribers of bonds issued under these programs.
Securitization transactions involve the sale on a non-recourse basis of a receivable portfolio to a vehicle company, which in turn finances the purchase of these receivables by issuing asset-backed securities, that is bonds whose repayment of principal and interest depend on the cash flow generated by the receivable portfolio.
Asset-backed securities are ranked by seniority and rating, with the senior placed in the market with investors while the junior notes, which are subordinated to senior notes in priority of repayment, are placed with companies of the FCA Group.
According to IFRS 10, vehicles are included in the scope of consolidation, as the placement of junior asset-backed securities and participation of the originator in the set-up of the program, imply control over the SPE.
5.
Hedging transaction
Hedging transactions are intended to offset potential losses on a specific item or group of items, attributable to a specific risk, through the gains generated on another instrument or group of instruments in the event that the specific risk in question materializes. The FCA Bank Group hedges its exposure to the interest rate risk associated with receivables arising from installment loans and bonds issued with derivatives designated as fair value hedges. Derivatives entered into to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the debt of the companies engaged in long-term rental are designated as cash flow hedges..
Only derivatives entered into with a counterparty not belonging to the Group may be treated as hedging instruments.
Hedging derivatives are stated at fair value. Specifically:
in the case of cash flow hedges, derivatives are recognized a their fair value. Any change in the fair value of the effective part of the hedge is recognized through equity, in item 140. “Valuation reserve” while any change in the fair value of the ineffective part of the hedge is recognized through profit or loss in item 90. “Net result of hedging activities”;
in the case of fair value hedges, any change in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognized through profit or loss in item 90. “Net result of hedging activity”. Any change in the fair value of the hedged instrument, attributable to the risk hedged with the derivative instrument, is recognized through profit and loss as an offsetting entry of the change in the carrying amount of the hedged item;
The fair value of derivative instruments is calculated on the basis of interest and exchange rates quoted in the market, taking into account the counterparties’ creditworthiness, and reflects the present value of the future cash flows generated by the individual contracts.
Gains or losses on derivatives hedging interest rate risk are allocated either to “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expenses”, as the case may be.
A derivative contract is designated for hedging activities if there is a formal document of the relationship between the hedged instrument and the hedging instrument and whether the hedge is effective since inception and, prospectively, throughout its life.
A hedge is effective (in a range between 80% and 125%) when the changes in the fair value (or cash flows) of the hedging financial instrument almost entirely offset the changes in hedged item with regard to the risk being hedged.
Effectiveness is assessed at every year-end or interim reporting date by using:





prospective tests, to demonstrate an expectation of effectiveness in order to qualify for hedge accounting;
retrospective tests, to ensure that the hedging relationship has been highly effective throughout the reporting period, measuring the extent to which the achieved hedge deviates from a perfect hedge.
If the tests fail to demonstrate hedge effectiveness, hedge accounting, as indicated above, is discontinued and the derivative contract is reclassified to held-for-trading financial assets and is therefore measured in a manner consistent with its classification. In case of macro hedging, IAS 39 permits the establishment of a fair value hedge for the interest rate risk exposure of a designated amount of financial assets or liabilities so that a group of derivative contracts can be used to offset the changes in fair value of the hedged items as interest rates vary.
Macro hedges cannot be applied to differences between financial assets and liabilities.
Macro hedging is considered highly effective if, like fair value hedges, at inception and in subsequent periods the changes in fair value of the hedged amount are offset by the changes in fair value of the hedging derivatives in the range of 80% to 125%.
6.
Investments
Investments in joint ventures (IFRS 11) as well as in companies subject to significant influence (IAS 28) are recognized with the equity method.
Investments in companies that are not subsidiaries or associated companies, and are unlisted, are reported at cost.
If there is any evidence that the value of an investment has been impaired, the recoverable value of the investment is estimated, taking account the present value of the future cash flows that it will generate, including its disposal value.
If the recovery value is lower than book value, the difference is recorded in the income statement.
In subsequent periods, if the reasons for the impairment cease to exist, the original value may be restored through the income statement.
7.
Tangible assets
This item includes furniture, fixtures, technical and other equipment and assets related to the leasing business.
These tangible assets are used to provide goods and services, to be leased to third parties, or for administrative purposes and are expected to be utilized for more than one period.
This item consists of:
assets for use in production;
assets held for investment purposes.
Assets held for use in production are utilized to provide goods and services as well as for administrative purposes and are expected to be used for more than one period. Typically, this category includes also assets held to be leased under leasing arrangements.
This item includes also assets provided by the Group in its capacity as lessor under both finance lease agreements operating lease agreements. Assets leased out include vehicles provided under operating lease agreements by the Group’s long-term car rental companies. Trade receivables to be collected in connection with recovery procedures in relation to operating leases are classified as “Other assets”. Operating lease agreements with a buyback clause are also included in “Other assets”.
Tangible assets comprise also leasehold improvements, whenever such expenses are value accretive in relation to identifiable and separable assets. In this case, classification takes place in the specific sub-items of reference in relation to the asset.
Assets held for investment purposes refer to investment property under IAS 40, that is to real estate held (owned or under finance lease arrangements) to generate rental income and/or to achieve a capital gain.
Tangible assets are initially recognized at cost, inclusive of purchase price and all the incidental charges incurred directly to purchase and to put the asset in service. Costs incurred after purchase are only capitalized if they lead to an increase in the future economic benefits deriving from the asset to which they relate. All other costs are recorded in the income statement as incurred.
Subsequently, tangible assets are recognized at cost, minus accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated on a straight line basis considering the remaining useful life and value of the asset.





At every reporting date, if there is any evidence that an asset might be impaired, the book value of the asset is compared with its realizable value - equal to the higher of fair value, net of any selling costs, and the value in use of the asset, defined as the net present value of future cash flows generated by the asset. Any impairment losses and adjustments are recorded in the income statement, item 200 “Impairment/reinstatement of tangible assets”.
If the reasons that gave rise to the impairment no longer apply, then the loss is reversed for the amount that would restore the asset to the value that it would have had in the absence of any impairment, minus depreciation.
Initial direct costs incurred in the negotiation and execution of an operating agreement are added to the leased assets in equal installments, based on the length of the agreement.
Tangible assets are unrecognized upon disposal or when they are retired from production and no further economic benefits are expected from them. Any difference between the selling price or realizable value and the carrying amount is recognized through profit or loss, item 270 “Gains (losses) from the sale of investments”.
8.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets are non-monetary long-term assets, identifiable even though they are intangible, controlled by the Group and which are likely to generate future economic benefits.
Intangible assets include mainly goodwill, software, trademarks and patents.
Goodwill reflects the positive difference between purchase price and fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination.
In the case of software generated internally the costs incurred to develop the project are recognized as intangible assets provided that the following conditions are met: technical feasibility, intention to complete, future usefulness, availability of sufficient technical and financial resources and the ability to measure reliably the costs of the project.
Intangible assets are recognized if they are identifiable and originated from legal or contractual rights.
Intangible assets purchased separately and/or generated internally are initially recognized a cost and, except for goodwill, are amortized on a straight line basis over their remaining useful life.
Subsequently, they are recognized net of accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. The useful life of intangible assets is either definite or indefinite.
Definite-life intangibles are amortized over their remaining useful life and are tested for impairment every time there is objective evidence of a possible loss of value. The amortization period and method of a definite-life intangible asset are reviewed at least once every year, at year end. Changes in the useful life and the manner in which the future economic benefits related to the asset will materialize result in changes in the amortization period or amortization method, as the case may be, and are considered as changes in estimates. The amortization of definite-life intangible asset is recognized in the income statement in the cost category consistent with the function of the intangible asset.
Indefinite-life intangible assets, including goodwill, are not amortized but are tested every year for impairment both individually and at the level of cash generating units. Every year (or whenever there is evidence of impairment) goodwill is tested for impairment. To this end, the cash generating unit to which goodwill is to be attributed is identified. The amount of any impairment is calculated as the difference between the carrying amount of goodwill and its recoverable value, if lower. Recoverable value is equal to the higher of the fair value of the cash generating unit, less any selling costs, and the relevant value in use. Any adjustments are recognized in the income statement, item 260.
“Goodwill impairment”. No reinstatement of value is permitted for goodwill.
Intangible assets are derecognized upon disposal or when and no further economic benefits are expected from them. Any difference between the selling price or realizable value and the carrying amount is recognized through profit or loss, item 270 “Gains (losses) from the sale of investments”.
9.
Current and deferred taxation
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized on the balance sheet of the consolidated financial statements in items 140.
“Tax assets” and 80. “Tax liabilities”.
Under the «Balance sheet method», current and deferred taxes include:
current tax assets, that is payments in excess of tax obligations to be fulfilled in accordance with the applicable law;





current tax liabilities, that is tax obligations to be fulfilled in accordance with the applicable law;
deferred tax assets, that is income tax amounts recoverable in future years and related to:
deductible temporary differences;
carryforwards of unused tax losses; and
carryforwards of unused tax credits;
deferred tax liabilities, that is income tax amounts due in future years in relation to temporary taxable differences.
Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated in accordance with applicable national tax laws and are accounted as an expense (income) in accordance with the accrual basis of accounting and matching cost principle applicable to the costs and income that originated them.
Generally, deferred tax assets and liabilities arise whenever a cost is deductible or income is taxable in a period other than that in which they are recognized.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized on the basis of the tax rates that, at the balance sheet date, are expected to be applicable in the year in which the asset will be realized or the liability extinguished, on the basis of the tax legislation in force, and are periodically revised to take account of any change in legislation.
Deferred tax assets are recognized, to the extent that they can be recovered against future income. In accordance with IAS 12, the probability that there is sufficient taxable income in future should be verified from time to time. If the analysis reveals that there is no sufficient future income, the deferred tax assets are reduced accordingly.
Current and deferred taxes are recognized in the income statement, item 290 “Income tax on continuing operations”, with the exception of those taxes related to items recognized, in the current or in another year, directly through equity, such as those related to gains or losses on available-for-sale financial assets and those related to changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges, whose changes in value are recognized, on an after-tax basis, directly in the statement of comprehensive income in the “Valuation reserve”.
Current tax assets are shown in the balance sheet net of current tax liabilities whenever the following conditions are met:
existence of an enforceable right to offset the amounts recognized; and
the parties intend to settle the assets and liabilities in a single payment on a net basis or to realize the asset and simultaneously extinguish the liability.
Deferred tax assets are reported in the Statement of financial position net of deferred tax liabilities whenever the following conditions are met:
existence of a right to offset the underlying current tax assets with current tax liabilities; and
both deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes applied by the same tax jurisdiction on the same taxable entity, or on different taxable a intend to settle the current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis (typically in the presence of a tax consolidation agreement).
10.
Provisions for risks and charges
Post-employment benefits and similar obligations
Post-employment benefits are established in accordance with labour agreements and are qualified as defined-benefit plans.
Obligations associated with employee defined-benefit plans and the relevant pension costs associated to current employment are recognized based on actuarial estimates by applying the projected unit credit method. Actuarial gains/losses resulting from the valuation of the liabilities of the defined-benefit plan are recognized through equity in the “Valuation reserve”.
The discount rate used to calculate the present value of the obligations associated with post-employment benefits changes depending on the country/currency in which the liability is denominated and is set on the basis of yields, at the balance sheet date, of bonds issued by prime corporates with an average maturity consistent with that of the liability.
Other provisions
Other provisions for risks and charges relate to costs and charges of a specified nature and existence certain or probable but whose amount or date of payment is uncertain on the balance sheet date. Provisions for risks and charges are made solely whenever:





a) there is a current (legal or constructive) obligation as a result of a past event;
b) fulfillment of this obligation is likely to be onerous;
c) the amount of the liability can be reliably estimated.
When the time value of money is significant, the amount of a provision is calculated as the present value of the expenses that will supposedly be incurred to extinguish the obligation.
This item includes also long-term benefits to employees whose expenses are determined with the same actuarial criteria as those of the defined-benefit plans. Actuarial gains or losses are all recognized as incurred through profit or loss.
11.
Debts, securities outstanding and other liabilities
The items Bank borrowings, due to customers and Securities outstanding, include the financial instruments (other than financial liabilities held for trading and recognized at their fair value) issued to raise funds from external sources. In particular, securities outstanding reflect bonds issued by Group companies and securities issued by the SPEs in relation to receivable securitization transactions.
These financial liabilities are recognized on the date of settlement at fair value, which is normally the amount collected or the issue price, less any transaction costs directly attributable to the financial liability. Subsequently, these instruments are recognized at their amortized cost, on the basis of the effective interest method. The only exception is short-term liabilities, as the time factor is negligible, which continue to be recognized on the basis of the amount collected.
Financial liabilities are unrecognized when they reach maturity or are extinguished. Derecognition takes place also in the presence of a buyback of previously issued securities. The difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the price paid to buy it back is recognized through profit or loss, item 100.d) “Gains (Losses) on buyback of financial liabilities”.
12.
Financial liabilities held for trading
Financial liabilities held for trading include mainly derivative contracts that are not designated as hedging instruments.
These financial liabilities are recognized initially at their fair value initially and subsequently until they are extinguished, with the exception of derivative contracts to be settled with the delivery of an unlisted equity instrument whose fair value cannot be determined reliably and that, as such, are recognized at cost.
13.
Insurance assets and liabilities
IFRS 4 defines insurance contracts as contracts under which one party (the insurer) accepts significant insurance risk from another party (the policyholder) by agreeing to compensate the policyholder (or a party designated by the policyholder) if a specified uncertain future event (the insured event) adversely affects the policyholder.
The Group’s insurance activity concerns the reinsurance of life and non-life insurance policies sold by insurance companies to customers of consumer credit companies to protect the payment of the debt.
The items described below reflect, as prescribed by paragraph 2 of IFRS 4, the operating and financial effects deriving from the reinsurance contracts issued and held.
In essence the accounting treatment of such products calls for the recognition:
in items 150. “Net premiums” and 160. “Income (losses) from insurance activities” of the income statement, (i) of the premiums, which include the premiums written for the year following the issue of contracts, net of cancellations; (ii) changes in technical provisions, reflecting the variation in future obligations toward policyholders arising from insurance contracts; (iii) commissions for the year due to intermediaries; (iv) cost of claims, redemptions and expirations for the period;
in item 130. “Technical provisions”, on the liability side, of the obligations toward policyholders, calculated individually for every contract with the prospective method, on the basis of demographic/financial assumptions currently used by the industry;
in item 110. “Technical provisions ceded to reinsurers”, on the asset side, the obligations attributable to reinsurers.
14.
Other information
Employee Severance Fund





The FCA Bank Group has established different defined-benefit and defined-contribution pension plans, in line with the conditions and practices in the countries in which it carries out its activities.
In Italy, the Employee Severance Fund is treated as “post-employment benefits”, classified as:
“defined-contribution plan” for the severance amounts accrued to employees as of 1 January 2007 (effective date of Legislative Decree no. 252 on the reform of supplementary pension funds), both in case the employee exercised the option to allocate the sums attributable to him/her to supplementary pension funds and in case the employee opted for the allocation of these sums to INPS’s Treasury fund. For these sums, the amount accounted for as personnel expenses is determine on the basis of the contributions due without applying actuarial calculation methods;
“defined-benefit plan”, recognized on the basis of its actuarial value as determined by using the projected credit unit method, for the severance amounts accrued until 31 December 2006. These amounts are recognized on the basis of their actuarial value as determined by using the projected credit unit method. To discount these amounts to present value, the discount rate was determined on the basis of yields of bonds issued by prime corporates taking into account the average remaining duration of the liability, as weighted by the percentage of any payment and advance payment, for each payment date, in relation to the total amount to be paid and paid in advance until the full amount of the liability is extinguished.
Costs related to the employee severance fund are recognized in the income statement, item no. 180.a) “Administrative expenses: personnel expenses” and include, for the part relating to the defined-benefit plan (i) service costs related to companies with less than 50 employees; (ii) interest cost accrued for the year, for the defined-contribution part; (iii) the severance amounts accrued in the year and credited to either the pension funds or to INPS’s Treasury fund.
On the Statement of financial position, the “Employee severance fund” reflects the balance of the fund exiting at 31 December 2006, minus any payment made until 31 December 2015. Item 100 “Other liabilities” - “Due to social security institutions” shows the debt accrued at 31 December 2015 relating to the severance amounts payable to pension funds and INPS’s Treasury fund.
Actuarial gains and losses, reflecting the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the present value of the obligation at year-end, are recognized through equity in the Valuation reserve, in accordance with IAS 19 Revised.

Revenue recognition
Revenues are recognized when they are collected or, in any case, when it is probable that future benefits will be received and they can be reliably quantified. In particular, interest income on receivables from customers from banks are classified under “Interest and similar income” and recorded on an accrual basis. In particular, interest on customer financing, commission income and interest receivable from banks are recognized as Interest and similar income deriving from loans to banks and customers and are recognized on the basis of amortized cost, using the effective interest rate method.
Commission and interest received or paid in relation to financial instruments are accounted for on an accruals basis. On the other hand, commissions considered in amortized cost to determine the effective rate of interest are recognized as interest.
Revenues from services are recognized when the services are rendered.
Dividends are recognized in the year in which their distribution is approved.
Cost recognition
Costs are recognized as they are incurred. Costs attributable directly to financial instruments measured at amortized cost and determinable since inception, regardless of when the relevant outlays take place, flow to the income statement via application of the effective interest rate.
Impairment losses are recognized as incurred.
Finance leases
Lease transactions are accounted for in accordance with IAS 17.





In particular, recognition of a lease agreement as a lease transaction is based on the substance that the agreement on the use of one or more specific assets and whether the agreement transfers the right to use such asset.
A lease is a finance lease if it transfers all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased asset; if it does not, then a lease is an operating lease.
For finance lease agreements where the FCA Bank Group acts as lessor, the assets provided under finance lease arrangements are reported as a receivable in the statement of financial position for a carrying amount equal to the net investment in the leased asset. All the interest payments are recognized as interest income (finance component in lease payments) in the income statement while the part of the lease payment relating to the return of principal reduces the value of the receivable.
Foreign currency transactions
Foreign currency transactions are entered, upon initial recognition, in the reference currency by applying to the foreign currency amount the exchange rate prevailing on the transaction date. At every interim and year-end reporting date, items originated in a foreign currency are reported as follows:
cash is converted at the exchange rate prevailing at year-end;
non-monetary items, recognized at historical cost, are converted at the exchange rate prevailing on the date of the transaction;
non-monetary items, recognized at fair value, are converted at the exchange rate prevailing at year-end.
Exchange rate differences arising from the settlement of monetary items and the conversion of monetary items at exchange rates other than the initial ones, or those used to translate the previous year’s accounts, are recognized in the income statement as incurred. When a gain or a loss related to a non-monetary item is recognized through equity, the exchange rate difference related to such item is also recognized through equity. By converse, when a gain or a loss is recognized through profit or loss, the exchange rate difference related to such item is also recognized through profit or loss.
Use of estimates
Financial reporting requires use of estimates and assumptions which might determine significant effects on the amounts reported in the Statement of financial position and in the Income statement, as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The preparation of these estimates implies the use of the information available and subjective assessments, based on historical experience, used to make reasonable assumptions to record the transactions. By their nature, the estimates and assumptions used may vary from one year to the next and, as such, so may the carrying amounts in the following years, significantly as well, as a result of changes in the subjective assessments made.
The main cases where subjective assessments are required include:
quantification of losses on loans and receivables, investments and, in general, on financial assets;
evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets;
quantification of employee provisions and provisions for risks and charges;
estimates and assumptions on the recoverability of deferred tax assets.
The estimates and assumptions used are periodically and regularly checked by the Group. Variations in actual circumstances could require that those estimates and assumptions are subsequently adjusted. The impacts of any changes in estimates and assumptions are recognized directly in profit or loss in the period in which the estimates are revised, if the revision impacts only that period, or also in future periods, if the revision impacts both the current and future periods.
Following are the key considerations and assumptions made by management in applying IFRS and that could have a significant impact on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements or where there is significant risk of a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities during a subsequent financial period.

Recoverability of deferred tax assets





At 31 December 2015, the Group had deferred tax assets on deductible temporary differences and theoretical tax benefits arising from tax loss carryforwards. The Group has recorded this amount because it believes that it is likely to be recovered.
In determining this amount, management has taken into consideration figures from budgets and forecasts consistent with those used for impairment testing and discussed in the preceding paragraph on the recoverable amount of non-current assets.
Moreover, the contra accounts that have been recognized are considered to be sufficient to protect against the risk of a further deterioration of the assumptions in these forecasts, taking account of the fact that the net deferred assets so recognized relate to temporary differences and tax losses which, to a significant extent, may be recovered over a very long period, and are therefore consistent with a situation in which the time needed to exit from the crisis and for an economic recovery to occur extends beyond the horizon implicit in the above-mentioned estimates.

Pension plans and other post-employment benefits
Employee benefit liabilities with the related assets, costs and net interest expense are measured on an actuarial basis, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions to determine the net liabilities or net assets.
The actuarial method takes into consideration parameters of a financial nature such as the discount rate and the expected long term rate of return on plan assets, the growth rate of salaries and the growth rates of health care costs as well as the likelihood of potential future events by using demographic assumptions such as mortality rates, dismissal or retirement rates.
In particular, the discount rates selected are based on yields curves of high quality corporate bonds in the relevant market. The expected returns on plan assets are determined considering various inputs from a range of advisors concerning long-term capital market returns, inflation, current bond yields and other variables, adjusted for any specific aspects of the asset investment strategy. Salary growth rates reflect the Group’s long-term actual expectation in the reference market and inflation trends. Trends in health care costs are developed on the basis of historical experience, the near-term outlook for costs and likely long-term trends.
Changes in any of these assumptions may have an effect on future contributions to the plans.

Contingent liabilities
The Group makes provisions for pending disputes and legal proceedings when it is considered probable that there will be an outflow of funds and when the amount of the losses arising therefrom can be reasonably estimated. If an outflow of funds becomes possible but the amount cannot be estimated, the matter is disclosed in the notes. The Group is the subject of legal and tax proceedings covering a range of matters which are pending in various jurisdictions. Due to the uncertainty inherent in such matters, it is difficult to predict the outflow of funds which will result from such disputes. Moreover, the cases and claims against the Group often derive from complex and difficult legal issues which are subject to a different degree of uncertainty, including the facts and circumstances of each particular case, the jurisdiction and the different laws involved. In the normal course of business the Group monitors the stage of pending legal procedures and consults with legal counsel and experts on legal and tax matters. It is therefore possible that the provisions for the Group’s legal proceedings and litigation may vary as the result of future developments of the proceedings under way.
A.3 - Information on transfers between portfolios of financial assets
In 2015 no inter-portfolio transfers were made.

A.4 - Information on fair value
According to IFRS 13, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). IFRS 7 introduces instead the definition of “fair value hierarchy”. This standard calls for fair value to be determined in accordance with a three-level hierarchy based on the significance of the inputs used in such measurement. The objective is to set the price at which the asset can be sold.
 





The three levels are as follows:
a) Level 1 (L1): quoted prices (without adjustments) in an active market - as defined by IAS 39 - for the assets and liabilities to be measured;
b) Level 2 (L2): inputs other than quoted market prices included within Level 1 that are observable either directly (prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) in the market;
c) Level 3 (L3): inputs that are not based on observable market data.

Below, the methods adopted by the Company to determine fair value are illustrated:

Financial instruments classified as (L1), whose fair value is their market price (securities traded in an active market), refer to:

Austrian government bonds purchased by the Austrian subsidiary, quoted in regulated markets (Caption: assets held to maturity);
Bonds issued by the subsidiaries in Ireland, Poland and Switzerland under, the Euro Medium Term Notes programmer and listed in regulated markets (Caption: bonds outstanding);
Bonds issued in connection with securitization transactions, placed with the public or with private investors, by different Group entities (Caption: bonds outstanding).

For listed bonds issued in connection with securitization transactions, reference to prices quoted by Bloomberg.

Financial assets and liabilities classified as (L2), whose fair value is determined by using inputs other than quoted market prices that are observable either directly (prices) or indirectly (derived from prices) in the market, refer to:
OTC trading derivatives to hedge securitization transactions,
OTC derivatives entered into to hedge Group companies’ receivables,
trade receivable portfolio (Caption: Receivables),
borrowings,
bonds issued in connection with securitization transactions, placed with the public or with private investors, by different Group entities.

Derivatives are measured by discounting their cash flows at the rates plotted on the yield curves provided by Bloomberg. Receivables and payables are measured in the same way.

Bonds outstanding reflect the prices published by Bloomberg. For unlisted bonds reference is made to quoted prices for comparable transactions.
In accordance with IFRS 13, to determine fair value, the FCA Bank Group considers default risk, which includes changes in the creditworthiness of the entity and its counterparties.

In particular:
a CVA (Credit Value Adjustment) is a negative amount that takes into account scenarios in which the counterparty fails before the company and the company has a positive exposure to the counterparty. Under these scenarios, the company incurs a loss equal to the replacement value of the derivative;
a DVA (Debt Value Adjustment) is a positive amount that takes into account scenarios in which the company fails before the counterparty and the company has a negative exposure to the counterparty. Under these scenarios, the company obtains a gain for an amount equal to the replacement cost of the derivative.

For listed bonds issued in connection with private securitization transactions, reference is provided by prime banks active in the market taking as reference equivalent transactions, or made to the nominal value of the bonds or the fair value attributed by the banking counterparty that subscribed to them.





The Group uses measurement methods (mark to model) in line with those generally accepted and used by the market. Valuation models are based on the discount of future cash flows and the estimation of volatility; they are reviewed both when they are developed and from time to time, to ensure that they are fully consistent with the objectives of the valuation.
 
These methods use inputs based on prices prevailing in recent transactions on the instrument being measured and/or prices/quotations of instruments with similar characteristics in terms of risk profile.


A.4.5 FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
A.4.5.1 Assets an liabilities measure at fair value on a recurring basis: breakdown by fair value levels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Assets/Liabilities measured at fair value
12/31/2015
12/31/2014
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
1. Financial assets held for trading
0
2,993
0
0
13,155
0
2. Financial assets at fair value through P&L
0
0
0
0
0
0
3. Available for sale financial assets
0
0
0
0
0
0
4. Hedging derivative assets
0
95,842
0
0
83,603
0
5. Property, plant and equipment
0
0
0
0
0
0
6. Intangible assets
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
 
98,835
0
0
96,758
0
1. Financial liabilities held for trading
0
8,004
0
0
16,140
0
2. Financial liabilities at fair value through P&L
0
0
0
0
0
0
3. Hedging derivative liabilities
0
61,403
0
0
80,818
0
Total
0
69,407
0
0
96,958
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Livello 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Livello 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Livello 3
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.4.5.4 Assets and liabilities not measured at fair value or measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis: distributions for levels of fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets/Liabilities not measured at fair value or measured at fair value on a non recurring- basis
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
BV
L1
L2
L3
BV
L1
L2
L3
1. Held-to-maturity investments
9,682
10,512
0
0
9,715
10,631
0
0
2. Loans and receivables with banks
1,333,338
0
1,303,308
0
736,050
0
736,050
0
3. Loans and receivables with customers
15,453,854
0
15,501,977
0
13,842,958
0
13,902,064
0
4. Available for sale financial assets
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5. Non current assets classified as held for sale
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
16,796,874
10,512
16,805,285
0
14,588,723
10,631
14,638,114
0
1. Deposits from banks
6,779,283
0
7,109,280
0
5,817,147
0
5,804,105
0
2. Deposits from customers
319,000
0
365,454
0
199,221
0
214,776
0
3. Debt certificates including bonds
8,244,250
5,744,121
2,526,157
0
7,069,598
4,186,488
2,961,896
0
4. Liabilites included in disposal group classified as hfs
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
15,342,533
5,744,121
10,000,891
0
13,085,966
4,186,488
8,980,777
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VB = Valore di bilancio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Livello 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Livello 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Livello 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






A.5 - Information about “day one profit/loss”
IFRS 7, Paragraph 28 regulates the particular case in which, in the event that the purchase of a financial instrument calculated at fair value but not listed in market, the transaction cost, that generally represent the best estimate at fair value in an initial basis, diverges to the fair value determined with the evaluative techniques adopted by the entity.
In this case an evaluative profit/loss is realized and an adequate informative note for class of financial instrument must be provided at the purchase place.



PART B - INFORMATION ON THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
ASSETS
Section 1 - Cash and cash equivalents - Item 10
This item includes cheques, cash and cash equivalent items.


1.1 Cash and cash balances
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
a) Cash
21
22
b) Demand deposits with Central banks
0
0
Total
21
22







Section 2 - Financial assets held for trading - Item 20    
2.1 Financial assets held for trading: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items/Values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
A. Balance-sheet assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Debt securities
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.1 Structured securities
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.2 Other
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Equity instruments
0
0
0
0
0
0
3. Units in investment funds
0
0
0
0
0
0
4. Loans
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.1 Repos
0
0
0
0
0
0
4.2 Other
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total (A)
0
0
0
0
0
0
B. Derivative instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Financial derivatives:
0
2,993
0
0
13,155
0
1.1 Trading
0
2,993
0
0
13,155
0
1.2 Related to fair value option assets / liabilities
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.3 Other
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Credit derivatives:
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.1 Trading
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.2 Related to fair value option assets / liabilities
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.3 Other
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total (B)
0
2,993
0
0
13,155
0
Total (A+B)
0
2,993
0
0
13,155
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 

This item includes the positive valuation of financial derivative instruments related to the securitization transactions, which were entered into with the banks involved in such transactions.






2.2 Financial instruments held for trading: breakdown by debtors/issuers
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items/Values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
A. Financial assets (non-derivatives)
 
 
1. Debt securities
0
0
a) Governments and central banks
0
0
b) Other public-sector entities
0
0
c) Banks
0
0
d) Other issuers
0
0
2. Equity instruments
0
0
a) Banks
0
0
b) Other issuers:
0
0
- Insurance companies
0
0
- Financial companies
0
0
- Non-financial companies
0
0
- Other
0
0
3. Units investment funds
0
0
4. Loans
0
0
a) Governments and Central Banks
0
0
b) Other public-sector entities
0
0
c) Banks
0
0
d) Other issuers
0
0
Total A
0
0
B. Derivative instruments
 
 
a) Banks
2,993
13,155
- Fair value
2,993
13,155
b) Customers
0
0
- Fair value
0
0
Total B
2,993
13,155
Total (A+B)
2,993
13,155
 
 
 

Section 3 - Financial assets measured at fair value - Item 30
The Group doesn’t hold financial assets though fair value.
Section 4 - Financial assets held for sale - Item 40
This item reflects the net amount of equity instruments underwritten in 2009 by FCA Bank S.p.A., for a total of €639 thousand, in connection with the restructuring of a dealer’s payables. This amount was written off in 2009.
Section 5 - Financial assets held for maturity - Item 50
5.1 Held-to-maturity investments: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
BV
FAIR VALUE
BV
FAIR VALUE
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
1. Debts securities
9,682
10,512
0
0
9,715
10,631
0
0
- structured
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
- other
9,682
10,512
0
0
9,715
10,631
0
0
2. Loans
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BV = Book Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





5.2 Held-to-maturity investments: breakdown by issuer/borrower
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of transaction / Values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Debt securities
9,682
9,715
a) Governments and central banks
9,682
9,715
b) Other public-sector entities
0
0
c) Banks
0
0
d) Other issuers
0
0
2. Loans
0
0
a) Governments and central banks
0
0
b) Other public-sector entities
0
0
c) Banks
0
0
d) Other entities
0
0
Total
9,682
9,715
Total FV
0
0
 
 
 

This item includes in bond issued by the Austrian government and held by FGA Bank GmbH (Austria) and bond held by Fiat Bank Polska S.A.; these are deposits required by the local Central Bank.


Section 6 - Loans to banks - Item 60

6.1 Loans and receivables with banks: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of transaction / Values
Total
31/12/2015
Total
31/12/2014
BV
FV
BV
FV
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
A. Loans to Central Banks
23,036
0
23,036
0
15,470
0
15,470
0
1. Time deposits
21,155
X
X
X
11,410
X
X
X
2. Compulsory reserves
1,582
X
X
X
957
X
X
X
3. Repos
0
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
4. Other
299
X
X
X
3,103
X
X
X
B. Loans to banks
1,310,302
0
1,301,300
0
746,193
0
746,193
0
1. Loans
1,310,302
0
1,301,300
0
746,193
0
746,193
0
1.1 Current accounts and demand deposits
861,995
X
X
X
668,030
X
X
X
1.2 Time deposits
223,985
0
0
0
78,163
0
0
0
1.3 Other loans:
224,322
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
- Repos
210,669
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
- Finance leases
0
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
- Other
13,653
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
2. Debts securities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.1 Structured
0
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
2.2 Other
0
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
Total
1,333,338
0
1,324,336
0
761,663
0
761,663
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Bank deposits and current accounts include funds available on current accounts or deposited by SPEs totaling €519 million (Euro 398 million at 31 December 2014). Liquidity is restricted as per each relevant securitization contract. A breakdown by SPV is provided below:














SPV
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
 
 
 
A-Best Four Srl
28,228
49,485
A-Best Five SA
 
57
A-Best Seven Srl
 
31,582
A-Best Eight Plc
 
5,956
A-Best Nine Plc
43,403
46,201
A-Best Ten S.r.l.
40,704
43,684
A-Best Eleven S.r.l.
96,316
 
A-Best Twelve S.r.l.
78,079
 
Nixes Three Plc
 
27,228
Nixes Four Srl
 
5,169
Nixes Five Plc
43,495
32,849
Nixes Six Plc
94,891
73,136
Erasmus Finance Ltd
83,422
66,447
FCT Fast 2
 
16,136
FCT Fast 3
10,065
 
TOTAL
518,603
397,930
 
 
 
 
 
 


The securitisation transactions Nixes Three, A-Best Eight and Nixes Four ended in the first half of 2015, FCT Fast 2 ended on August 2015, in the same year four new securitisations started: A-Best Eleven, A-Best Twelve, A-Best.Thirteen and FAST 3.
The Liquidity Reserve is designed to meet any cash shortfalls for the payment of interest on senior securities and certain specific expenses.
The funds held in current accounts or as bank deposits are used for:
a. acquisition of new portfolio of receivables/loans;
b. repayment of notes;
c. payment of interest on “senior” notes;
d. SPE operating costs.
 
Bank deposits and current accounts also include short term deposits held temporarily with banks and year-end current account balances resulting from ordinary operating activities.






Section 7 - Loans to customers - Item 70
7.1 Loans and receivables with customers: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of transaction/Values
Total
31/12/2015
Total
31/12/2014
Book Value
Fair Value
Book Value
Fair Value
Performing
Impaired
L1
L2
L3
Performing
Impaired
L1
L2
L3
Purchased
Other
Purchased
Other
Loans
15,287,695
0
166,162
0
15,501,977
0
13,500,354
0
176,896
0
13,736,356
0
1. Current accounts
18,845
0
0
X
X
X
6,425
0
0
X
X
X
2. Repos
0
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
0
X
X
X
3. Mortgages
0
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
0
X
X
X
4. Credit cards and personal loans, incl. wage assignement loans
34,156
0
88
X
X
X
30,572
0
3,225
X
X
X
5. Financial leasing
2,319,725
0
32,814
X
X
X
1,948,150
0
15,878
X
X
X
6. Factoring
4,038,581
0
84,914
X
X
X
3,342,639
0
124,461
X
X
X
7. Other loans
8,876,388
0
48,346
X
X
X
8,172,568
0
33,332
X
X
X
Debts securities
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8. Structured
0
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
0
X
X
X
9. Other
0
0
0
X
X
X
0
0
0
X
X
X
Total
15,287,695
0
166,162
0
15,501,977
0
13,500,354
0
176,896
0
13,736,356
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Factoring
This item includes:
receivables arising from sales to the dealer network for €13.2 million factored on a non-recourse basis by the FCA Group; however, since this amount was in excess of the lines of credit available, the associated risk was not transferred to the factors;
receivables arising from sales to the dealer network for €4,122.6 million, factored on a recourse basis to the commercial partners of companies of FCA Bank Group; of which, assets of SPE Fast 2 for €149 million, Fast 3 for 775.8 million, and Erasmus for €356.2 million, consolidated in accordance with IFRS 10; FGA Bank Germany GmbH (Germany), FC France S.A. (France) and FGA Capital Services Spain S.A. (Spain) are the originators of Erasmus securitisation transaction, FCA Bank S.p.A. the originator of Fast 2 and Fast 3.

Other loans
This item includes credit financing mainly concerns fixed installment car loans and personal loans.
The receivables comprise the amount of transaction costs/fees calculated in relation to the individual loans by including the following:
grants received in relation to promotional campaigns;
fees received from customers;
incentives and bonuses paid to the dealer network;
commissions on the sale of ancillary products.
Receivables include 4.103 million relating to SPEs for the securitisation of receivables, as reported in accordance with IFRS 10.

This item includes loans granted to the FCA Group dealer network to fund network development, commercial requirements in handling used vehicles and to meet specific short/medium term borrowing requirements.
The item include as well the loans to legal entity of retail business classify in this item in accordance with the definition of Bank of Italy of consumer credit.







7.2 Loans and receivables with customers: breakdown by issuer / borrower
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of transaction / Values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Bonis
Impaired
Bonis
Impaired
Purchased
Other
Purchased
Other
1. Debt securities issued by
0
0
0
0
0
0
a) Governments
0
0
0
0
0
0
b) Other public-sector Entities
0
0
0
0
0
0
c) Other issuers
0
0
0
0
0
0
- non-financial companies
0
0
0
0
0
0
- financial companies
0
0
0
0
0
0
- insurance companies
0
0
0
0
0
0
- other
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Loans to:
15,287,691
0
166,163
13,500,354
0
176,896
a) Governments
4
0
0
32
0
0
b) Other public-sector Entities
462
0
0
44
0
0
c) Other entities
15,287,225
0
166,163
13,500,278
0
176,896
- non-financial companies
7,843,361
0
136,431
5,077,051
0
133,739
- financial companies
69,526
0
90
189,288
0
0
- insurance companies
63
0
0
281
0
10
- other
7,374,275
0
29,642
8,233,658
0
43,147
Total
15,287,691
0
166,163
13,500,354
0
176,896
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


7.4 Financial Leasing
Maturity Range
Total 2015
Total 2014
Non performing assets
MINIMUM PAYMENTS
GROSS INVESTMENTS
Non performing assets
MINIMUM PAYMENTS
GROSS INVESTMENTS
Principal
Interest
 
Of which unsecured residual amount
Principal
Interest
 
Of which unsecured residual amount
 
Of which secured residual amount
 
 
Of which secured residual amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- on demand
469
1,551
 
529
2,021
0
132
3,537
3,815
327
3,669
0
- up to 3 months
8,610
157,789
 
11,677
166,398
0
7,662
221,728
 
37,240
229,390
0
- between 3 months and 1 year
2,913
484,700
 
4,892
487,612
0
2,518
497,512
 
116,974
500,030
0
- between 1 and 3 years
20,822
1,366,566
 
10,397
1,387,388
0
5,557
1,223,782
 
109,356
1,229,339
0
- over 5 years
0
309,120
 
808
309,120
0
8
1,485
 
5,174
1,493
0
- unspecified maturity
 
 
 
0
0
0
 
 
 
0
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
32,814
2,319,726
0
28,303
2,352,540
0
15,877
1,948,044
3,815
269,071
1,963,921
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 








Section 8 - Hedging derivatives - Item 80
8.1 Hedging derivatives: breakdown by hedging type and fair value hierarchy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FV
31/12/2015
NV
FV
31/12/2014
NV
 
L1
L2
L3
31/12/2015
L1
L2
L3
31/12/2014
A) Financial derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1) Fair value
0
95,479
0
6,064,568
0
83,603
0
3,451,715
2) Cash flows
0
363
0
29,120
0
0
0
1,284
3) Net investment in foreign subsidiaries
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
B) Credit derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1) Fair value
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2) Cash flows
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
95,842
0
6,093,688
0
83,603
0
3,452,999
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Livello 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Livello 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Livello 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VN= Valore nozionale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

This item reflects the fair value of the derivative contracts entered into to hedge interest rate and exchange rate risks. The amounts include any interest accrued at year-end.

The notional amount of the cash flow hedge refers to the derivatives used to hedge the exposure to interest rate risk on long-term rental activities, whose fair value at year-end was €0.1 thousand.

8.2 Hedging derivatives: breakdown by hedged assets and risk
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transaction / Type of hedging
Fair value hedges
Cash-flow hedges
Net Investments on foreign subsidiaries
Micro
Macro
Micro
Macro
Interest rate risk
Currency risk
Credit risk
Price risk
Multiple risk
1. Available-for-sale financial instruments
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
x
2. Loans and receivables
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
x
3. Held-to-maturity investments
x
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
x
4. Portfolio
x
5,953
0
0
x
0
x
0
x
5. Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
0
Total assets
0
5,953
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Financial liabilities
89,526
0
0
x
0
x
0
x
x
2. Portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
0
x
0
x
Total liabilities
89,526
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Highly probable transactions
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
x
x
2. Financial assets and liabilities portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
0
x
363
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The generic column shows the amount of derivative instruments used to hedge the retail receivable portfolio. Such instruments have been accounted for as fair value hedges (macrohedge). The cash flow hedges refer to derivative instruments hedging interest rate risk. Such instruments, which are used for long-term rental activities, are accounted for as cash flow hedges.












Section 9 - Value adjustment of financial assets subject to macro-hedge - Voce 90
9.1 Changes to macro-hedged financial assets: breakdown by hedged portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of hedged assets / values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Positive fair value changes
48,125
59,106
1.1 of specific portfolios:
0
0
a) loans and receivables
0
0
b) available for sale financial instruments
0
0
1.2 overall
48,125
59,106
2. Negative fair value changes
0
0
2.1 of specific portfolios:
0
0
a) loans and receivables
0
0
b) available for sale financial instruments
0
0
2.2 overall
0
0
Total
48,125
59,106
 
 
 

This item includes the changes in value of the receivables underlying the hedging instruments accounted for as fair value hedges (macrohedge).

9.2 Assets amount of money hedged under macro-hedge relationship: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hedged assets
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Loans and receivables
8,492,394
6,714,264
2. Available-for-sale financial assets
0
0
3. Portfolio
0
0
Total
8,492,394
6,714,264
 
 
 

Section 10 - Equity Investments - Item 100
1. Equity Investments: informations on shareholders equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name
Manin office
Type of relationship
Ownership relationship
held by
Holding %
Companies under significant influence
 
 
 
 
1 CODEFIS SCPA
Turin, Italy
 
FCA Bank
30%
2 CAR CITY CLUB
Turin, Italy
 
Leasys
33%
Others
 
 
 
 
5 SIRIO -SICUREZZA INDUSTRIALE
Turin, Italy
 
FCA Bank
0.13%
4 CAR CITY CLUB
Turin, Italy
 
FCA Bank
0.22%
5 SIRIO -SICUREZZA INDUSTRIALE
Turin, Italy
 
Leasys
0.13%
6 OSEO
Paris, France
 
FC France
0.003%






Section 11 - Insurance reserves attributable to reinsurers - Item 110
11.1 Reinsured portion of technical reserves: breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
A. Non-life business
10,231
13,351
A1. Provision for unearned premiums
7,316
9,635
A2. Provision for outstanding claims
2,216
2,828
A3. Other insurance provisions
699
888
B. Life business
12,154
20,656
B1. Mathematical provisions
8,735
16,320
B2. Provision for outstanding claims
2,381
2,584
B3. Other insurance provisions
1,038
1,752
C. Provision for policies where the investment risk is borne by the policyholders
0
0
C1. Provision for policies where the performance is connected to investment funds and market indices
0
0
C2. Provision for pension funds
0
0
D. Total amounts ceded to reinsurers from insurance reserves
22,385
34,007
 
 
 

Section 12 - Property, plant and equipment - Item 120
12.1 Property, plant and equipment used in the business: breakdown of assets carried at cost
 
 
 
Activities/Values
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1.1 Owned assets
1,167,595
1,040,798
a) lands
0
0
b) buildings
0
0
c) office furniture and fitting
4,703
4,643
d) electronic system
278
652
e) other
1,162,614
1,035,503
1.2 Leased assets
746
776
a) lands
0
0
b) buildings
0
0
c) office furniture and fitting
0
0
d) electronic system
0
0
e) other
746
776
Total
1,168,341
1,041,574
 
 
 






12.5 Tangible assets used in the business: annual changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Activities/Values
Land
Buildings
Furniture
Electronic systems
Other
Total
A. Gross opening balance
0
0
45,753
1,719
1,639,074
1,686,546
A.1 Total net reduction value
0
0
(41,110)
(1,067)
(602,795)
(644,972)
A.2 Net opening balance
0
0
4,643
652
1,036,279
1,041,574
B. Increase
0
0
2,381
752
607,662
610,795
B.1 Purchase
0
0
2,246
715
604,208
607,169
B.2 Capitalised expenditure on improvements
0
0
0
0
0
0
B.3 Write-backs
0
0
0
0
213
213
B.4 Posit. changes in fair value allocated to:
0
0
0
0
0
0
- a) net equity
0
0
0
0
0
0
- b) profit & loss
0
0
0
0
0
0
B.5 exchange difference (+)
0
0
135
37
2,380
2,552
B.6 Transfer from investment properties
0
0
0
0
0
0
B.7 Other adjustment
0
0
0
0
861
861
C. Decreases
0
0
2,321
1,126
480,581
484,028
C.1 Sales
0
0
567
994
218,460
220,021
C.2 Amortization
0
0
1,760
258
249,789
251,807
C.3 Impairment losses allocated to:
0
0
0
0
7,417
7,417
- a) net equity
0
0
0
0
0
0
- b) profit & loss
0
0
0
0
7,417
7,417
C.4 Negat.changes in fair value allocated to:
0
0
0
0
0
0
- a) net equity
0
0
0
0
0
0
- b) profit & loss
0
0
0
0
0
0
C.5 exchange difference (-)
0
0
2
0
5
7
C.6 Transfers to:
0
0
0
0
0
0
- a) held-for-sales investments
0
0
0
0
0
0
- b) assets classified as held-for-sales
0
0
0
0
0
0
C.7 Other adjustment
0
0
(8)
(126)
4,910
4,776
D. Net closing balance
0
0
4,703
278
1,163,360
1,168,341
D.1 Total net write-down
0
0
(42,075)
(1,237)
(587,714)
(631,026)
D.2 Final gross balance
0
0
46,778
1,515
1,751,074
1,799,367
E. Carried at cost
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

12.6 Tangible assets : annual changes - Operating Lease
 
 
 
 
Total
 
Land
Building
Forniture
Electronic equipment
Others
A. Opening balance
0
0
0
0
1,025,182
B. Increases
0
0
0
0
599,076
B.1 Purchases
0
0
0
0
596,733
B.2 Capitalised expenditure on improvements
0
0
0
0
0
B.3 Increases in fair value
0
0
0
0
0
B.4 Write backs
0
0
0
0
0
B.5 Positive exchange differences
0
0
0
0
2,343
B.6 Transfer from properties used in the business
0
0
0
0
0
B.7 Other changes
0
0
0
0
0
C. Reductions
0
0
0
0
669,634
C.1 Disposals
0
0
0
0
412,442
C.2 Depreciation
0
0
0
0
250,005
C.3 Negative changes in fair value
0
0
0
0
0
C.4 Impairment losses
0
0
0
0
7,182
C.5 Negative exchange difference
0
0
0
0
5
C.6 Transfers to
0
0
0
0
0
a) properties used in the business
0
0
0
0
0
b) non current assets classified ad held for sale
0
0
0
0
0
C.7 Other changes
0
0
0
0
0
D. Closing balance
0
0
0
0
954,624
E. Measured at fair value
0
0
0
0
0






Item
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Unopted assets
881
917
Assets returned after termination
8,758
3,815
Other assets
0
4,920
1) Total: Financial lease
9,639
9,652
Assets provided under operating leases
954,624
1,025,182
1) Total: Operating lease
954,624
1,025,182
Total
964,263
1,034,834
 
 
 

Section 13 - Intangible assets - Item 130
13.1 Intangible assets: breakdown - Item 130
 
 
 
 
 
Activities/Values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Finite life
Indefinite life
Finite life
Indefinite life
A.1 Goodwill
x
180.338
x
180,338
A.1.1 Attributable to the Group
x
180.338
x
180,338
A.1.2 Attributable to minorities
x
0
x
0
A.2 Other intangible assets
37,579
0
37,169
0
A.2.1 Assets valued at cost:
37,579
0
37,169
0
a) Intangible assets generated internally
 
0
 
0
b) Other assets
 
0
 
0
A.2.2 Assets valued at fair value:
0
0
0
0
a) Intangible assets generated internally
0
0
0
0
b) Other assets
0
0
0
0
Total
37,579
180,338
37,169
180,338
 
 
 
 
 

The item “Goodwill” includes €78.4 million relating to the Italian subsidiary Leasys S.p.A. and €101.9 million arising on the reorganization of the FCA BANK Group occurred in 2006 and 2007. In particular:
€50.1 million relate to the recognition - by the subsidiary Fidis Servizi Finanziari S.p.A., which merged into the Holding FCA Bank on March 1st, 2008 - of goodwill arising on the transfer of the “Network finance and other financing” business and the acquisition of the “Holding Division” from Fidis S.p.A.;
€36.8 million relate to the first-time consolidation of certain European companies engaged in dealer financing;
€15 million relate to the first-time consolidation of the Fidis Servizi Finanziari S.p.A. Group, which was eventually merged into the parent Company.
The item “Other intangible assets” mainly refers to:
licenses and software of the subsidiary Leasys S.p.A. for €15.7 million and of the parent company, FCA Bank, for €15.1 million;
royalties for €1.4 million.








Impairment test of goodwill
According to IAS 36 - Impairment of Assets, goodwill must be tested for impairment every year to determine its recoverable amount. Therefore, on every reporting date the Group tests goodwill for impairment, estimating the relevant recoverable amount and comparing it with its carrying amount to determine whether the asset is impaired.

Definition of CGUs
To test goodwill for impairment - considering that goodwill generates cash flows only in combination with other assets - it is necessary first of all to attribute it to an organizational unit that enjoys relative operational autonomy and is capable of generating cash flows. Such cash flows must be independent of other areas of activity but interdependent within the organizational unit, which is aptly defined as cash generating unit (CGU).
IAS 36 suggests that it is necessary to correlate the level at which goodwill is tested with the level of internal reporting at which management checks any positive or negative change in goodwill. The definition of this level depends solely on the organizational models and the attribution of management responsibilities over the direction of the operational activity and the relevant monitoring.
For FCA Bank Group, the CGU relevant for goodwill allocation are identified in Dealer Financing business unit and Leasys S.p.A. business.

The CGU’s carrying amount
The carrying amount of a CGU must be determined consistently with the criteria guiding the estimation of its recoverable amount.
From the standpoint of a banking firm, the cash flows generated by a CGU cannot be identified without considering the cash flows of financial assets/liabilities, given that these result the firm’s core business. Following this approach (i.e. “equity valuation”), the carrying amount of the CGU can be determined in terms of free cash flow to consolidated equity, including non-controlling interests.

Criteria to estimate the value in use of a CGU
The value in use of the CGUs was determined by discounting to present value their expected cash flows over a five-year forecast period. The cash flow of the fifth year was assumed to grow in perpetuity (at a rate indicated with the notation “g”, to determine terminal value. The growth rate “g” was set on the basis of a consistent medium-term rate of inflation in the euro zone).

From the standpoint of a banking/financial company, the cash flows generated by a CGU cannot be identified without considering the cash flows of financial assets/liabilities, given that these arise from the company’s core business. In other words, the recoverable amount of the CGUs is affected by the above cash flows and, as such, must include also financial assets/liabilities. Accordingly, these assets and liabilities must be allocated to the CGU of reference.
In light of the above, it would be rather fair to say that the cash flows of the individual CGUs are equivalent to the earnings generated by the individual CGUs. Accordingly, it was assumed that the free cash flow (FCF) corresponds to the Net Profit of a CGU under valuation.

Determining the discount rate to calculate the present value of cash flows
In determining value in use, cash flows were discounted to present value at a rate that reflects current considerations on market trends, the time value of money and the risks specific to the business.
The discount rate used - given that it was a financial firm - was estimated solely in terms of equity valuation, that is considering only the cost of capital (Ke), in keeping with the criteria to determine cash flows that, as already shown, include also the inflows and outflows associated with financial assets and liabilities.





The cost of capital was then calculated by using the Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). Based on this model, cost of capital is calculated as the sum of a risk-free return and a risk premium which, in turn, depends on the risk specific to the business (such risk reflecting both industry risk and country risk).

Results of the impairment test
Goodwill was tested for impairment on the reporting date, without any impairment loss.
In particular, for the Dealer Financing line the test was performed by adopting the definition of CGU described above.
The underlying assumptions to calculate the recoverable amounts of the CGUs reflect past experience and earnings forecasts approved by the competent corporate bodies and officers and are consistent with external sources of information, particularly:
the discount rate of 10,19% was calculated as cost of capital, considering a risk-free interest rate of 0.55%, a risk premium for the company of 7.65% and a beta of 1.26;
the estimated growth rate was 1.7%.
Sensitivity analysis has been done, by simulating a change in significant parameters such as an increase in the discount rate up to 1% or a decrease in the growth rate “g”. After such analysis the recoverable amount is confirmed to be higher than carrying amount.


13.2 Intangible assets: annual changes
 
Goodwill
Other intangible assets: generated internally
Other intangible assets:
Total
 
Finite
indefinite
Finite
indefinite
A. Gross opening balance
226,336
20,768
0
181,180
0
428,284
A.1 Total net reduction in value
(45,998)
(19,362)
0
(145,417)
0
(210,777)
A.2 Net opening balance
180,338
1,406
0
35,763
0
217,507
B. Increases
0
18,428
0
10,382
0
28,810
B.1 Purchases
0
891
0
7,597
0
8,488
B.2 Increases in intangible assets generated internally
x
17,536
0
2,745
0
20,281
B.3 Write-backs
x
0
0
0
0
0
B.4 Increases in fair value:
0
0
0
0
0
0
- net equity
x
0
0
0
0
0
- profit & loss
x
0
0
0
0
0
B.5 Positive exchange differences
0
1
0
40
0
41
B.6 Other changes
0
0
0
0
0
0
C. Reductions
0
513
0
27,883
0
28,396
C.1 Disposals
0
(46)
0
4,353
0
4,307
C.2 Write-downs
0
558
3
5,531
0
6,092
- Amortization
x
558
3
5,531
0
6,092
- Write-downs
0
0
0
0
0
0
+ in equity
x
0
0
0
0
0
+ profit & loss
0
0
0
0
0
0
C.3 Reduction in fair value
0
0
0
0
0
0
- in equity
x
0
0
0
0
0
- through profit or loss
x
0
0
0
0
0
C.4 Transfers to non-current assets held for sale
0
0
0
0
0
0
C.5 Negative exchange differences
0
1
0
0
0
1
C.6 Other changes
0
0
(3)
17,999
0
17,996
D. Net closing balance
180,338
19,321
0
18,262
0
217,921
D.1 Total net reduction in value
(45,998)
(22,121)
0
(148,402)
0
(216,521)
E. Closing balance
226,336
41,442
0
166,664
0
434,442
F. Carried at cost
180,338
1,785
0
35,794
0
217,917
















Section 14 - Tax Assets and Tax Liabilities - Assets Item 140 and Liabilities Item 80

14.1 Deferred tax assets: breakdown
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
- Balancing to the P&L
164,270
165,811
- Balancing to the Net equity
2,992
3,519
Total
167,262
169,330




14.2 Deferred tax liabilities: breakdown
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
- Balancing to the profit and loss
63,155
46,048
- Balancing to the net equity
0
0
Total
63,155
46,048



14.3 Deferred tax assets: annual changes (balancing P&L)
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Opening balance
165,811
150,856
2. Increases
44,043
36,542
2.1 Deferred tax assets of the year
43,205
36,288
a) relating to previous years
2,012
0
b) due to change in accounting policies
0
0
c) write-backs
0
0
d) other (creation of temporary differences, use of TLCF)
41,193
36,288
2.2 New taxes or increases in tax rates
0
0
2.3 Other increases
838
254
3. Decreases
45,583
21,587
3.1 Deferred tax assets unrecognized in the year
45,409
21,357
a) reversals of temporary differences
45,409
21,357
b) write-downs of non-recoverable items
0
0
c) change in accounting policies
0
0
d) other
0
0
3.2 Reduction in tax rates
0
0
3.3 Other decreases
174
230
a) conversion into tax credit under L. 214/2011
0
0
b) others
174
230
4. Final amount
164,271
165,811









14.4 Deferred tax liabilities: annual changes (balancing P&L)
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Opening balance
46,048
45,467
2. Increases
22,003
6,148
2.1 Deferred tax liabilities of the year
21,554
6,117
a) relating to previous years
64
-
b) due to change in accounting policies
-
-
c) other
21,490
6,117
2.2 New taxes or increases in tax rates
-
-
2.3 Other increases
449
31
3. Decreases
4,896
5,567
3.1 Deferred tax liabilities derecognised in the year
4,861
5,519
a) reversals of temporary differences
4,861
5,519
b) due to change in accounting policies
-
-
c) other
-
-
3.2 Reductions in tax rates
-
-
3.3 Other decreases
35
48
4. Final amount
63,155
46,048



14.5 Deferred tax assets: annual changes ( balancing Net Equity)
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Opening balance
3,519
3,256
2. Increases
329
288
2.1 Deferred tax assets of the year
306
263
a) relating to previous years
-
263
b) due to change in accounting principles
-
-
c) other (creation of temporary differences)
306
-
2.2 New taxes or increase in tax rates
-
-
2.3 Other increases
23
25
3. Decreases
856
25
3.1 Deferred tax assets derecognised in the year
856
-
a) reversals of temporary differences
856
-
b) writedowns of non-recoverable items
-
-
c) due to change in accounting principles
-
-
d) other
-
-
3.2 Reduction in tax rates
-
-
3.3 Other decreases
-
25
4. Final amount
2,992
3,519


This item includes deferred tax assets recognized through equity as calculated on the cash flow hedge reserve relating to the future cash flows of hedging derivatives and the fiscal effect on the AOCI reserve.







Section 16 - Other Assets - Item 160    
16.1 Other assets: breakdown
Breakdown
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Due from employees
4,099
3,581
2. Receivables arising from sales and services
235,773
297,022
3. Sundry receivables
132,760
71,925
receivables arising from insurance services
38,566
33,094
receivables in the process of collection
530
2,906
security deposits
2,074
2,228
reinsurance assets
45,841
31,093
other
45,534
2,604
4. Operating lease receivables
268,094
279,935
5. Consignment Stock
208,057
113,697
6. Accrued income
27,182
19,760
Total
875,961
785,920

The “Receivables arising from sales and services” include a total of €236 million due to FCA Italy by Leasys S.p.A. in connection with vehicles used in buybacks already invoiced.
The item “Receivables arising from insurance services” relates mainly to the Parent Company and the subsidiary Leasys S.p.A. and includes sums due from insurance companies for the payment of commissions.
The item “Receivables in the process of collection” refers to pending collection items, relating mainly to the Parent Company and the Italian subsidiary Leasys S.p.A..

“Reinsurance activities” relate to the Irish subsidiary.
    
“Receivables arising from operating leases” include lease payments billed but not yet collected from customers for a total of €150 million and the value of the vehicles purchased by the leasing companies under buyback arrangements with the seller - thus not accounted for as non-current assets - for a total of €96,7 million.

The item “Goods on consignment” reflects the value of the vehicles owned by FCA Dealer Services UK Ltd. and FCA Capital Danmark. These vehicles are held by FCA dealers in view of their sale.









LIABILITIES
Section 1 - Due to banks - Item 10
1.1 Deposits from banks: product breakdown
Type of transaction/Values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Deposits from central banks
1,001,508
-
2. Deposits from banks
6,649,086
6,788,256
2.1 Other current accounts and demand deposits
50,607
4,227,467
2.2 Time deposits
-
-
2.3 Loans
6,597,275
2,560,789
2.3.1 Repos
-
-
2.3.2 Other
6,597,275
2,560,789
2.4 Liabilities in respect of commitments to repurchase treasury shares
-
-
2.5 Other debt
1,204
-
Total
7,650,594
6,788,256
Fair value - level 1
-
-
Fair value - level 2
7,990,795
6,793,821
Fair value - level 3
-
-
Total Fair value
7,990,795
6,793,821

This item includes mainly borrowings from banks, of which €2,766 million from the Crédit Agricole Group at arm’s length.
In addition, this item includes interest accrued for €4 million.


1.4 Deposit from banks: liability items subjected to micro-hedging
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Liability items subject to micro-hedging of fair value
930,000
-
a) Interest rate risk
930,000
-
Total
930,000
-









Section 2 - Due to customers - Item 20

2.1 Deposits from customers. product breakdown
 
 
 
Type of transaction/Values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Current accounts and demand deposits
3,943
68,967
2. Time deposits including saving deposits with maturity
-
-
3. Loans
265,330
66,384
3.1 Repos
-
-
3.2 Other
265,330
66,384
4. Liabilities in respect of commitments to repurchase treasury shares
-
-
5. Others
184,528
34,031
Total
453,801
169,382
Fair value - level 1
-
-
Fair value - level 2
500,272
188,127
Fair value - level 3
-
-
Fair value
500,272
188,127

Other payables include:
security deposits by dealers for €35 million with the Parent Company and €149 million advances related to factoring with recourse.
Retail liabilities and security deposits privately issued in relation to the leasing.



Section 3 - Outstanding securities - Item 30
3.1 Debt securities in issue: product breakdown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of securities/Values
 
Total
31/12/2015
 
 
Total
31/12/2014
 
Balance Sheet Value
Fair Value
Balance Sheet Value
Fair Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
A. Debts certificates including bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Bonds
8,243,528
5,744,121
2,525,435
0
7,068,805
4,186,488
2,961,103
0
1.1 structured
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.2 other
8,243,528
5,744,121
2,525,435
0
7,068,805
4,186,488
2,961,103
0
2. Other structured securities
722
0
722
0
793
0
793
0
2.1 structured
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.2 other
722
0
722
0
793
0
793
0
Total
8,244,250
5,744,121
2,526,157
0
7,069,598
4,186,488
2,961,896
0



3.3 Breakdown of item 30 Debt securities in issue subject to micro-hedging
 
 
 
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Securities subject to micro-hedging of fair value
5,161,650

3,221,824
a) Interest rate risk
5,161,650

3,221,824







The item “Other bonds” reflects: i) bonds issued by SPEs in connection with securitisation transactions, for a nominal amount of €3,081 million; (ii) bonds issued by three subsidiaries - FCA Capital Ireland, FCA Capital Suisse and Fiat Bank Polska - each for a nominal amount of 4,953 million, CHF 126 million and PLN 81 million, respectively.
This item includes also interest accrued as of 31 December 2015, which amounts to €1.6 million (€0.3 million at 31 December 2014) for bonds issued by SPEs and €51 million for the other bonds.

Section 4 - Financial liabilities held for trading - Item 40

4.1 Financial liabilities held for trading: product breakdown
Type of transaction/Values
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
VN
FV
FV*
VN
FV
FV*
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
A. Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Deposits from banks
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Deposits from customers
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.2 Bonds
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.1.1 Structured
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
x
3.1.2 Other bond
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
x
3.2 Other securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.2.1 Structured
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
x
3.2.2 Other
-
-
-
-
x
-
-
-
-
x
Total A
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B. Derivative instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Financial derivatives
x
-
8,004
-
x
x
-
16,140
-
x
1.1 Trading
x
-
8,004
-
x
x
-
16,140
-
x
1.2 Related with fair value option
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
1.3 Other
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
2. Credits derivatives
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
2.1 Trading
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
2.2 Related with fair value option
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
2.3 Other
x
-
-
-
x
x
-
-
-
x
Total B
x
-
8,004
-
x
x
-
16,140
-
x
Total (A+B)
x
-
8,004
-
x
x
-
16,140
-
x
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VN = Notional
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FV = fair value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 








Section 6 - Hedging derivatives - Item 60
6.1 Hedging derivatives: breakdown by hedging type and fair value
 
Fair Value
31/12/2015
NV
Fair Value
31/12/2014
NV
 
L1
L2
L3
31/12/2015
L1
L2
L3
31/12/2014
A. Financial derivatives
-
61,403
-
9,426,514
-
80,818
-
9,288,846
1) Fair value
-
53,920
-
8,639,424
-
70,973
-
8,367,312
2) Cash flows
-
7,483
-
787,090
-
9,845
-
921,534
3) Net investment in foreign subsidiaries
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B. Credit derivatives
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1) Fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2) Cash flows
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Total
-
61,403
-
9,426,514
-
80,818
-
9,288,846
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L1 = Level 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L2 = Level 2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
L3 = Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
VN = Notional
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

This item reflects the fair value of the derivative contracts entered into to hedge interest rate risks and includes interest accrued as at year-end.
Changes in value in these contracts, according to the fair value method, are reported through profit and loss, in item 70 “Gains (losses) on hedging activities” of the income statement.


 
6.2 Hedging derivatives: breakdown by hedged items and risk type
 
Transaction/Type of Hedge
Fair Value
Cash flow
Net investments on foreign subsidiaries
 
Micro-hedge
Macro-hedge
Micro-hedge
Macro-hedge
 
Interest rate risk
Currency risk
Credit risk
Price risk
Multiple risks
 
 
1. Available for sale financial assets
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
x
 
2. Loans and receivables
-
-
-
x
-
x
-
x
x
 
3. Held to maturity investments
x
-
-
x
-
x
-
x
x
 
4. Porrfolio
x
x
x
x
x
53,341
x
-
x
 
5. Others
-
-
-
-
-
x
-
x
-
 
Total assets
-
-
-
-
-
53,341
-
-
-
 
1. Financial liabilities
579
-
-
x
-
x
-
x
x
 
2. Portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
-
x
-
x
 
Total liabilities
579
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
 
1. Higly probable transactions
x
x
x
x
x
x
-
x
x
 
2. Financial assets and liabilities portfolio
x
x
x
x
x
-
-
7,484
-

The generic column shows the amount of derivative contracts hedging the retail receivable portfolio. Such contracts have been accounted for with the fair value hedge (macrohedge).
The cash flow hedges refer to derivative contracts hedging interest rate risk. Such contracts, which are used for long-term rental activities, are recognized in accordance with the cash flow hedge method.





Section 10 - Other Liabilities - Item 100
10.1 Other liabilities: breakdown
Breakdown
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Due to employees
3,564
5,750
2. Operating lease payables
275,566
258,110
3. Due to social security institutions
6,812
6,453
4. Sundry payables
341,157
277,522
   - Payables for goods and services
114,781
128,955
   - Due to insurance companies
34,516
22,102
   - Due to customers
30,584
36,506
   - Reinsurance activities
35,507
18,304
   - Others
68,694
6,830
   - Accrued expenses and deferred income
57,014
64,748
Total
627,038
547,758

The item “Operating lease payables” mainly includes payables for the purchase of cars and for services rendered to the Group’s long-term-rental companies.

Line item “Payables for goods and services” includes:
the provision of administrative, tax and payment services at arm’s length by companies of the FCA Group;
incentives payable to the FCA Group’s dealer network;
charges payable to dealers and banks, mainly in connection with the Parent Company’s operations.

The item “Due to insurance companies” mainly relates to sums due by the parent company and the subsidiary Leasys.

Section 11 - Employee severance benefits - Item 110
11.1 Provision for employee severance pay: annual changes
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
A. Opening balance
13,001
12,630
B. Increases
449
1,527
B.1 Provision of the year
420
425
B.2 Other increases
29
1,102
C. Reductions
1,100
1,156
C.1 Severance payments
668
1,156
C.2 Other decreases
432
0
D. Closing balance
12,350
13,001

This item reflects the residual obligation for severance indemnities which was required until 31 December 2006 under Italian legislation to be paid to employees of Italian companies with more than 50 employees upon termination of employment. This severance can be paid in part to employees during their working lives, if certain conditions are met.

Post-employment benefits, as reported in the statement of financial position, represent the present value of this defined benefit obligation, as adjusted for actuarial gains and losses and for costs relating to labour services not previously recorded. Provisions for defined benefit pension plans and the annual cost recorded in the income statement are determined by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method.





Other information
Defined benefit obligation as of 01.01.2015
                          13,001
a. Service cost
-
b. Interest cost
                                               420
c. Curtailment
-
d. Other costs
-
e. Employer's contribution
-
f. Interest Income on Plan Assets
-
g.1 Return on plan assets greater/(less) than discount rate
(313)
g.2 Return on plan assets greater/(less) than demographic assumptions
8
g.3 Net actuarial (gain)/loss: others
511
h. Plan participants' contributions
(669)
i. Past service costs/(incomes) and curtailment (gains) and losses
-
l. Intercompany transactions
(60)
m. Other changes
(548)
Total defined benefit obligations as of 31.12.2015
                         12,350
 
 
Main actuarial assumptions
TFR
(only Italy)
 
 
Discount rates
1.92%
 
Estimated future salary increases rate (inflation included)
0.29%
 
Expected inflation
2.00%
 
Mortality rate
SI2013 (modified on the basis of historical data)
 
Yearly employees outflow average
6.30%
 

Section 12 - Provisions for contingencies and liabilities - Item 120
12.1 Provisions risk and charges: breakdown
Items
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Provision to retirement payments and similar
39,261
33,777
2. Other provisions
177,984
173,642
  2.1 Legal disputes
2,913
8,419
  2.2 Staff expences
15,256
12,877
  2.3 Other
159,815
152,346
Total
217,245
207,419
12.2 Provisions for risks and charges: annual changes
Items
Total
Pensions and post retirement benefit obligations
Other provisions
A. Opening balance
 
33,777
173,642
B. Increases
 
8,873
45,817
B.1 Provision for the year
 
3,408
38,778
B.2 Changes due to the passage of time
 
27
36
B.3 Difference due to discount-rate changes
 
-
26
B.4 Other increases
 
5,438
6,977
C. Decreases
 
3,389
41,475
C.1 Use during the year
 
2,969
40,487
C.2 Difference due to discount-rate changes
 
-
-
C.3 Other decreases
 
420
988
D. Closing balance
 
39,261
177,984









12.3 PENSIONS AND OTHER POST-RETIREMENT DEFINED -BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
Referring to provision for retirement benefits, the actuarial amounts of provisions for defined benefit pension plans, required according to IAS 19, are determined by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method, as described in Part A - Accounting Policies.

This item includes provisions for pension plans set up by foreign subsidiaries for €40 million (mainly FGA Bank Germany GmbH for €25.8 million) of which €6.9 million referring to the Parent Company.

Next table shows main actuarial assumptions used for pension plans, distinguished by country (Italy and “Other countries”). The table also includes actuarial assumptions for the Italian post employment benefits (“Trattamento di Fine rapporto - TFR”).

Main actuarial assumptions
ITALY
OTHER COUNTRIES
TFR
(only Italy)
Other provisions for retirement benefits
Other provisions for longterm employee
Pension plans
Other provisions for retirement benefits
Other provisions for longterm employee
Discount rates
1.92%
1.92%
1.92%
2.03%
1.93%
2.30%
Estimated future salary increases rate (inflation included)
0.29%
0.29%
0.29%
2.33%
2.38%
2.85%
Expected inflation
2.00%
2.00%
2.00%
2.17%
2.00%
2.25%
Mortality rate
SI2013 (modified on the basis of historical data)
-
-
-
Yearly employees outflow average
6.30%
6.30%
6.30%
2%
5%
0.00%



Changes in defined benefit obligations
Defined benefit obligation as of 01.01.2015
                         33,777
a. Service cost
                                             1,356
b. Interest cost
                                             1,676
c. Curtailment
-
d. Other costs
4
e. Employer's contribution
(1,424)
f. Interest Income on Plan Assets
(679)
g.1 Return on plan assets greater/(less) than discount rate
3,532
g.2 Return on plan assets greater/(less) than demographic assumptions
786
g.3 Net actuarial (gain)/loss: others
(422)
h. Plan participants' contributions
(313)
i. Past service costs/(incomes) and curtailment (gains) and losses
(57)
l. Intercompany transactions
1
m. Other changes
2,478
Total defined benefit obligations as of 31.12.2015
                         40,715








12.4 Provisions for risks and charges: breakdown
 
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Provisions for retirement benefits and similar obligations
39,261
33,777
2. Other provisions for employees
18,903
16,151
3. Provisions for tax risks
8,732
9,742
4. Reserves for legal disputes
2,041
2,810
5. Provisions for risks and charges related to operating leases
50,059
44,394
6. Provisions for sundry risks
98,249
100,545
Total
217,245
207,419

Provision for risks and charges related to operating leses
This provision mainly consists of provisions for future maintenance and insurance costs for cars provided under operating lease ontracts.

Provision for tax disputes
This item refers to provisions in connection with tax ligation and related charges

Provisions for sundry risks
This item reflects provisions of €69.9 million for risks related, in the UK market, to the remaining value of the vehicles purchased with PCP (Personal Contract Purchase) loans and the customers’ option to terminate voluntarily their contract, under local laws.
The balance of these provisions reflect the risks, in various markets (of which €17.2 million related to the parent company), related to the residual value of the vehicles and, more generally, to business risks.

On 15 July 2014, the Swiss Anti-trust authority (Wettbewerbskommission) announced publicly the start of an inquiry into the finance lease business in Switzerland involving a total of nine captive companies, among others. The Swiss subsidiary, FCA Capital Suisse SA, is one of the companies involved in the inquiry.
In case the Commission determines that a breach of the anti-trust law has been committed, it may levy penalties, in accordance with the applicable laws. These penalties depend on the length, seriousness and nature of the breach. The potential fine may represent as much as 10% of revenues generated in the market of reference for the past three financial years.
Against this backdrop, FCA Capital Suisse SA carried out a review with support from legal experts. The review revealed that fines are unlikely and, as such, no provisions were made.






Section 13 - Insurance provisions - Item 130
13.1 Insurance provisions: breakdown
 
Direct business
Indirect business
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
A. Non-life business
12,700
-
12,700
16,417
A.1 Provision for unearned premiums
8,129
-
8,129
10,706
A.2 Provision for outstanding claims
2,642
-
2,642
3,142
A.3 Other provisions
1,929
-
1,929
2,569
B. Life business
15,253
-
15,253
25,422
B.1 Mathematical provisions
9,705
-
9,705
18,131
B.2 Provisions for amounts payable
3,364
-
3,364
2,871
B.3 Other insurance provisions
2,184
-
2,184
4,420
C. Insurance provisions when investments risk is borne by the insured party
-
-
-
-
C.1 Provision for policies where the performance is connected to investment funds and maket indices
-
-
-
-
C.2 Provision for pension funds
-
-
-
-
D. Total insurance provisions
27,953
-
27,953
41,839

Section 15 - Equity attributable to the Shareholders of the Parent Company - Items 140, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200 and 220
15.1 Issued capital and own shares: breakdown
 
Total
Total
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
A. Equity
 
 
A.1 Ordinary share
700,000
700,000
A.2 Savings shares
-
-
A.3 Preferred share
-
-
A.4 Other share
-
-
B. Treasury shares
 
 
B.1 Ordinary share
-
-
B.2 Savings shares
-
-
B.3 Preferred share
-
-
B.4 Other share
-
-





15.2 Capital Stock - number of shares: annual changes
 
Ordinary
Other
A. Issued shares as at the beginning of the year
700,000,000
-
- fully paid
700,000,000
-
- not fully paid
-
-
A.1 Treasury shares (-)
-
-
A.2 Shares outstanding: opening balance
700,000,000
700,000,000
B. Increases
-
-
B.1 New issues
-
-
- against payment
-
-
- business combinations
-
-
- bonds converted
-
-
- warrants exercised
-
-
- other
-
-
- free
-
-
- to employees
-
-
- to Directors
-
-
- other
-
-
B.2 Sales of treasury shares
-
-
B.3 Other changes
-
-
C. Decreases
-
-
C.1 Cancellation
-
-
C.2 Purchase of treasury shares
-
-
C.3 Business transferred
-
-
C.4 Other changes
-
-
D. Shares outstanding: closing balance
700,000,000
700,000,000
D.1 Treasury Shares (+)
0
-
D.2 Shares outstanding as at the end of the year
700,000,000
-
- fully paid
700,000,000
-
- not fully paid
-
-

Share capital is fully paid in. It consists of 700,000,000 shares with a nominal value of €1 each and, at year-end 2015, was unchanged from the previous year.



Section 16 - Non controlling interests
Non controlling interests is completely attributable to FCA Bank Gmbh.

Other information
1.
Guarantees given and committents

The Group does not hold guarantees given and commitment.
2. Assets used to guarantee own liabilities and commitments
Portfolios
Amounts
 
12/31/2015
 
1. Financial instruments held for trading
 
 
2. Financial instruments designated at fair value
 
 
3. Financial instruments available for sale
 
 
4. Financial instruments held to maturity
 
 
5. Loans and receivables with banks
13,350
 
6. Loans and receivables with customers
4,526,618
 
7. Property,plant and equipment
 
 






It is also advised that, consequently to the loans received by the European Central Bank, as a result of the acceptance at the refinancing programme LTRO, have been entrusted as guarantee:
Senior notes - corresponding to 1,142 Mln/Eur - originated by internal securitization not registered in assets
State bonds originated by repurchase agreement corresponding to 66.5 k/Eur

6. Assets subject to accounting offsetting or under master netting agreements and similar ones
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Instrument type
Gross amounts of financial assets (a)
Financial liabilities offset in Balance Sheet (b)
Net Balance Sheet values of fiinancial asset (c=a-b)
Related amounts not recognised in Balance Sheet
Net amounts
Net amounts
Financial instruments (d)
Cash collateral received (e)
12/31/2015
 
(f=c-d-e)
12/31/2014
1) Derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2) Repos
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3) Securities lending
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4) Others
 
1,480,000
1,480,000
-
-
-
-
-
Total
31/12/2015
1,480,000
1,480,000
-
-
-
-
-
Total
31/12/2014
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Compensation refers to loans and deposit regulated under specific compensation agreements which as such were exposed according to IAS 32.
PART C
INFORMATIONON ON THE CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
Section 1 - Interest - Items 10 and 20
1.1 Interest income and similar revenue: breakdown
Voices/Technical forms
Debt securities
Loans
Other transactions
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Financial assets held for trading - Cash Instruments
 
-
-
-
-
-
2. Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
 
-
-
-
-
-
3. Available for sale financial assets
 
-
-
-
-
-
4. Held to maturity investments
 
168
-
-
168
155
5. Loans and receivables with banks
 
-
3,851
2,697
6,548
8,578
6. Loans and receivables with customers
 
-
719,390
-
719,390
728,696
7. Hedging derivatives
 
x
x
-
-
-
8. Other assets
 
x
x
2,896
2,896
-
Total
 
168
723,241
5,593
729,002
737,429

1.3.1 Interest income from financial assets denominated in currency
Items
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Interest income from currency assets
 
209,193
230,599

1.3.2 Interest income from finance leases
Items
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Interest income from leasing
 
124,334
105,512






1.4 Interest expense and similar charges: breakdown
 
Items/Technical forms
 
Debts
Securities
Other transactions
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Deposits from central banks
 
(82
)
x
0
(82
)
0
2. Deposits from banks
 
(112,523
)
x
0
(112,523
)
(148,640)
3. Deposits from customers
 
(2,475)

x
0
(2,475)

(605)
4. Debt securities in issue
 
x

(145,774)
0
(145,774)

(179,323)
5. Financial liabilities held for trading
 
0

0
0
0

0
6. Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
0

0
0
0

0
7. Other liabilities and found
 
x

x
(204)
(204)

0
8. Hedging derivatives
 
x

x
(23,973)
(23,973)

(44,235)
Total
 
(115,080)

(145,774)
(24,177)
(285,031)

(372,803)

1.6.1 Interest expense on liabilities denominated in currency
 
Items
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Interest expense on liabilities held in foreign currency
 
(34,497)
(44,808)


1.6.2 Interest expense on finance leases
 
Items
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Interest expense on finance lease transactions
 
(52)
(100)








Section 2 - Commissions - Items 40 e 50
2.1 Fee and commission income: breakdown
 
Type of service/Values
 
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
a) guarantees given
 
-
-
b) credit derivatives
 
-
-
c) management, brokerage and consultancy services:
 
63,820
63,335
1. securities trading
 
-
-
2. currency trading
 
-
-
3. portfolio management
 
-
-
3.1. individual
 
-
-
3.2. collective
 
-
-
4. custody and administration of securities
 
-
-
5. custodian bank
 
-
-
6. placement of securities
 
-
-
7. reception and transmission of orders
 
-
-
8. advisory services
 
-
-
8.1 related to investments
 
-
-
8.2 related to financial structure
 
-
-
9. distribution of third party services
 
63,820
63,335
9.1 portfolio management
 
-
-
9.1.1. individual
 
-
-
9.1.2. collective
 
-
-
9.2 insurance products
 
63,820
63,335
9.3 other products
 
-
-
d) collection and payment services
 
21,620
20,346
e) securitization servicing
 
-
-
f) factoring services
 
17,245
14,782
g) tax collection services
 
-
-
h) management of multilateral trading facilities
 
-
-
i) management of current accounts
 
-
-
j) other services
 
17,647
14,661
Total
 
120,332
113,124

Commissions on retail financing transactions reflect mainly:
€63,8 million on insurance products not attributable to a single loan contract;
€18 million in recoveries of collection charges from customers;
€3 million in commissions for early repayments.

The item Other commissions refers to the Irish subsidiary for revenues received in connection with re-insurance activities.






2.2 Fee and commission expenses: breakdown
Services/Amounts
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
a) guarantees received
(92
)
(35
)
b) credit derivatives
-

-

c) management, brokerage and consultancy services:
-

-

1.trading in financial instruments
-

-

2. currency trading
-

-

3. portfolio management:
-

-

3.1 own portfolio
-

-

3.2 third party portfolio
-

-

4. custody and administration securities
-

-

5. financial instruments placement
-

-

6. off-site distribution of financial instruments. products and services
-

-

d) collection and payment services
(5,333
)
(4,822
)
e) other services
(34,794
)
(25,705
)
Total
(40,219
)
(30,562
)

The item “Services received from third parties” mainly represents costs for services supplied to customers in the insurance and finance lease businesses.
The item “Payment and collection services” mainly represents cost for the collection of finance lease payments and retail loan installments.
The item “Other fees and commissions” represents commission expenses and other expenses related to the insurance activity.


Section 4 - Net gain (loss) on trading activities- Item 80
 
4.1 Gains and losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading: breakdown
 
Transactions / Income
Unrealized profits (A)
Realized profits (B)
Unrealized losses (C)
Realized losses (D)
Net Profit (A+B)-(C+D)
 
 
1. Financial assets held for trading
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.1 Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.2 Equity
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.3 Units in investment funds
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.4 Loans
-
-
-
-
-
 
1.5 Other
-
-
-
-
-
 
2. Financial liabilities held for trading
-
-
-
-
-
 
2.1 Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
 
2.2 Deposits
-
-
-
-
-
 
2.3 Other
-
-
-
-
-
 
3. Financial assets and liabilities in foreign currency: exchange differences
 
x
x
x
(82)
 
4. Derivatives
12,050
6,086
(14,045)
(6,231)
(2,140)
 
4.1 Financial derivatives:
12,050
6,086
(14,045)
(6,231)
(2,140)
 
- on debt securities and interest rates
12,050
6,086
(14,045)
(6,231)
(2,140)
 
- on equity securities and shares indexes
-
-
-
-
-
 
- On currencies and gold
x
x
x
x
-
 
- Other
-
-
-
-
-
 
4.2 Credit derivatives
-
-
-
-
-
 
Total
12,050
6,086
(14,045)
(6,231)
(2,222)

The items reflects changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities held for trading.











Section 5 - Net gain (loss) on hedging activities- Item 90

5.1 Fair value adjustments in hedge accounting
 
Income componets/Values
0
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
A. Incomes from:
 
 
 
A.1 Fair value hedging instruments
 
20,056
66,198
A.2 Hedged asset items (in fair value hedge relationships)
 
2,020
12,295
A.3 Hedged liability items (in fair value hedge relationship)
 
643
-
A.4 Cash-flow hedging derivatives (including ineffectivness of net investment hedge)
 
-
-
A.5 Assets and liabilities denominated in currency (not derivative hedging instruments)
 
5,093
-
Total gains on hedging activities (A)
 
27,812
78,493
B. Losses on:
 
 
 
B.1 Fair value hedging instruments
 
(2,997)
(12,213)
B.2 Hedged asset items (in fair value hedge relationship)
 
(13,001)
-
B.3 Hedged liabilities items (in fair value hedge relationships)
 
(4,845)
(67,049)
B.4 Cash-flow hedging derivatives (including ineffectivness of net investment hedge)
 
-
-
B.5 Assets and liabilities denominated in currency (not derivative hedging instruments)
 
(8,050)
-
Total losses on hedging activities (B)
 
(28,893)
(79,262)
C. Net profit from hedging activities (A - B)
 
(1,081)
(769)

This item reflects the changes in fair value of derivative contracts recognized as Fair Value Hedge.



Section 8 - Impairment / Reinstatement of value of financial assets - Item 130    
8.1 Impairment losses on loans and receivables: breakdown
Transactions/Income
Write - downs
Write - backs
Total
 
(1)
 
(2)
Specific
Portfolio
Specific
Portfolio
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Write - offs
Others
A
B
A
B
A. Loans and receivables with banks
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B. Loans and receivables with customers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deteriorated purchased loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Loans
-
-
x
-
-
x
x
-
-
- Debt securities
-
-
x
-
-
x
x
-
-
Other receivables
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Loans
(13,608)
(79,347)
(41,365)
534
18,451
-
38,402
(76,933)
(82,934)
- Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C. Total
(13,608)
(79,347)
(41,365)
534
18,451
-
38,402
(76,933)
(82,934)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A = Interest
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B = Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Compared with the previous year, the cost of risk was better than in the previous year.





Section 9 - Net premiums - Item 150
9.1 Premium earned (net) - breakdown
 
Premiums from insurance
Direct business
Indirect business
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
A. Life business
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Gross premiums written (+)
 
11,029
-
11,029
14,898
A.2 Reinsurance premiums paid (-)
 
(9,927)
x
(9,927)
(13,408)
A.3 Total
 
1,102
-
1,102
1,490
B. Non-life business
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Gross premium written (+)
 
1,767
-
1,767
3,022
B.2 Reinsurance premiums paid (-)
 
(1,590)
x
(1,590)
(2,720)
B.3 Change in gross value of premium reserve (+/-)
 
2,577
-
2,577
1,986
B.4 Change in provision for unearned premiums ceded to reinsurers (+/-)
 
(2,319)
-
(2,319)
(1,788)
B.5 Total
 
435
-
435
500
C. Total net premiums
 
1,537
-
1,537
1,990


Sezione 10 - Other income (net) from insurance activities - Voce 160
10.1 Other income (net) from insurance business: breakdown
 
 
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Net change in insurance provisions
 
(407)
(322)
2. Claims paid pertaining to the year
 
(452)
(562)
3. Other income and expense (net) from insurance business
 
3,748
3,835
Total
2,889
2,951


10.2 Net change in insurance reserves: breakdown
 
Net change in technical reserves
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Life business
 
 
 
A. Actuarial provisions
 
(355)
(311)
A.1 Gross amount for the year
 
(153)
(55)
A.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers (-)
 
(202)
(256)
B. Other insurance reserves
 
0
0
B.1 Gross amount for the year
 
0
0
B.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers (-)
 
0
0
C. Insurance reserves when investments risk is borne by the insured party
 
0
0
C.1 Gross amount for the year
 
0
0
C.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers (-)
 
0
0
Total "life business reserves"
(355)
(311)
2. Non- life business
 
 
 
Change in provisions for non-life business other than claims provisions, net of amounts ceded to reinsurers
 
(52)
(11)








10.3 Claims settled during the year: breakdown
 
Charges for claims
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Life business: expense relating to claims, net of reinsurers' portions
 
 
 
A. Amounts paid out
 
(253)
(293)
A.1 Gross annual amount
 
(2,529)
(2,941)
A.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers
 
2,276
2,648
B. Change in reserve for amounts payable
 
-
-
B.1 Gross annual amount
 
-
-
B.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers
 
-
-
Total life business claims
(253)
(293)
Non-life business: expense relating to claims, net of amounts recovered from reinsurers
 
 
C. Claims paid
 
(199)
(268)
C.1 Gross annual amount
 
(1,987)
(2,675)
C.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers
 
1,788
2,407
D. Change in recoveries net of reinsurers' portion
 
-
-
E. Change in claims reserves
 
-
(1)
E.1 Gross annual amount
 
-
-
E.2 Amount attributable to reinsurers
 
-
(1)
Total non-life business claims
(199)
(269)


10.4.1 Other income/expense (net) from insurance activities - life insurance
 
 
Total
Total
 
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Life insurance
 
 
 
A. Revenues
 
4,120
5,951
 - Other technical revenues net of reinsurance ceded
 
-
-
 - Revenues and unrealized capital gains related to investments in favour of insured parties who bear the risk
 
-
-
 - Change in commissions and Other acquisition costs to be amortized
 
-
-
 - Commissions and profit-sharing received from reinsurers
 
4,120
5,951
 - Other revenues
 
-
-
B. Expenses
 
(1,416)
(3,123)
 - Other technical expenses net of reinsurance ceded
 
-
-
 - Expenses and unrealized capital losses related to investments in favourof insured parties who bear the risk
 
-
-
 - Acquisition commissions
 
-
-
 - Other acquisition expenses
 
-
-
 - Collection commissions
 
-
-
 - Other expenses
 
(1,416)
(3,123)
 
Total Life insurance (A - B)
2,704
2,828
























10.4.2 Other income/expense (net) from insurance activities - non life insurance
 
 
Total
Total
 
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
Non-life insurance
 
 
 
A. Revenues
 
1,281
1,041
 - Other technical revenues net of reinsurance ceded
 
-
-
 - Revenues and unrealized capital gains related to investments in favourof insured parties who bear the risk
 
-
-
 - Change in commissions and Other acquisition costs to be amortized
 
-
-
 - Other revenues
 
1,281
1,041
B. Expenses
 
(237)
(34)
 - Other technical expenses net of reinsurance ceded
 
-
-
 - Acquisition commissions
 
-
-
 - Other acquisition expenses
 
-
-
 - Collection commissions
 
-
-
 - Other expenses
 
(237)
(34)
 
Total Non-life insurance (A - B)
1,044
1,007


Section 11 - Administrative expenses - Item 180
11.1 Staff expenses: breakdown
Type of expense/Amounts
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1) Employees
(133,762)
(127,962)
a) wages and salaries
(87,886)
(88,538)
b) social security contributions
(23,159)
(22,081)
c) Severance pay (only for Italian legal entities)
(654)
(2,255)
d) Social security costs
-
-
e) allocation to employee severance pay provision
(9)
(425)
f) provision for retirements and similar provisions:
(3,434)
(2,096)
- defined contribution
0
(162)
- defined benefit
(3,434)
(1,934)
g) payments to external pension funds:
(3,640)
(2,516)
- defined contribution_old
(3,355)
(2,516)
- defined benefit
(285)
-
h) Expenses resulting from share based payments
-
-
i) other employee benefits
(14,980)
(10,051)
2) Other staff
(10,941)
(7,108)
3) Directors and Statutory Auditors
(781)
(666)
4) Early retirement costs
-
-
Total
(145,484)
(135,764)


11.2 Average number of employees by category
 
 
Total
Total
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
2) Employees
1,930
1,922
a) Senior managers
62
66
b) Managers
195
191
c) Remaining employees staff
1,673
1,665
2) Other staff
 
 
Total
1,930
1,922







11.5 Other administrative expense: breakdown
 
Item / Sector
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Consulting and professional services
(22,254)
(21,181)
2. EDP costs
(28,346)
(28,934)
3. Rents and utilities
(11,536)
(11,955)
4. Indirect and other taxes
(9,869)
(7,809)
5. Advertising and promotion expenses
(5,855)
(4,916)
6. Other expenses
(3,911)
(4,296)
Total
(81,771)
(79,091)


Section 12 - Net provisions for risks and charges- Item 190
12.1 Net provisions for risks and charges: breakdown
 
 
 
 
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
 
 
 
 
 
1. Provisions for risks and charges related to operating leases
(15,950)
10,531
(31,571)
9,753
1.1 Future maintenance provision
(15,950)
10,482
(30,433)
9,753
1.2 Self-insurance provision
-
49
(1,138)
-
2. Provisions to other risks and charges
(11,886)
10,926
(23,215)
221
3. Technical insurance reserve
-
-
-
-
4. Legal risks
-
-
-
-
Total
(27,836)
21,457
(54,786)
9,974


Section 13 - Net value adjustments/writebacks of property, plant and equipment - Item 200
13.1 Impairment on property, plant and equipment: breakdown
Asset/Income
Depriciation
Impairment losses
Write-backs
Net result
(a + b + c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
31/12/2015
A. Property, equipment and investment property
 
 
 
 
A.1 Owned
(251,258)
(8,008)
214
(259,052)
- For operational use
(251,258)
(8,008)
214
(259,052)
- For investment
-
-
-
-
A.2 Acquired through finance lease
-
-
-
-
- For operational use
-
-
-
-
- For investment
-
-
-
-
Total
(251,258)
(8,008)
214
(259,052)
This item reflects mainly changes in value of assets under operating lease contract.







Section 14 - Net value adjustments/writebacks of intangible assets - Item 210
14.1 Impairment on intangible assets: breakdown
Asset/Income
Depriciation
Impairment losses
Write-backs
Net risult
(a + b + c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
31/12/2015
A. Intangible assets
 
 
 
 
A.1 Owned
(6,092)
-
-
(6,092)
- Generated internally by the company
(561)
-
-
(561)
- Other
(5,531)
-
-
(5,531)
A.2 Held by Finance leases
0
-
-
0
Total
(6,092)
-
-
(6,092)
The item includes mainly amortization of software and licenses held by the subsidiaries Leasys S.p.A. and FCA Bank Germany GMBH and by the holding FCA Bank S.p.A..


Section 15 - Other net operating income- Item 220
15.1 Other operating expenses: breakdown
Item
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Credit collection expenses
(14,269)
(15,065)
2. Information charges
(953)
(1,535)
3. Other expenses:
(296,078)
(295,056)
  3.1 finance lease charges
(277,113)
(279,919)
  3.2 operating lease charges
(4,314)
(2,311)
  3.3 contract expenses
(5,645)
(5,691)
  3.4 sundry charges
(10,926)
(8,441)
TOTAL
(311,300)
(311,656)

15.2 Other operating incomes: breakdown
 
 
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Expense recoveries
38,399
35,787
2. Income from operating leases
669,299
668,547
3. Income fron finance lease
5,276
2,843
4. Sundry income
10,168
12,242
TOTAL
723,142
719,419
Expense recoveries reflect mainly the chargeback to customers by subsidiaries for legal and tax costs, credit collection costs and operating costs incurred on their behalf.
Income from operating leases refers mainly to:
€368 million in fees from car leases;
€182 million in fees from services related to car rentals
€74 million expenses recovered from customers on car rentals;
€13 million for subsidies and discounts received by the FCA Group and dealers
€34 million in gains on disposals of rental cars.






Section 20 - Income tax for the period on continuing operations - Item 290
20.1 Tax expense (income) related to profit or loss from continuing operations: breakdown
Income components/Sectors
Total
Total
31/12/2015
31/12/2014
1. Current tax expense (-)
(89,965)
(74,158)
2. Changes of current tax expense of previous years (+/-)
(853)
(474)
3. Reduction in current tax expense for the period (+)
(492)
0
3. bis Reductions in current tax expense for the period due tax credit related to L. 214/2011 (+)
0
0
4. Changes to deferred tax assets (+/-)
(2,329)
1,229
5. Changes to deferred tax liabilities (+/-)
(16,693)
(657)
6. Tax espense for the year (-) ( -1+/-2+3+3bis+/-4+/-5)
(110,330)
(74,060)
This item reflects taxes for the year and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities occurred during the same period.

20.2 Reconciliation of theoretical tax liability and actual tax liability recognized
 
 
IRES
Profit for the year
249,088
Tax expense related to profit or loss from continuing operations
110,330
Profit for the year before taxes
359,418
Theoretical tax rate
27.5%
Theoretical tax liability
98,840
Increase effect of permanent differences
1,863
Decrease effect of permanent differences
(31,818)
Effect of expenses that do not form taxable income
 
Consolidation effect
30,883
Actual tax liability recognized
99,768
Effective tax rate
27.76%
 
IRAP
Profit for the year
249,088
Tax expense related to profit or loss from continuing operations
110,330
Profit for the year before taxes
359,418
Theoretical tax rate
5.57%
Theoretical tax liability
20,020
Increase effect of permanent differences
834
Decrease effect of permanent differences
(2,584)
Effect of expenses that do not form taxable income
(952)
Effect of deferred tax assets relating to prior years reversed during the year
 
Consolidation effect
(6,756)
Actual tax liability B
10,562
Effective tax rate
4.00%
Actual tax liability recognized A+B
110,330
Total effective tax rate (IRAP+IRES)
30.70%

Section 22 - Net Profit for the period attributable to Minority Shareholders - Item 330
22.1 Breakdown of item 330 “Minority gains (losses)”
The profit attributable to minority interests amounted to 1,480 thousand of euro, totally attributable to FCA Bank Gmbh.


Section 24 - Earnings per share
24. AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
The Holding capital consists of 700.000.000 share with a nominal value of euro 1 each.





PART D CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE DETAILED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Items
 
31.12.2015
After tax effects
 
 
Gross Amount
Tax Effects
After tax effects
10.
Net Profit (Loss) for the year
359,418
(110,330)
249,088
 
Other comprehensive income after tax not to be recycled to income statement
(903)
309
(593)
20.
Tangible assets
 
 
 
30.
Intangible assets
 
 
 
40.
Defined benefit plans
(903)
309
(593)
50.
Non current assets classified as held for sale
 
 
 
60.
Valuation reserves from investments accounted for using the equity method
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income after tax to be recycled to income statement
30,151
(858)
29,293
70.
Hedge of foreign investments:
 
 
 
 
a) changes in fair value
 
 
 
 
b) reclassification through profit or loss
 
 
 
 
c) other variations:
 
 
 
80.
Exchange differrences:
27,561
 
27,561
 
a) fair value changes
 
 
 
 
b) reclassification through profit or loss
 
 
 
 
c) other variations:
27,561
 
27,561
90.
Cash flow hedges:
2,590
(858)
1,732
 
a) changes in fair value
2,590
(858)
1,732
 
b) reclassifications through profit or loss
 
 
 
 
c) other variations:
 
 
 
100.
Available-for-sale financial assets:
 
 
 
 
a) changes in fair value
 
 
 
 
b) reclassifications trough profit or loss
 
 
 
 
- impairment losses
 
 
 
 
- following disposal
 
 
 
 
c) other variations:
 
 
 
110.
Non current assets classified as held for sale:
 
 
 
 
a) changes in fair value
 
 
 
 
b) reclassifications through profit or loss
 
 
 
 
c) other variations:
 
 
 
120.
Valutation reserves from investments accounted for using the equity method;
 
 
 
a) changes in fair value
 
 
 
 
b) reclassifications trough profit or loss
 
 
 
 
- impairment losses
 
 
 
 
- following disposal
 
 
 
 
c) other variations:
 
 
 
130.
Total of other comprehensive income after tax
 
 
 
140.
Comprehensive income (Items 10+130)
388,666
(110,879)
277,788
150.
Consolidated comprehensive income attributable to minorities
1,480
 
1,480
160.
Consolidated comprehensive income attributable to Parent Company
387,186
(110,879)
276,308
Part E - INFORMATION ON RISK AND RELATED RISK MANAGEMENT POLICIES
In this section information is provided with reference to the banking Group, except in tables A.1.1 and A.1.2. To this end, it is worthy of note that the banking Group includes the banking, financial and special purpose companies that make up the Group entered in the register provided for by article 64 of the Consolidated Banking Act.
On the other hand, tables A.1.1 and A.1.2 provides information with reference to the scope of consolidation, which differs from the banking Group because it includes subsidiaries and fully consolidated companies that do not belong to the banking Group.







Section 1 - RISKS OF THE BANKING GROUP
1.1 Credit risk
Qualitative disclosures
1.
Overview
The Group’s mission as a bank, in keeping with the business model in place until 2014, is to support the sale of cars and commercial vehicles manufactured by Fiat Chrysler Automobiles (FCA) and other car manufacturing partners. To that effect, it provides customers and companies, within the scope of the Group’s marketing strategy, an innovative range of financial products designed to enhance customers’ loyalty, to improve customers’ satisfaction and to develop new services, guaranteeing full transparency in its business transactions.
Accordingly, the Group pursues the following strategic objectives:
Support sales, in Italy and abroad, of cars by FCA and other car manufacturing partners, by offering financing opportunities tailored to the different requirements of dealer networks, retail customers and companies;
Be the provider of choice for customers and dealers requiring financing services;
Continue to manage risk carefully, within the framework of the objectives set out by the shareholders;
Diversify the structure of funding sources.
Consistent with the company mission, FCA Bank’s customers continue to be made up of the dealer network, retail customers and companies that buy cars and commercial vehicles manufactured by the FCA Group and other car manufacturing partners.
The Group’s commercial offering includes:
Dealer financing;
Customer financing: retail products intended to encourage the purchase/use of cars;
Ancillary insurance products and services in connection with the financing activity (credit protection and car insurance).
To improve existing products and to identify new ones on the basis of the target market’s and the manufacturing partners’ requirements, the Group updates and improves constantly its “product catalogue”.
All the services are structured to encourage the purchase of cars and commercial vehicles with a view to long-term sustainability and responsible credit, thanks to processes and instruments designed to increase customers’ loyalty to the brand and the dealer.
In carrying out its core business activities, the Group creates a risk exposure in connection with the following:
Provision of consumer credit and finance lease services to buyers and users of cars made by its manufacturing partners (Retail Financing business line);
Financing of manufacturing partners’ dealer networks (Dealer financing business line);
Holding investments in and control of companies that are not part of the banking Group in Italy and in Europe. Moreover, the Bank provides financing support to its subsidiaries in the form of lines of credit and guarantees in favour of lenders










2.
Credit risk management policies
Organizational aspects
The FCA Bank Group’s policies are designed in general and essentially to take risks that must be:
controlled;
reasonable;
kept within certain standards.
The FCA Bank Group has a specific Credit Manual that is intended to:
support credit approval managers in their assessments;
set and maintain the quality of credit standards;
meet customers’ credit requirements;
take the commercial opportunities made available by the possibility to develop new financial products in markets and to limit losses.
 
The above criteria must ensure that financing transactions are profitable.
 
Management, measurement and control systems
Roles and responsibilities
In this context the FCA Bank Group manages risk through a specific segregation of roles and responsibilities involving:
Board of Directors;
Board Executive Credit Committee;
Credit Committee of the Parent Company;
Local Credit Committees.
In the credit area, the Board of Directors is responsible for:
Setting credit risk policies and any amendment thereof;
Adopting and approving the system to delegate powers and any modification thereof;
Approving from time to time changes in the scorecard cut-offs (delegated to the Credit Committees);
Setting from time to time the credit approval limits attributed to the Credit Committees and the individual country managers.
The Board Executive Credit Committee is authorized by the Board of Directors to approve the credit applications that fall within the purview of the Board of Directors. The Credit Committee is responsible for:
Recommending credit risk policies (and any change thereof) to the Board of Directors;
Defining credit approval limits within the interval set from time to time by the Board of Directors for every business managed by the FCA Bank Group;
Proposing changes to the scorecards and modifying them as specifically authorized by the Board of Directors;
Checking and analysing risk performance;
Analysing any issues assigned by the Board of Directors;
Adopting decisions, within its authority, on credit approval requests coming from the Market and analysing the requests to be submitted to the Board of Directors.





The HQ Internal Credit Committee is responsible for:
Approving credit applications within the limits of delegated authority;
Preparing for review and approval credit applications beyond the limits of delegated authority;
Evaluating and changing the Parent Company’s and the local companies’ credit manuals;
Evaluating and approving deviations from the credit policies established by the Parent company, upon the Markets’ request;
Evaluating and approving powers delegated to the Markets.
 
Local Credit Committees are responsible for:
Establishing local applications of general policies and guidelines for credit approval, control and collection by adapting the FCA Bank Group’s General Principles and Rules to the country’s practices and laws;
Formalizing and updating the Market’s Credit Policy Manual;
Analysing credit exposures and lines of credit;
Setting, within the scope of their own authority, credit approval limits and processes (to be formalized in the Market’s Credit Policy Manual);
Attributing powers within their own organizational structure, to be submitted for approval to the Parent Company’s HQ Internal Credit Committee;
Approving credit applications within the scope of delegated authority.
Risk mitigation techniques
The FCA Bank Group has a model to manage and mitigate risk in keeping with the provisions of the Group’s Credit Manual, with reference to:
monitoring of specific KRIs;
use of guarantees;
second-level control activities carried out by R&PC - GRM with specific reference to Credit review, Dealer Financing review and Collection review.
Monitoring of specific KRIs
Every month the R&PC - GRM department monitors developments in the credit portfolio surveying, for every business line (Retail, Dealer Financing and Rental), the performance of specific key risk indicators (KRIs) and compliance with the risk limits set in advance:
Non-Performing Loans (NPL) Ratio, calculated as the ratio of loans past due for over 90 days to total credit exposure at month-end;
Cost of Risk (CoR) Ratio, calculated as the ratio of total allowance for loan and lease losses and the average credit exposure calculated at month-end.
Moreover, with specific reference to the Retail business, R&PC - GRM monitors developments in:
SIRN, calculated as the number of contracts of a given generation (N) with two or more instalments past due as a share of total contracts of the same generation;
Collection indicators, calculated in relation to total outstanding in collection;
Litigation indicators, calculated in relation to total outstanding in litigation.

Use of guarantees
When credit applications are processed, the Bank and the other Group companies may request applicants to provide guarantees in order to approve their requests. Risk mitigation techniques are used mainly in the dealer financing business line.
Below, details are provided of the types of guarantees allowed by current credit policies:
Collateral: pledged assets, deposits, mortgage security.
Third-party guarantees: bank guarantees, insurance companies (bonds), sureties.





Other types: third-party deposits, comfort letters, retention of title, assignment of proceeds, buy back obligation.
In case of guarantees other than those allowed, or in case of guarantees allowed with characteristics other than those described above, the individual subsidiaries are required to request authorization (or ratification) from the Parent Company to set the credit limit.
To ensure that guarantees are fully effective, the Parent Company has introduced specific checks intended to ascertain the existence of the following elements:
Certainty of the issue date, which is obtained with the inclusion of a date and by complying with and completing the necessary formalities;
Concurrent execution with the financing;
Reference to the underlying transaction.
 
Every subsidiary is responsible for managing any guarantee and collateral (definition of adequate security contents, validity check, control of renewals and expiration dates) and for providing adequate information to the Dealer Financing department of the Parent Company.
 
Second-level control activity carried out by the R&PC - PC department
Within the scope of second-level controls, the R&PC - PC department is responsible for the following activities:
Credit reviews, which involve a number of controls over the activity carried out in the Retail Financing area with the objective to:
ensure compliance with the Group’s credit policies and the procedures in place;
check that data is properly entered in the system both for applications approved automatically and for applications processed by the acceptance unit of the Retail & Corporate Underwriting department;
determine any training requirements,
identify potential concentration risks,
recommend solutions to keep “acceptable” credit standards,
and in the Dealer Financing area with the objective to:
ensure that the control plan for the wholesale business is adequately implemented and carried out with the frequency required;
recommend solutions to improve the control plan;
check that data is properly entered in the system and that such data is consistent with the lines of credit approved and the limits for substantial transactions;
bring to light critical results of the process and plan proper corrective action.
Collection Reviews, which involve a number of controls over the collection activity with the objective to:
ensure the proper application of the Group’s guidelines;
recommend solutions to improve the collection process;
check that data is entered properly in the system;
assess the level of application of local collection rules;
determine any training requirements.
 
For more details on the internal rules and regulations governing the above, reference is made to the following procedures:
Credit Review Retail Procedure;
Dealer Financing Review Procedure;
Collection Review Procedure.
Credit classification
For the classification criteria refer to the section of accounting policy.





Quantitative disclosures
A. Credit quality
A.1 Impaired and performing loans: amounts, writedowns, changes, distribution by business activity/region

A.1.1 Breakdown of financial assets by portfolio and credit quality (carrying value)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolios/quality
Non-performing loans
Unlikely to pay
Impaired past due exposures
Not impaired past due exposures
Other not impaired exposures
Total
1. Available-for-sale financial assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Held-to-maturity financial instruments
 
0
0
0
0
9,682
9,682
3. Loans and receivables with banks
 
0
0
0
0
1,333,339
1,333,339
4. Loans and receivables with customers
 
38,644
95,988
31,526
234,070
15,053,627
15,453,855
5. Financial assets at fair value trough profit or loss
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
6. Financial instruments classified as held for sale
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
31/12/2015
38,644
95,988
31,526
234,070
16,396,648
16,796,876

A.1.2 Breakdown of credit exposures by portfolio and credit quality (gross and net values)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Portfolio / Quality (Figures must be filled in absolute values)
Impaired assets
Not impaired assets
Total (net exposure)
Gross exposures
Specific writedowns
Net exposure
Gross exposures
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
1. Available-for-sale financial assets
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Held-to-maturity financial instruments
0
0
0
9,682
0
9,682
9,682
3. Loans and receivables with banks
0
0
0
1,333,338
0
1,333,339
1,333,338
4. Loans and receivables with customers
302,274
(136,115)
166,159
15,432,461
(144,765)
15,287,696
15,453,855
5. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
0
0
0
X
X
0
0
6. Financial instruments classified as held for sale
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
31/12/2015
302,274
(136,115)
166,159
16,775,482
(144,765)
16,630,717
16,796,875







A.1.3 On- and off - Balance Sheet credit exposure to banks: gross, net values and residual life
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of exposure/Amounts
Gross exposure
Specific writedowns
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Impaired exposures
Not impaired exposures
Till 3 months
Between 3 and 6 months
Between 6 months and 1 year
Over 1 year
A. BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) Non-performing loans
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
- of wich forborne exposures
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
b) Unlike to pay
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
- of wich forborne exposures
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
c) Impaired past due exposures
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
- of wich forborne exposures
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
d) past due not impaired
X
X
X
X
0
X
0
0
- of wich forborne exposures
X
X
X
X
0
X
0
0
e) Other not impaired exposures
X
X
X
X
1,312,311
X
0
1,312,311
- of wich forborne exposures
X
X
X
X
0
X
0
0
TOTAL A
0
0
0
0
1,312,311
0
0
1,312,311
B. OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) Impaired
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
b) Not impaired
X
X
X
X
101,146
X
0
101,146
TOTAL B
0
0
0
0
101,146
0
0
101,146
TOTAL (A+B)
0
0
0
0
1,413,457
0
0
1,413,457


A.1.6 On and off - Balance sheet credit exposure to customers: gross, net values and residual maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type of exposure/Amounts
Gross exposure
Specific writedowns
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Impaired exposures
Not impaired exposures
Till 3 months
Between 3 and 6 months
Between 6 months and 1 year
Over 1 year
A. BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) Non-performing loans
75,737
677
4,739
31,714
X
(77,870)
X
34,997
- of wich forborne exposures
4,526
13
3
3,249
X
(3,798)
X
3,993
b) Unlike to pay
119,280
680
4,825
1,931
X
(31,712)
X
95,004
- of wich forborne exposures
28,866
60
9
26
X
(6,046)
X
22,915
c) Impaired past due exposures
32,998
10,562
6,161
2,014
X
(20,948)
X
30,787
- of wich forborne exposures
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
d) past due not impaired
X
X
X
X
253,019
X
(18,951)
234,068
- of wich forborne exposures
X
X
X
X
2,771
X
(285)
2,486
e) Other not impaired exposures
X
X
X
X
15,335,856
X
(124,918)
15,210,938
- of wich forborne exposures
X
X
X
X
13,534
X
(3,830)
9,704
TOTAL A
228,015
11,919
15,725
35,659
15,588,875
(130,530)
(143,869)
15,605,794
B. OFF-BALANCE SHEET EXPOSURE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
a) Impaired
0
0
0
0
X
0
X
0
b) Not impaired
X
X
X
X
 
X
0
 
TOTAL B
0
0
0
0
 
0
0
 
TOTAL (A+B)
228,015
11,919
15,725
35,659
15,588,875
(130,530)
(143,869)
15,605,794







A.1.7 Banking group - Balance Sheet credit exposure to customers: gross change in impaired exposures
 
 
 
 
Description/Category
Non-performing loans
Unlikely to pay
Past due impaired exposures
A. Opening balance (gross amount)
119,882
145,694
42,561
- Sold but not derecognised
0
0
0
B. Increases
50,558
18,398
42,591
B.1 transfers from performing loans
3,237
3,950
10,550
B.2 transfers from other impaired exposures
11,261
3,034
21
B.3 other increases
36,060
11,414
32,020
C. Decreases
57,574
37,376
33,416
C.1 transfers to performing loans
456
785
4,862
C.2 write-offs
34,195
35
0
C.3 recoveries
13,613
764
9,658
C.4 sales proceeds
0
0
0
C.5 losses on disposals
0
0
0
C.6 transfers to other impaired exposures
2,979
2,940
13,188
C.7 other decreases
6,331
32,852
5,708
D. Closing balance (gross amounts)
112,866
126,716
51,736
- Sold but not derecognised
2,769
2,505
3,327


A.1.8 Banking group - Balance Sheet credit exposures to customers: changes in overall impairment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description/Category
Non-performing loans
Unlikely to pay
Impaired Past due exposures
Total
Of wich: forborne exposures
Total
Of wich: forborne exposures
Total
Of wich: forborne exposures
A. Opening balance overall amount of writedowns
104,759
0
30,234
0
15,139
0
- Sold but not derecognised
0
0
0
0
0
0
B. Increases
50,928
3,798
8,788
0
13,329
0
B.1 write-downs
45,112
156
7,439
0
11,459
0
B.2 bis losses on disposal
3,494
0
0
0
0
0
B.3 transfer from other impaired exposure
0
0
2,303
0
0
0
B.4 other increases
2,322
3,642
(954)
0
1,870
0
C. Reductions
77,817
0
7,310
0
7,520
0
C.1 write-backs from assessments
9,267
0
3,179
0
4,637
0
C.2 write-backs from recoveries
534
0
0
0
0
0
C.3 gains on disposal
0
0
0
0
0
0
C.4 write-offs
49,194
0
137
0
362
0
C.5 transfers to other impaired exposures
337
0
1,171
0
0
0
C.6 other decreases
18,485
0
2,823
0
2,521
0
D. Closing overall amount of writedowns
77,870
3,798
31,712
0
20,948
0
- Sold but not derecognised
0
0
0
0
0
0


A.2.1 Banking group - Balance Sheet and off-Balance Sheet credit exposure by external rating class (book values)
Exposures
External rating classes
Without rating
Total
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
Class
1
2
3
4
5
6
A. On-balance-sheet credit exposures
 
0
0
0
0
0
16,796,874
16,796,874
B. Derivative contracts
0
0
0
0
0
0
98,835
98,835
B.1 Financial derivative contracts
0
0
0
0
0
0
98,835
98,835
B.2 Credit derivatives
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
C. Guarantees given
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
D. Other commitments to disburse funds
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
E. Others
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
0
0
0
0
0
0
16,895,709
16,895,709






A.3.1 Banking group - Secured credit exposures with banks
p.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net exposures
Collaterals (1)
Guarantees (2)
Credit derivatives
Property, Mortgages
Financial leasing property
Securities
Other assets
CLN
Other derivatives
Governments and Central Banks
Other public entities
1. Secured balance sheet credit exposures
210.544
0
0
(209.304)
0
0
0
0
1.1 totally secured
210.544
0
0
(209.304)
0
0
0
0
- of which
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.2 partially secured
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
- of which
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Secured off-balance sheet credit exposures
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.1 totally secured
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
- of which
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.2 partially secured
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
- of which
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0






A.3.1 Banking group - Secured credit exposures with banks
p.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guarantees
Total (1)+(2)
Credit derivatives
Signature loans
Other derivatives
Governments and Central Banks
Other public entities
Banks
Other entities
Banks
Other entities
1. Secured balance sheet credit exposures
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
(210,669)
1.1 totally secured
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
(210,669)
- of which
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.2 partially secured
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
- of which
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Secured off-balance sheet credit exposures
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.1 totally secured
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
- of which
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2.2 partially secured
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
- of which
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

B.
Breakdown and concentration of exposures

B.1 Banking Group - Distribution by segment of Balance Sheet and off-Balance Sheet credit exposure to customers (book value)
p.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures/Counterparts
Goverments
Other public entities
Financial companies
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
  of which: forborne exposures
0
0
 
0
0
 
0
0
 
A.2 Unlikely to pay
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
  of which: forborne exposures
0
0
 
0
0
 
0
0
 
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
  of which: forborne exposures
0
0
 
0
0
 
0
0
 
A.4 Not impaired exposures
377
x
0
0
x
0
206,585
x
0
  of which: forborne exposures
0
 
0
0
 
0
0
 
0
TOTAL A
377
0
0
0
0
0
206,585
0
0
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
B.2 Unlikely to pay
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
B.3 Other impaired assets
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
0
B.4 Not impaired exposures
0
x
0
0
x
0
(42)
x
0
TOTAL B
0
0
0
0
0
0
(42)
0
0
Total (A+B)
12/31/2015
377
0
0
0
0
0
206,543
0
0







B.1 Banking Group - Distribution by segment of Balance Sheet and off-Balance Sheet credit exposure to customers (book value)
p.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures/Counterparts
Insurance companies
Non-financial companies
Other entities
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
Net exposure
Specific write-downs
Portfolio adjustments
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
 
0
x
28,423
40,363
x
6,574
37,507
x
  of which: forborne exposures
0
0
 
183
156
 
0
0
 
A.2 Unlikely to pay
0
0
x
75,407
18,948
x
19,597
12,764
x
  of which: forborne exposures
0
0
 
5,307
591
 
16,849
1,736
 
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
0
0
x
26,439
4,186
x
4,348
16,762
x
  of which: forborne exposures
0
0
 
7,751
0
 
0
0
 
A.4 Not impaired exposures
697
x
0
7,056,576
x
84,445
8,178,724
x
55,552
  of which: forborne exposures
0
 
0
192,337
 
0
0
 
0
TOTAL A
697
0
0
7,186,845
63,497
84,445
8,209,243
67,033
55,552
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
B.2 Unlikely to pay
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
B.3 Other impaired assets
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
B.4 Not impaired exposures
0
x
0
0
x
0
0
x
0
TOTAL B
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total (A+B)
31/12/2015
697
0
0
7,186,845
63,497
84,445
8,209,243
67,033
55,552
Total (A+B)
31/12/2014
19
10
28
7,204,925
80,816
78,333
6,724,009
57,151
48,491


B.2 Banking group - Distribution of Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet exposures to customers by geographic area (book value)
p.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures / Geographical
Italy
Other european countries
America
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
 
9,096
28,035
25,902
49,836
0
A.2 Unlikely to pay
 
14,770
11,631
80,234
20,081
0
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
 
3,807
14,930
26,979
6,018
0
A.4 Not impaired exposures
 
6,340,138
39,702
9,102,907
100,296
0
TOTAL A
6,367,811
94,298
9,236,022
176,231
0
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.2 Unlikely to pay
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.3 Other impaired assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.4 Not impaired exposures
 
 
 
 
 
0
TOTAL B
 
 
 
 
0
Total A+B
31/12/2015
6,367,811
94,298
9,236,022
176,231
0







B.2 Banking group - Distribution of Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet exposures to customers by geographic area (book value)
p.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures / Geographical
America
Asia
Rest of the world
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
 
0
0
0
(1)
0
A.2 Unlikely to pay
 
0
0
0
0
0
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
 
0
0
0
1
0
A.4 Not impaired exposures
 
0
0
0
(1)
(1)
TOTAL A
 
0
0
0
(1)
(1)
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.2 Unlikely to pay
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.3 Other impaired assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.4 Not impaired exposures
 
0
0
0
0
0
TOTAL B
 
0
0
0
0
0
Total A+B
31/12/2015
0
0
0
(1)
(1)


B.3 Banking Group - Distribution of Balance Sheet and Off-Balance Sheet credit exposures to banks by geographic area (book value)
p.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exposures / Geographical
Italy
Other european countries
America
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
Total write-downs
Net exposure
A. Balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.1 Non-performing loans
 
0
0
0
0
0
A.2 Unlikely to pay
 
0
0
0
0
0
A.3 Impaired past due exposures
 
0
0
0
0
0
A.4 Not impaired exposures
 
276,628
0
1,035,685
0
0
TOTAL A
 
276,628
0
1,035,685
0
0
B. Off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
 
 
 
B.1 Non-performing loans
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.2 Unlikely to pay
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.3 Other impaired assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
B.4 Not impaired exposures
 
9,666
0
91,480
0
0
TOTAL B
 
9,666
0
91,480
0
0
Total A+B
31/12/2015
286,294
0
1,127,165
0
0

B.4 BIG EXPOSURES
According to applicable regulations the number of large exposures are determined by referring to the "exposures" that exceed 10% of the regulatory capital, as defined by the EU Regulation. 575/2013 (cd CRR), where "exposures" mean the sum of assets at risk in cash and off-balance (excluding those deducted from the regulatory capital) against a client or group of connected clients, without applying weighting factors.
Please note that as at 31st December 2015, according to that definition, there were no large exposures in the banking group.








A.
Securitization
QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES
Strategies and processes underlying securitization and receivable assignment transactions
Securitization transactions are carried out by the Group companies to achieve three objectives:
Diversification of funding sources: securitizations are a significant source of alternative funding for the Group, compared to ordinary bank funding;
Improvement of liquidity position: the Group’s potential ability to securitize its receivables provides significant support to the Group’s liquidity position. The excellent results of the transactions carried out so far, together with the operating companies’ reputation in the role of servicers, guarantee in fact immediate access to this instrument, in case of difficulties in the other financial markets of reference;
Optimization of the cost of funding: the structures used to carry out the securitizations and the quality of the receivables assigned make it possible, thanks to higher ratings, to obtain competitive funding costs.
 
Phases of the transactions
There are three different types of transaction:
(a) “Warehouse + ABS revolving o amortizing” transactions
(b) “ABS revolving o amortizing” transactions
(c) “Conduit” transactions
Transactions under a) consist of two distinct phases:

Warehouse phase
In this phase the securitized portfolio is progressively built up to the pre-established amount, so that the SPV can purchase the receivables in the subsequent phases, in the pre-established period of time.
The purchase of this receivable portfolio is funded with the proceeds of asset-backed securities issued in two distinct classes: (i) senior and mezzanine notes, which are subscribed in whole or in part by banks or by companies (conduits) supported by the banks participating in the transaction, which in turn fund their purchases by issuing of commercial paper; (ii) junior notes, which are subscribed in part by the Originator or by another Group company.

ABS phase (optional)
The ABS phase of the program, if any, starts when the securitized portfolio reaches a level considered adequate to issue the asset-backed securities (ABS), where market conditions allow it. Eventually, these ABS are issued in different classes and placed with European professional investors. The ABS placed with investors can be issued by either the same SPV used during the Warehouse Phase or by a new SPV, but only after the portfolio is transferred and the notes issued during the Warehouse Phase have been repaid.





In case of placement with the public at large the notes issued in the ABS Phase receive a rating by at least two rating agencies and are typically traded on a regulated exchange.
In case of private placements, the notes do not usually receive a rating.
The ABS Phase can be either revolving - where the Originator can assign for time to time additional receivables in accordance with the restrictions outlined in the securitization contract, for a pre-established period of time, so as to keep the existing portfolio at the same level as that at the time of issue - or amortizing - where the Originator cannot assign additional receivables and the portfolio amortizes.
At the end of the revolving period, or from the time the ABS are issued in case the ABS Phase is amortizing, the ABS are repaid in the pre-determined order as the portfolio amortizes.
The transactions called NIXES FIVE and NIXES SIX were structured as per above.

ABS revolving o amortizing transactions under b) are structured so that receivables are assigned en bloc; following, or concurrently with, the assignment the SPV issues and offers to European institutional investors ABS in distinct classes, to fund the purchase of the portfolio.
Also in this case, the ABS phase can be either revolving or amortizing, involving the same effects on the repayment of the ABS issued as described above under a)
This structure includes the following transactions:
A-BEST FOUR
A-BEST SEVEN
A-BEST NINE
A-BEST TEN
A-BEST ELEVEN
A-BEST TWELVE
A-BEST THIRTEEN.
The Conduit transactions under c) are structured in such a way as to assign receivables, for up to the amount of the program, to an SPV, which then purchases them in subsequent phases, for a pre-established period of time.
The purchase of this receivable portfolio is funded with the proceeds of asset-backed securities issued initially in two distinct classes: senior notes subscribed entirely by banks or conduits supported by the banks participating in the transaction, which in turn fund their purchase by issuing commercial paper; senior notes issued by the Originator or by another company, so as to take up the difference between the receivables assigned and the maximum amount subscribed by conduits or banks
The Originator can assign, from time to time, new receivables in accordance with the terms and condition of the securitization agreement, for a variable period, usually longer than three years, for up to the pre-established amount.
At the end of the revolving period, unlike the transactions under a) and b), there will be no placement of ABS in the market. Thus, the portfolio will begin to amortize and, subsequently, the ABS will be repaid according to the pre-established order of priority.
This is the structure of ERASMUS and FAST 3.

Revolving structure
Transactions with a revolving structure, as described above, can call for the SPV to purchase, for a pre-established period of time, additional receivable portfolios with the same legal and financial structure and a similar risk profile, funding the purchase solely with the proceeds from the receivables in the portfolio existing at the time of issue of the ABS and assigned previously by the Originator.
The revolving structure allows the fixed costs of the transaction to be amortized over a longer period of time, thereby optimizing the cost of the transaction.
At the end of the revolving phase, the notes issued are repaid as the underlying receivables are collected.





 

Liquidity line
The Originator may be required in every transaction, and in ways that can differ formally from one another, to make available a liquidity line or a cash deposit to the SPV.
The amount is established by contract and is such as to allow the vehicle to meet temporary liquidity shortfalls (typically, at payment dates) that should occur in apply the waterfall payment structure described below.
 

Waterfall structure
The payment waterfall identifies priorities in the allocation of the cash available within the SPV.
Typically, securitization transactions have a similar waterfall structure, which calls for a pre-established payment order to be followed at every payment date.
In the case of transactions originated from retail receivables, where there is typically a distinction between income (i.e. the discount deriving from the receivable assignment) and principal of the receivables collected by the SPV, the waterfall provides - in a simplified way - for the following types of payment:
 
INCOME
(a) Vehicle expenses (mainly expenses related to the service providers of the transaction)
(b) Swap (required by contract to immunize the SPV against interest rate risk)
(c) Servicer compensation
(d) Interest on the notes
(e) Liquidity line repayment/interest
(f) Provisions for past due receivables
(g) Other items

PRINCIPAL
(a) Any payments required but not made in relation to the above income waterfall
(b) Purchase of receivables (during the revolving period)
(c) Repayment of notes issued (at the end of any revolving period)
(d) Other items


In the case of transactions originated from dealer financing receivables, given the different portfolio characteristics, cash management
arrangements are in place so that upon receipt of the following:
(a) Current account balance
(b) Release of funds from structure on the cash reserve
(c) Receivable collections
(d) Issue of new senior notes, if any
(e) Issue of new junior notes, if any
the following payments are made:





(a) Vehicle expenses
(b) Interest on senior notes
(c) Provision of funds in the structure on the cash reserve
(d) Purchase of receivables (during the revolving period)
(e) Any repayment of senior notes
(f) Interest on junior notes
(g) Any repayment on junior notes

Servicing activity
Within the FCA Bank Group, the services is always the Originator. Moreover, FCA Bank acts as coordinator in the ERASMUS transaction and performance guarantor in the ERASMUS, NIXES FIVE, NIXES SIX and A-BEST ELEVEN transactions.
The role of servicer of the transactions requires compliance with several qualitative standards related to the proper management of the assets underlying the notes issued by the SPV and an adequate organizational structure in terms of management and specialized personnel.
From an operational point of view, the servicer:
a) manages existing contracts according to its own credit and collection policies and the law, in agreement with the SPV and the Trustee/Representative of Noteholders of the transaction, with reporting obligations also to the rating agencies in case of significant events;
b) records collections and recoveries, transferring the relevant amounts. Collections by the servicer of the various transactions are transferred to the SPV according to a pre-established schedule in each transaction (typically every day) and are kept in interest-paying current accounts until the next payment date. The funds are then used to make payments in accordance with the waterfall structure or, alternatively, in case of transactions in Warehouse Phase or in ABS Revolving Phase, until when they can be used to pay for the purchase of additional receivables;
c) monitors, reports on and checks the transaction (the roles of Paying Agent / Calculation Agent / Agent Bank are assigned to a different bank).
The servicer receives compensation on an arm’s length basis.

Rating agencies
The securitization transactions were structured in such a way as to obtain, in case of publicly traded notes, the highest rating for the senior notes issued by the SPV. For all the existing publicly traded senior and mezzanine ABS (excluding junior ones) ratings were obtained from at least two of the four main rating agencies (Standard&Poor’s, Moodys’ Investor Service, DBRS and Fitch Ratings).
The senior and mezzanine notes placed privately are assigned a rating (privately), depending on the needs of the subscriber. Junior notes are not assigned a rating.

Performance of securitizations
The assigned receivable portfolios delivered excellent performances, as indicated in the reports produced by the servicer and in the reports prepared by the Calculation Agent (for the benefit of investors, in the case of publicly traded notes).
This is attested also, in some cases, by the upgrade of the ratings assigned by the agencies to certain notes.
Following the downgrading of the Italian Republic by the rating agencies, and in application of the rating agencies’ internal methodologies, recently the senior notes of the transactions originated by the Group to securitize receivables originated in Italy were downgraded by some agencies.
The portfolios are well within the limits and fully compliant with the restrictions set within the different transactions and no event took place which made the portfolio non-compliant in terms of the triggers monitored.





The triggers related to the portfolio are monitored, regarding the transactions originated from retail receivables, on every date of assignment of the Warehouse and Revolving Phases (no monitoring is carried out for amortizing transactions because their portfolios are static, i.e. they are not subject to changes due to revolving assignments, and receive a rating from the rating agencies only at the beginning of the transaction. Accordingly, the monitoring of the performance is for information purposes only).
On the other hand, portfolio performance is monitored on a quarterly basis.
Regarding transactions originated from dealer financing receivables, triggers and portfolio performances are monitored at least once a month, showing regular performance for the assigned receivables.


QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES
The attached tables summarize the information related to the main securitization transactions existing at 31 December 2015.
It is worthy of note that these transactions, which had Group companies as originators, were completed this year or in previous years. In every case, at the end of the amortization period, the Originator exercised the clean-up option, as provided for by the relevant contracts, whereby the Originator reserves the right - upon reaching a minimum portfolio amount provided for by contract - to buy back the remaining portfolio to complete the transaction.

SPV
Date of Clean-up
FIRST Italian Auto Transaction S.p.A.
28/07/2006
SECOND Italian Auto Transaction S.p.A.
29/09/2006
ABSOLUTEFUNDING S.r.l.
22/02/2008
FCC FAST
27/11/2008
A-BEST THREE Plc
10/07/2009
NIXES/A-BEST
21/04/2011
QUASAR
13/05/2011
NIXES TWO/A-BEST TWO
01/10/2011
A-BEST SIX
15/07/2013
STAR
15/01/2014
A-BEST FIVE
20/05/2014
A-BEST EIGHT
16/03/2015
NIXES THREE
31/03/2015
NIXES FOUR
01/06/2015
FCT FAST 2
30/07/2015






Characteristics of securitization transactions





EUR /000
A-BEST THIRTEEN
A-BEST TWELVE
A-BEST ELEVEN
A-BEST TEN
A-BEST NINE
A-BEST SEVEN
A-BEST FOUR
Start date
Dec-15
Aug-15
Mar-15
Oct-14
Jun-14
Jun-12
Dec-09
Transaction type
Public
Public
Public
Public
Public
Public
Public
Originator
FCA CAPITAL España E.F.C.
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
Servicer
FCA CAPITAL España E.F.C.
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
Arranger
Unicredit /Citibank
Unicredit / Banca IMI
LBBW / Crédit Agricole - CIB
Unicredit /Crédit Agricole-CIB
Unicredit /Crédit Agricole-CIB
Unicredit / RBS / Crédit Agricole-CIB
Crédit Agricole-CIB
Joint Lead Manager
na
na
LBBW / Crédit Agricole - CIB
Citibank / Unicredit / JPMorgan / Crédit Agricole-CIB
Unicredit /Crédit Agricole-CIB
Unicredit / RBS / Crédit Agricole-CIB
Crédit Agricole-CIB
Underlying assets
Spanish AutoLoans
Italian AutoLoans
German AutoLoans
Italian AutoLoans
Italian AutoLoans
Italian AutoLoans
Italian AutoLoans
Currency (CCY)
 EUR
 EUR
 EUR
 EUR
 EUR
 EUR
 EUR
Transfer of collections (frequency)
 daily
 daily
 daily
 daily
 daily
 daily
 daily
Programme Amount CCY/000
 NA
 NA
 NA
 NA
 NA
 NA
 NA
Notes outstanding
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Class A (Senior)
           225.500
71,6%
 1M E+1,00
           688.000
86,0%
 1M E+0,70
           454.000
86,7%
 1M L+47
           419.200
87,0%
 1M E+0,55
           347.000
84,7%
 1M E+0,75
             46.500
45,5%
 1M E+230
           384.208
62,8%
 1M E+40
Class B (Mezzanine)
             36.500
11,6%
 1M E+1,40
             72.000
9,0%
 1M E+1,20
             15.000
2,9%
 1M L+115
             22.500
4,7%
 1M E+0,87
             22.500
5,5%
 1M E+1,20
             29.500
28,9%
                       350
0
0,0%
0
Class C (Mezzanine)
0
0,0%
0
0
0,0%
0
             15.000
2,9%
 NA
             10.000
2,1%
                  300,00
             10.000
2,4%
                  300,00
0
0,0%
 NA
0
0,0%
0
Class D (Mezzanine)
0
0,0%
0
0
0,0%
0
             13.000
2,5%
 NA
               5.000
1,0%
                  450,00
               5.000
1,2%
                  450,00
0
0,0%
 NA
0
0,0%
0
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
             53.000
16,8%
 VR
             40.000
5,0%
 VR
             26.500
5,1%
 VR
             25.000
5,2%
 VR
             25.000
6,1%
 VR
             26.100
25,6%
 VR
           228.000
37,2%
 VR
Struttura delle tranches originaria
Ammontare
%
Tranche
Ammontare
%
Tranche
Ammontare
%
Tranche
Ammontare
%
Tranche
Ammontare
%
Tranche
Ammontare
%
Tranche
Ammontare
%
Tranche
Classe A (Senior)
           225.500
71,6%
 RETAINED
           688.000
86,0%
 RETAINED
           454.000
86,7%
 RETAINED
           437.500
87,5%
 PUBLIC
           437.500
87,5%
 PUBLIC
           314.400
85,0%
 PUBLIC
        1.322.000
85,3%
 PUBLIC
Classe B (Mezzanine)
             36.500
11,6%
 RETAINED
             72.000
9,0%
 RETAINED
             15.000
2,9%
 PUBLIC
             22.500
4,5%
 PUBLIC
             22.500
4,5%
 PUBLIC
             29.500
8,0%
 PUBLIC
0
0,0%
 NA
Classe C (Mezzanine)
0
0,0%
 NA
0
0,0%
 NA
             15.000
2,9%
 NA
             10.000
2,0%
 RETAINED
             10.000
2,0%
 RETAINED
0
0,0%
 NA
0
0,0%
 NA
Classe D (Mezzanine)
0
0,0%
 NA
0
0,0%
 NA
             13.000
2,5%
 NA
               5.000
1,0%
 RETAINED
               5.000
1,0%
 RETAINED
0
0,0%
 NA
0
0,0%
 NA
Titoli Junior (Subordinated)
             53.000
16,8%
 RETAINED
             40.000
5,0%
 RETAINED
             26.500
5,1%
 RETAINED
             25.000
5,0%
 RETAINED
             25.000
5,0%
 RETAINED
             26.100
7,1%
 RETAINED
           228.000
14,7%
 RETAINED
Current rating
Fitch
DBRS
 
Fitch
DBRS
 
S&P
Moody's
 
Fitch
DBRS
 
Fitch
DBRS
 
S&P
DBRS
 
S&P
DBRS
 
Class A (Senior)
AA+
AAA
 
AA+
AAA
 
AAA
Aaa
 
AA+
AAA
 
AA+
AAA
 
AA-
AAA
 
AA-
AAA
 
Class B (Mezzanine)
A
AA[low]
 
A
A
 
AA
Aa2
 
A
A
 
A
A
 
A
AA
 
NA
Class C (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
A+
A1
 
BBB
BBB
 
BBB
BBB
 
NA
NA
Class D (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
A-
Baa2
 
BBBL
BBB-
 
BBBL
BBB-
 
NA
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
NOTE
NA = Not applicabile
WAL (aa) = Weighted Average Life (years)
VR = Variable Return
1M E = Euribor 1 month
1M L = Libor 1 mese
VR = Variable Return
Coupon (bps) = base rate + margin





EUR /000
NIXES SIX
NIXES FIVE
FAST 3
ERASMUS FINANCE
Start date
Dec-13
Nov-12
Dec-15
Jun-06
Transaction type
Private
Private
Private
Private
Originator
FCA Automotive Services UK Ltd
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA BANK DEUTSCHLAND GMBH FCA CAPITAL FRANCE SA FCA DEALER SERVICES ESPANA SA
Servicer
FCA Automotive Services UK Ltd
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FCA BANK DEUTSCHLAND GMBH FCA CAPITAL FRANCE SA FCA DEALER SERVICES ESPANA SA
Arranger
Citibank / BAML / JPMorgan / Crédit Agricole-CIB
Citibank / BAML/Crédit Agricole-CIB
Crédit Agricole-CIB
Crédit Agricole-CIB
Underlying assets
UK AutoLoans
German AutoLoans and Leasing
Italian Dealers' Payables
German / French / Spanish Dealers' Payables
Currency (CCY)
 EUR
 EUR
 EUR
 EUR
Transfer of collections (frequency)
 daily
 daily
 daily
 daily
Programme Amount CCY/000
 900,000,000 (1)
 525,000,000 (1)
 480,000,000 (1)
 340,000,000 (1)
Notes outstanding
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Amount
%
Coupon (bps)
Class A (Senior)
     900.000
67,1%
 NA
    478.130
89,1%
 NA
    514.082
69,0%
 NA
     340.000
75,9%
 NA
Class B (Mezzanine)
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
Class C (Mezzanine)
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
Class D (Mezzanine)
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
 NA
0,0%
 NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
     440.746
32,9%
 VR
      58.288
10,9%
 VR
    231.033
31,0%
 VR
     107.875
24,1%
 VR
Current rating (private)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A (Senior)
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
Class B (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
NA
NA
Class C (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
NA
NA
Class D (Mezzanine)
NA
NA
NA
NA
Junior Tranche (Subordinated)
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
Unrated
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE
(1) Programme limit funded by third counterparties
NA = Not applicabile
WAL (aa) = Weighted Average Life (years)
VR = Variable Return
1M E = Euribor 1 month
1M L = Libor 1 mese
VR = Variable Return
Coupon (bps) = base rate + margin






 
C. Securitization transactions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.1 Exposure from the main “in-house” securitisation transaction broken down by type of securitised asset and by type of exposure
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   TYPE OF SECURITISED ASSETS/
EXPOSURES
BALANCE-SHEET EXPOSURE
GUARANTEES GIVEN
CREDIT FACILITIES
 
 
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
 
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
Carrying Value
Write-Downs/
Write-Backs
 
A.Totally derecognised
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B. Partially derecognised
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C. Not derecognised
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
-  Factoring
0
0
34.082

0
373.731

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
     -  of which impaired
0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
-  Other loans
   1.227
0
    30.000

0
       943.849

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
 
     -  of which impaired
0
0
0

0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

C.3 SPECIAL POURPOSE VEHICLE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
€/000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name of securitization/Spes
Country of incorporation
Consolidation
Assets
Liabilities
Loans and receivebles
Debt securities
Other
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-BEST THIRTEEN FT
Madrid - Spain
Full consolidation
                          320.363
0
0
                225.662
               36.538
                  58.162
A-BEST ELEVEN UG
Frankfurt am Main - Germany
Full consolidation
                          459.609
0
                     63.835
                454.000
               43.000
                  26.445
A-BEST TEN S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italia
Full consolidation
                          325.488
0
                     41.741
                278.100
               37.500
                  25.000
A-BEST NINE S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italia
Full consolidation
                          216.015
0
                     44.472
                172.400
               37.500
                  25.000
A-BEST SEVEN S.r.l.
Milano - Italia
Full consolidation
                            33.912
0
                     24.473
0
               13.800
                  26.100
A-BEST FOUR S.r.l.
Conegliano (TV) - Italia
Full consolidation
                          228.344
0
                     32.957
                  32.601
0
                228.000
Nixes Six PLc
Londra - Uk
Full consolidation
                       1.304.786
0
                     69.645
                900.000
0
                420.313
Nixes Five Ltd
Island of Jersey
Full consolidation
                          511.084
0
                     13.395
                478.131
0
                  46.348
Fast 3 S.r.l.
Milano - Italia
Full consolidation
                          775.769
0
                     15.532
                480.000
               34.082
                231.033
Erasmus Finance Limited
Dublino - Irlanda
Full consolidation
                          356.164
0
                     80.027
                340.000
0
                  10.875






 
C.5 Servicer activities - Collections of securitised loans and redemptions of securities issued by the securitisation’s vehicle
 
Servicer
Special Purpose Vehicle
Securitised Assets
(year end figures)
Loans collected during the year
Percentage of securities redeemed (year end figures)
 
 
Impaired
Performing
Impaired
Performing
Senior
Mezzanine
Junior
 
Impaired Assets
Performing Assets
Impaired Assets
Performing Assets
Impaired Assets
Performing Assets
 
FCA CAPITAL España E.F.C.
A-BEST THIRTEEN
                           7
                     292,962
0
                       18,904
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
A-BEST TWELVE
0
0
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
A-BEST ELEVEN
                   4,895
                     454,714
0
                    208,143
 
100%
 
100%
0.21%
99.79%
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
A-BEST TEN
                         63
                     325,425
                    64
                    163,318
 
36.43%
 
 
 
 
 
FGA CAPITAL S.p.A.
A-BEST NINE
                         78
                     215,938
                    83
                    190,007
 
60.59%
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
A-BEST SEVEN
                         50
                       33,863
                    97
                       61,804
 
100%
 
53.22%
 
 
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
A-BEST FOUR
                      380
                     227,964
                  667
                    349,762
 
26.60%
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Automotive Services UK Ltd
NIXES SIX
                 12,691
                 1,292,095
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA Bank Deutschland GmbH
NIXES FIVE
                   5,287
                     505,797
0
                    196,942
 
100
 
 
2.62%
97.38%
 
FCA Bank S.p.A.
FAST 3
                   1,056
                     774,713
0
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCA BANK DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
ERASMUS FINANCE
                   1,546
                     161,682
0
                    767,674
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 FCA CAPITAL FRANCE SA
ERASMUS FINANCE
0
                     104,379
0
                    617,066
 
100%
 
 
 
 
 
FCA DEALER SERVICES ESPANA SA
ERASMUS FINANCE
0
0
0
                    507,112
 
 
 
 
 
 











E.
Sales Transactions
QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES
E.1 Banking Group - Financial assets sold not derecognised: book value and full value
p.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Type / Portfolio
Loans and receivables with banks
Loans and receivables with customers
Total
A
B
C
A
B
C
12/31/2015
12/31/2014
A. Balance-sheet assets
 
0
0
0
5,488,306
94,466
0
5,582,772
(1,581,444)
1. Debt securities
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Equity securities
 
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
0
3. UCIS
 
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
0
4. Loans
 
0
0
0
5,488,306
94,466
0
5,582,772
(1,581,444)
B. Derivatives
 
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
0
Total
31/12/2015
0
0
0
5,488,306
94,466
0
5,582,772
x
of which impaired
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
Total
31/12/2014
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
(1,581,444)
of which impaired
0
0
0
0
0
0
x
(6,228)

E.2 Banking Group - Financial liabilities relating to financial assets sold and not derecognised: book value
Liabilities/portfolio assets
Financial assets held for trading
Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss
Available-for-sale financial assets
Held-to-maturity investments
Loans and receivables with banks
Loans and receivables with customers
Total
1. Deposits from customers
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
a) related to fully recognised assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
b) relating to partially recognised assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2. Deposits from banks
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
a) related to fully recognised assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
b) relating to partially recognised assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3. Debt securities in issue
 
0
0
0
0
0
2,846,201
2,846,201
a) related to fully recognised assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
2,846,201
2,846,201
b) relating to partially recognised assets
 
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Total
31/12/2015
0
0
0
0
0
2,846,201
2,846,201
Total
31/12/2014
0
0
0
0
0
1,161,357
1,161,357





F. BANKING GROUP -     Credit risk measurement models
1.2 Banking Group - Market Risks
A. General aspects
Market risk is the risk of loss from trading in financial instruments (held-for-trading portfolio), currencies and commodities due to market trends and the issuer’s situation. The types of market risk to which the FCA Bank Group is exposed are exchange rate risk and position risk.
Exchange rate risk arises by financing subsidiaries operating in countries that adopt currencies other than the euro. At 31 December 2015, this type of risk was not significant as the Group’s net open currency position was lower than the materiality threshold (2% of supervisory capital).
Position risk arises in connection with derivative transactions entered into by the Group following the structuring of securitization transactions. The Group is exposed to this risk solely in relation to the derivative transactions entered into to hedge against interest rate risk. In fact, the Group does not hold any other securities, other than those necessary to meet the liquidity ratios set by regulators.

The Group does not carry out trading activities and, strictly speaking, it is not exposed to market risk. Nevertheless trading derivatives (Interest rate swap) related to Securitization programs are assessed in regulatory portfolio. These financial instruments are allocated as Held for trading financial assets.

The main risk management tool is an exposure to each counterparty within limits consistent with the lowest credit rating - as defined by the Company’s Asset and Liability Policy and as measured through ratings assigned by prime international rating agencies - considered acceptable by the Group for each such counterparty, in both short and medium/long-term transactions (the only exception being related parties).
    
Organizational structure
Board of Directors is responsible for managing, setting policies and reviewing the compliance, and appropriateness, of the risk management structure;
Advisory Board is responsible for monitoring the Company’s and the Group’s position on interest rate risk and liquidity risk;
Finance & Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the Group’s position on market risk and to define strategies to hedge significant risks;
Group Internal Risk Committee is responsible for setting policies on, and monitoring the proper working of, the Group’s internal control system and is convened whenever there is a crisis situation;
ALM Internal Committee (I.C) is responsible for:
- monitoring the consistency between the market risk hedging transactions approved and those executed every month;
- approving the risk hedging transactions to be carried out;
Treasury is responsible for:
- carrying out hedging transactions;
- controlling the trading process;
- defining the hedging strategy within the limits set by ALM I.C
- carrying out on an ongoing basis, through its own staff, first-level controls on exchange rate and position risk hedging and monitoring activities.
ALM & Financial Reporting is responsible for:
- monitoring the exchange rate risk for the currencies in which the group operates;
- monitoring position risk;





- preparing reports for the ALM I.C;
- performing the required stress tests;
- carrying out on an ongoing basis, through its own staff, first-level controls on interest rate hedging and monitoring activities.
Risk & Permanent Control performs systematic controls on the proper application of Treasury/ALM & FR procedures, including the relevant controls.

1.2.1 Interest rate and price risk - Trading book
The trading book includes the OTC derivative contracts entered into in connection with the securitization transactions (so called back-to-back) that are not designated as hedges.
1. Portfolio: distribution by maturity (repricing date) of financial assets and liabilities
Type/Residually Maturity
On demand
Up to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 months to 1 year
1 to 5 years
5 to 10 years
Over 10 years
Unspecified maturity
Balance-sheet assets
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.1 Debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
  - With prepayment option
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
  - Other
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Balance-sheet liabilities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
  - With prepayment option
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
  - Other
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Financial derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1 Phisically settled Fin. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  - Option
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    + Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    + Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
  - Other derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    + Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    + Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.2Cash settled Fin. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  - Options
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    + Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    + Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
   - Other derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    + Long positions
4,650
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    + Short positions
(8,004)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-


1.2.2 Interest rate and price risk - Banking Book
A. Overview
The FCA Bank Group’s has an exposure to interest rate risk to the extent that changes in interest rates affect its interest spreads. More specifically, the risk lies in the mismatch or gap between the reset dates (date when the interest rate is set: for fixed-rate instruments this is the maturity date while for floating-rate instruments this is the end of the interest period) for assets and liabilities.






B. Management processes and risk measurement methods
Regarding interest rate risk management, Treasury, which does not act in a profit centre capacity, executes solely risk hedging activities, thereby minimizing the impact deriving from the volatility of interest rates.
This activity is carried out also for the Group’s subsidiaries. Risk mitigation occurs through derivative transactions entered into on the basis of standard contracts (ISDA, International Swaps and Derivatives Association).
To calculate interest rate risk exposure, the following methodologies have been used:
Reset Gap Analysis: this methodology is designed to determine the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities with a reset date in the same time bucket. Maturity gap is the difference between the total value of the assets and liabilities maturing/showing a reset date in a specific bucket. Maturity gaps are grouped in buckets and totalled within each such bucket. The ratio of this total to the total assets maturing/showing a reset date in the bucket is defined as gap mismatch index. Financial risk management sets maximum limits for the gap mismatch index, which cannot deviate for more than ± 10%;
 
Duration Analysis: this methodology is designed to determine the difference between the duration of assets and that of liabilities analysed by reset date. In particular, the assets maturing/resetting in a given month are totalled and discounted to present value at the appropriate rate, as calculated on the basis of the interest rates prevailing in the market at the end of the month under analysis. The sum of all the assets so discounted, as weighted by their effective term to maturity in months, divided by the total of all discounted assets, is called asset duration. The liabilities maturing/resetting in a given month are totalled and discounted to present value at the appropriate rate, as calculated on the basis of the interest rates prevailing in the market. The sum of all the liabilities so discounted, as weighted by their effective term to maturity in months, divided by the total of all discounted assets, is called liabilities duration. The difference between asset duration and liabilities duration as a percentage share of asset duration is called duration gap index. Financial risk management sets maximum limits for the duration gap index, which cannot deviate for more than ± 5%;
 
To ensure compliance with the limits set at the consolidated level by the Asset & Liability Policy, Treasury uses derivative instruments, such as interest rate swaps, to remedy any mismatches by aligning the reset date profiles of assets and liabilities.

Organizational structure
To manage interest rate risk in an accurate and balanced manner, the Group has established a specific corporate governance structure.
To this end, certain Committees/Meetings are mainly for information purposes and are also intended to set out general strategies to hedge the financial and market risks to which the Group is exposed, particularly:
Board of Directors is responsible for managing, setting policies and reviewing the compliance, and appropriateness, of the risk management structure;
Advisory Board is responsible for monitoring the Company’s and the Group’s position on interest rate risk;
Finance & Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the Group’s position on interest rate risk and to define strategies to hedge significant risks;
Group Internal Risk Committee is responsible for setting policies on, and monitoring the proper working of, the Group’s internal control system and is convened whenever there is a crisis situation;
ALM Internal Committee (I.C) is responsible for:
- monitoring the consistency between the interest rate risk hedging transactions approved and those executed every month;
- approving the risk hedging transactions to be carried out every month;






Treasury is responsible for:
- carrying out hedging transactions;
- controlling the trading process;
- defining the hedging strategy within the limits set by ALM I.C.
- carrying out on an ongoing basis, through its own staff, first-level controls on interest rate risk.
ALM & Financial Reporting is responsible for:
- monitoring the interest rate risk for the currencies in which the group operates;
- preparing reports for the ALM I.C;
- performing the required stress tests;
- carrying out B/O activities on the Treasury department’s transactions;
- carrying out on an ongoing basis, through its own staff, first-level controls on interest rate hedging and monitoring activities.
Risk & Permanent Control performs systematic controls on the proper application of Treasury/ALM & FR procedures, including the relevant controls.





Quantitative disclosures
1. Banking portfolio: distribution by maturity (repricing date) of financial assets and liabilities
 
Type / Residual maturity
On demand
Up to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 months to 1 year
1 to 5 years
5 to 10 years
Over 10 years
Unspecified maturity
Balance-sheet assets
5,407,406
4,140,040

641,072

1,593,627

2,974,073

297,633
12
-
1.1 Debt securities
(1,854,641)
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- With prepayment option
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other
(1,854,641)
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
1.2 Loans to banks
1,043,715
148,661

5

119,929

-

-
-
-
1.3 Loans to customers
6,218,332
3,991,379

641,067

1,473,698

2,974,073

297,633
12
-
- current accounts
6,923
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other loans
6,211,409
3,991,379

641,067

1,473,698

2,974,073

297,633
12
-
- With prepayment option
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other
6,211,409
3,991,379

641,067

1,473,698

2,974,073

297,633
12
-
2. Balance-sheet liabilities
11,745,635
2,159,410

30,000

325,498

1,081,990

-
-
-
2.1 Due to customers
245,345
3,165

-

70,490

-

-
-
-
- Current accounts
245,345
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other loans
-
3,165

-

70,490

-

-
-
-
- With prepayment option
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other
-
3,165

-

70,490

-

-
-
-
2.2 Due to banks
3,256,040
2,156,245

30,000

255,008

1,081,990

-
-
-
- Current accounts
2,660,299
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other loans
595,741
2,156,245

30,000

255,008

1,081,990

-
-
-
2.3 Debt securities
8,244,250
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- With prepayment option
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other
8,244,250
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
2.4 Other liabilitieS
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- With prepayment option
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
3. Financial derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1 Phisically settled Fin. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Option
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
3.2Cash settled Fin. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Options
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
- Other derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
4. Other off-balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+ Long positions
-
8,190,534

776,325

18,762

5,995,367

-
-
-
+ Short positions
-
(5,648,781)

(1,281,017)

(1,054,092)

(6,341,598)

(653,929)
-
-








1.2.4 Derivative instruments
A. FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
A.1 Regulatory trading portfolio: end of period notional amounts
Underlying assets / Type of derivatives
Total
31/12/2015
Total
31/12/2014
Over the counter
Clearing House
Over the counter
Clearing House
1. Debt securities and interest rate indexes
4,657,402
-
4,737,236
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
4,657,402
-
4,737,236
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-

-
-
-
2. Equity instruments and stock indexes
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
-
-
-
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
3. Gold and currencies
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
-
-
-
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
4. Commodities
-
-
-
-
5. Other underlyings
-
-
-
-
Total
4,657,402
-
4,737,236
-






A.2 Banking book: nominal amounts at year-end
A.2.1 Notional amounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underlying assets / Type of derivatives
Total
31/12/2015
Total
31/12/2014
Over the counter
Clearing House
Over the counter
Clearing House
1. Debt securities and interest rate indexes
14,563,593
-
12,130,698
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
14,563,593
-
12,130,698
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments and stock indexes
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
-
-
-
-
c) Forward
-
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
3. Gold and currencies
417,395
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Swap
-
-
-
-
c) Forward
417,395
-
-
-
d) Futures
-
-
-
-
e) Others
-
-
-
-
4. Commodities
-
-
-
-
5. Other underlyings
-
-
-
-
Total
14,980,988
-
12,130,698
-

A.3 Financial derivatives: gross positive fair value - breakdown by product
Portfolios / Types of derivatives
Positive fair value
Total
31/12/2015
Total

31/12/2014
Over the counter
Clearing House
Over the counter
Clearing House
A. Regulatory trading portfolio
4,650
-
13,154

-
a) Options
-
-
-

-
b) Interest rate swap
4,650
-
13,154

-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-

-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-

-
e) Forward
-
-
-

-
f) Futures
-
-
-

-
g) Other
-
-
-

-
B. Banking book - Hedging derivatives
95,504
-
83,603

-
a) Options
-
-
-

-
b) Interest rate swap
90,048
-
83,603

-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-

-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-

-
e) Forward
5,456
-
-

-
f) Futures
-
-
-

-
g) Other
-
-
-

-
C. Banking book - Other derivatives
-
-
(1)

-
a) Options
-
-
-

-
b) Interest rate swap
-
-
(1
)
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-

-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-

-
e) Forward
-
-
-

-
f) Futures
-
-
-

-
g) Others
-
-
-

-
Total
100,154
-
96,756

-







A.4 Financial derivatives: gross negative fair value - breakdown by product
Portfolios / Types of derivatives
Negative fair value
Totale
31/12/2015
Totale
31/12/2014
Over the counter
Clearing House
Over the counter
Clearing House
A. Regulatory trading portfolio
8,030
-
16,140
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
8,030
-
16,140
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
-
-
-
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Others
-
-
-
-
B. Banking book - Hedging derivatives
55,630
-
73,790
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
55,630
-
71,195
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
-
-
-
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Others
-
-
-
-
C. Banking book - Other derivatives
-
-
-
-
a) Options
-
-
-
-
b) Interest rate swap
-
-
-
-
c) Cross currency swap
-
-
-
-
d) Equity Swap
-
-
-
-
e) Forward
-
-
-
-
f) Futures
-
-
-
-
g) Others
-
-
-
-
Total
63,660
-
89,930
-

A.5 OTC Financial derivatives: regulatory trading portfolio - notional amounts, positive and negative gross fair value by counterparty - contracts not included in netting agreement
Contracts not included in netting agreement
Governments and central banks
Other public-sector entities
Banks
Financial companies
Insurance companies
Non-financial companies
Other entities
1. Debt securities and interest rate indexes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
4,657,702
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
4,650
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
8,004
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments and stock indexes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Gold and currencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4. Other instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-







A.7 OTC Financial derivatives: banking portfolio - notional amounts, positive and negative gross fair value by counterparty - contracts not included in netting agreement
Contracts not included in netting agreement
Governments and central banks
Other public-sector entities
Banks
Financial companies
Insurance companies
Non-financial companies
Other entities
1. Debt securities and interest rate indexes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
14,563,593
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
90,050
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
55,630
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2. Equity instruments and stock indexes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3. Gold and currencies
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
417,395
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
5,455
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4. Other instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- notional amount
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- positive fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- negative fair value
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- future exposure
-
-
-
-
-
-
-


A.9 OTC financial derivatives - residual life: notional amounts
Underlying / residual
Up to 1 year
Over 1 year up to 5 year
Over 5 year
Total
A. Regulatory trading book
 
-
-
-
-
A.1 Financial derivative contracts on debt securities and interest rates
 
1,681,244
2,976,158
0
4,657,402
A.2 Financial derivative contracts on equity securities and stock indexes
 
-
-
-
-
A.3 Financial derivative contracts on exchange rates and gold
 
-
-
-
-
A.4 Financial derivative contracts on other values
 
-
-
-
-
B. Banking book
 
-
-
-
-
B.1 Financial derivative contracts on debt securities and interest rates
 
2,546,859
11,969,919
46,816
14,563,594
B.2 Financial derivative contracts on equity securities and stock indexes
 
-
-
-
-
B.3 Financial derivative contracts on exchange rates and gold
 
417,395
-
-
417,395
B.4 Financial derivative contracts on other values
 
-
-
-
-
Total
31/12/2015
4,645,499
14,946,077
46,816
19,638,391
Total
31/12/2014
3,999,740
12,740,360
48,000
16,788,100


3 Banking Group - Liquidity Risk
Qualitative disclosures
A.
Overview, management processes and methods to measure liquidity risk.
Liquidity risk reflects the Company’s inability to meet its obligations as they come due. Specifically, liquidity risk involves the Company’s inability to renew, extend, refinance, in whole or in part, its borrowings in its various forms, whether structured or unstructured, over the time horizon considered.






To facilitate the proper identification and management of liquidity risk, it is worthy of note that:
the Group’s financial management activities are centralized at Parent Company level, where the Treasury department is responsible for the proper financial management of all the subsidiaries. Moreover, all structured finance transactions are negotiated and managed at the central level;
the Parent is the only Group company with a rating assigned by Fitch Ratings, Moody’s e Standard&Poor’s. In this sense, all bank accounts and lines of credit are managed at the central level;
all of the Group companies refer to the Parent Company for their borrowing requirements through negotiations for the most appropriate financing instruments.

The Group manages this risk by matching assets and liabilities in terms of amounts and maturities. This management activity, together with the availability of substantial lines of credit (including those by Crédit Agricole, the banking shareholder), allows the Company and its subsidiaries to reduce to a minimum their liquidity risk. Liquidity conditions are measured monthly by currency (Euro, British pound, Swiss franc, Danish krone and Polish zloty).

The liquidity risk management model hinges around such key activities as:
management of operating liquidity and structural liquidity, including through regularly revised and updated cash flow schedules;
constant monitoring of cash flows and adoption of metrics to measure and control exposure to liquidity risk (maturity mismatch approach);
setting limits to the exposure and concentration regarding liquidity risk;
stress tests to evaluate risk exposure under stressful conditions;
preparation of the Contingency Funding Plan intended to define the roles and responsibilities, the processes, actions to undertake and the identification of risk mitigation techniques to be adopted in case a sudden liquidity crisis is signalled by early warning indicators (EWI).

With reference to the management and monitoring of liquidity risk implemented by FCA Bank at the consolidated level, a distinction is made between:
management of short-term liquidity risk, involving what is known as operating liquidity, typically with a time horizon of up to one year, with an impact on the Group’s liquidity over the cited time horizon;
management of medium/long-term liquidity risk, involving what is known as structural liquidity, that is the management of all the events that impact the Group’s liquidity position. The primary objective is to maintain an adequately steady ratio between medium/long-term assets and liabilities obtained by comparing the asset and liability maturity profiles, thus:
    - avoiding pressures on current and prospective short-term liquidity sources; and
- optimizing in the meantime funding costs for current business activities.

The methodological approach adopted by the FCA Bank Group to measure risk requires - with reference to both operating liquidity and structural liquidity - the calculation of the:
Maturity Ladder, which is used to calculate, monitor and control any liquidity shortfall by maturity bucket; and
Cumulative Liquidity Gap, which is used to calculate progressive cash flows and identifies the presence of any negative cash flows that would require hedging.

The Group, consistent with the Basel 3 framework, calculates:
the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) every month;
the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) every quarter.






With reference to the liquidity coverage ratio, the Group manages any requirements through instruments that comply with the FCA Bank Group’s liquidity policy. The high-quality liquidity assets (HQLA) necessary to meet the liquidity coverage ratio are managed, at the consolidated level, by the Treasury department of the Parent Company, the only exception being the foreign subsidiaries which are subject to similar LCR requirements set by local supervision authorities.

Organizational structure
The Group’s governance model provides for specific processes to manage and control liquidity risk, which are strongly integrated with those in place to manage interest rate risk, which unfold at different levels of the organizational structure:
Board of Directors is responsible for managing, setting policies and reviewing the compliance, and appropriateness, of the risk management structure;
Advisory Board is responsible for monitoring the Company’s and the Group’s position on liquidity risk;
Group Internal Risk Committee is responsible for setting policies on, and monitoring the proper working of, the Group’s internal control system and is convened whenever there is a liquidity crisis situation in the market or affecting the Company (Contingency Funding Plan), as reported by the competent corporate function;
Finance & Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the Group’s position on liquidity risk and to define strategies to hedge significant risks.
ALM Internal Committee (I.C.) is responsible for:
- monitoring the consistency between the liquidity risk hedging transactions approved and those executed every month;
Treasury is responsible for:
- carrying out hedging transactions;
- controlling the trading process;
- defining the hedging strategy within the limits set by ALM I.C.
- carrying out on an ongoing basis, through its own staff, first-level controls on liquidity risk hedging and monitoring activities.
ALM & Financial Reporting is responsible for:
- monitoring, at the consolidated level, the liquidity risk for the currencies in which the group operates
- preparing reports for the ALM I.C.
- performing the required stress tests
- carrying out on an ongoing basis, through its own staff, first-level controls on liquidity risk hedging and monitoring activities.
Risk & Permanent Control performs systematic controls on the proper application of Treasury/ALM & FR procedures, including the relevant controls.





Quantitative disclosures
1.Time breakdown by contractual residual maturity of financial assets and liabilities
 
Items / time
On demand
1 to 7 days
7 to 15 days
15 days to 1 month
1 to 3 months
3 to 6 months
6 months to 1 year
1 to 5 years
Over 5 years
Unspecified maturity
On-balance sheet assets
(288,076)
(1,124,418)
(159,868)
(700,110)
(2,450,796)
(1,466,886)
(3,399,201)
(6,396,576)
(102,094)
-
A.1 Government securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.2 Other debt securities
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.3 Units in investment funds
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A.4 Loans
(288,076)
(1,124,418)
(159,868)
(700,110)
(2,450,796)
(1,466,886)
(3,399,201)
(6,396,576)
(102,094)
-
- Banks
(85,174)
(1,034,619)
-
(3,001)
(90,544)
-
-
(120,000)
-
-
- Customers
(202,902)
(89,799)
(159,868)
(697,109)
(2,360,252)
(1,466,886)
(3,399,201)
(6,276,576)
(102,094)
-
On-balance sheet liabilities
956,165
1,240,517
558,572
1,449,624
2,063,954
984,995
1,049,800
5,975,908
2,732,153
-
B.1 Deposits and current accounts
3,705
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Banks
3,705
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Customers
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B.2 Debt securities
722
1,240,517
398,572
1,349,171
2,014,954
504,995
-
-
2,732,153
-
B.3 Other liabilities
951,737
-
160,000
100,452
49,000
480,000
1,049,800
5,975,908
-
-
Off-balance sheet transactions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C.1 Physically settled fin. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.2 Cash settled Fin. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
4,650
-
-
252,133
91,836
78,553
10,196
30,276
-
-
- Short positions
(8,004)
-
(12)
(568,334)
(67,889)
(59,758)
(12,589)
(28,280)
(1,656)
-
C.3 Deposit to be received
 
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.4 Irrevocable commitments to disburse funds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.5 Written guarantees
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.6 Financial guarantees received
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.7 Physically settled cred. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C.8 Cash settled Cred. derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
- Long positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Short positions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1.4 Banking Group - Operational Risks
Qualitative disclosures
A. Overview, management processes and methods to measure operational risk
Operational risk defines the risk of incurring losses due to the inadequacy and failure of processes, human resources and internal systems or external events, including legal risk. This includes, among others, losses from fraud, human error, shutdown, system failures, defaults, natural catastrophes.
Based on this definition, operational risk represents an autonomous risk category, which includes legal risk, defined as “risk of losses deriving from regulatory or legal action, failure to meet contractual and non-contractual obligations and other disputes”, but does not include strategic and reputational risk.
In this case, the most significant risk for the Group is that associated with losses incurred as a result of external fraud.





To calculate the capital charges attracted by operational risk, FCA Bank, in agreement with Banca d’Italia’s Circular 285 for class 2 banks, adopted the basic approach, or BIA (Basic Indicator Approach), to measure pillar 1 requirements, which are equal to 15% of the average of the latest three observations of net banking income.
The organizational model to manage operational risk set up by FCA Bank revolves around the principle of segregation of duties, independence of the second- and third-level control functions and the following players:

a first-level control function composed of individual units within the Group companies. These units participate actively, with varying levels of responsibility and involvement, in the operational risk management processes through the identification of the main (effective end potential) risks that can materialize in daily operations and ongoing risk control, each within the scope of its responsibilities;

a second-level operational risk management function (embedded in the Risk & Permanent Control area) which defines and develops the methodologies, policies and procedures to identify, assess, monitor and mitigate operational risks;

a third-level control function by the Internal Audit department, in keeping with the Group’s internal control system.

Operational risk is based on the following principles:

a) identification: survey, gathering and classification of the information related to operational risks through the consistent and coordinated treatment of all the significant sources of information to obtain an integrated representation;
b) assessment: process to measure in financial terms the operational risks identified in relation to the individual company structures;
c) measurement and assessment: risk is quantified by determining its impacts on corporate processes also in financial terms;
d) monitoring and reporting: process to gather, organize and present in a structured manner results, so as to analyse and check over time the degree of exposure to operational risk and prevent loss events;
e) mitigation and control: process to transfer risk and to improve the internal control system and corporate processes.
The organizational model to manage operational risks unfolds along the following processes:
mapping of operational risks by corporate process, in their expected and unexpected nature (updated annually and after structural process changes);
survey of loss events on a quarterly basis;
analysis and classification of risk and loss events and definition, where necessary, of control and risk mitigation actions;
analysis of alert events that might change the Group’s risk profile, depending on their materialization above certain threshold amounts.

Classification of operational risk events
Over the years, the operational risk events identified within FCA Bank include:
Theft and fraud (internal and external)
Employment and safety at work
Customers, products and professional practices
Damage to tangible assets
Shutdowns and failures of information systems
Process execution and management.

Each of the above categories has been subdivided in specific sub-categories, which in turn consist of third-level categories.






EXTERNAL FRAUDS: through a dedicated unit which, with the help of supporting tools (scorecards) and documentary analysis techniques, acts to mitigate risks of possible frauds.
PRIVACY PROTECTION: through training (continuously updated from time to time) of all Group employee on laws and regulations on privacy.
PROTECTION OF COMPANY INFORMATION AND DATA: through internal rules and procedures concerning criteria and technical instruments that the Company and all its partners have to adopt, to ensure the effectiveness of the actions taken to protect company information and data, with specific attention to personal data;
RISKS RELATED TO THE INTRODUCTION OF NEW INDUSTRY REGULATIONS: through the introduction of periodic monitoring with the involvement of all the corporate functions and coordination by the Compliance and Legal Affairs departments.
LEGAL DISPUTES: constant monitoring in this risk area makes it possible to survey and check any particularly critical situations.

3. Organizational Structure
The roles and responsibilities of the functions within the Parent Company and FCA Bank involved in the management of operational risks can be summarized as follows:

Operational Risk Committee
Structure reporting directly to the CEO of FCA Bank, engaged in mapping and measuring risks and oversight of risk management processes, managing directly second-line/second-level controls.

Central Operational Risk Manager
Part of the Risk & Permanent Control department, this manager is responsible for the organization and maintenance of the operational risk management process in all of the Group’s subsidiaries. To this end, the manager ensures the development and implementation of a permanent control system to monitor risks in all of the corporate processes and an adequate reporting system on the qualitative level of the operational risk management process implemented at the local level.

Operational Risk Committee Parent Company
Sub-committee of the Internal Control Committee (ICC) which meets on a quarterly basis. The ICC is responsible for monitoring the results of the activities carried out by the Company’s Internal Control functions (Risk & Permanent Control; Compliance; Internal Audit). The results of the control activities are presented and discussed within the ICC.

Local Operational Risk Manager
Part of the Risk & Permanent Control department, this manager is responsible for organizing and maintaining the operational risk management process in the individual Markets, to ensure compliance with the methodologies and standards set by the Parent Company.
To fulfil these tasks, the manager relies on a network of contacts in the individual operational areas. Such contacts are responsible for identifying and reporting, in agreement with their superiors, operational loss events for the period and any change occurred in the processes under their supervision, analysing their possible riskiness.

Local Operational Risk Committee
At least every quarter, acting on behalf of the local Group company, this Committee evaluates and approves mitigation actions, reviews progress in corrective actions agreed to deal with operational risk occurrences.

To support the operational risk management framework, FCA Bank implemented an information system which consists of two modules: one to gather data on operational losses and the other to map operational risks inherent in the different corporate processes.






Section 2 - Insurance company risks
2.1 Insurance risks
Qualitative disclosures
This sub-section outlines the disclosure required by IFRS a, paragraphs 38, 39 a), 39 b) and 39A.

Risk management framework
The Company has developed and implemented a risk management framework to identify and monitor areas of risk to the Company. A review of the risk management framework is undertaken at least on an annual basis.

Currency risk
All significant transactions of the Company are denominated in Euro with the exception of a small amount of business written in Poland. All Bank accounts are held in Euro and Polish Zloty. The Company is not exposed to any significant currency risk.

Counterparty risk
The Company’s principal financial assets are insurance and other receivables, reinsurance assets and cash and cash equivalents.
Counterparty risk related to the cash and cash equivalent balances is controlled through the setting of minimum credit rating requirements for counterparties, and by diversification requirements, set out in the investment policy of the Board.

Liquidity risk
The Company is exposed to monthly calls on its available cash resources mainly from claims arising from reinsurance contracts. Liquidity risk is the risk that cash may not be available to pay obligations when due at a reasonable cost. The Company manages its funds to ensure that an adequate amount of funds is available to meet such calls.

Insurance risk
The risk attached to the reinsurance policies written by the Company is the possibility that an insured event occurs and the uncertainty of the amount of the resulting claim.
The Company has developed its reinsurance underwriting strategy to diversify the type of insurance risks and within each of the types of risk, to achieve a sufficiently large population of risks to reduce the variability of the expected outcome. Risks covered include Life and Non-Life events with policy terms ranging from 1 month to 120 months.

The Company engages an independent actuarial firm to review the technical provisions at the year end.

Quantitative disclosures
This sub-section outlines the disclosure required by IFRS 4, paragraphs 38, 39 c), 39 d) and 39 e).






2.2 Financial risks
Qualitative disclosures
This part provides information similar to that related to the banking group with a degree of detail consistent with the significance of the matter in question (both in absolute terms and in relation to the Group’s business).
Quantitative disclosures
This part provides information similar to that related to the banking group with a degree of detail consistent with the significance of the matter in question (both in absolute terms and in relation to the Group’s business).


Section 3 - Risks arising from securitization transactions
A. Overview, management processes and methods to measure risk arising from securitization transactions
Risk arising from securitization transactions is associated with the possibility that the economic substance of the securitization transaction is not fully accounted for in valuation and risk management decisions.
As securitization transactions are undertaken without derecognizing receivables - given that the Group companies subscribe to the junior notes, thus acquiring the first loss tranche, pursuant to (EU) Regulation no. 575/2013 (CRR) - the quantification of this risk is incorporated in the internal capital set aside to face credit risk.

Prospectively, the Group will perform a specific assessment of the risk arising from securitization transactions in the presence of new transactions involving the actual transfer of the credit risk underlying the portfolio assigned. The Group feels that there might be a securitization risk only in the event that capital requirements are calculated on the exposure to the vehicle, instead of the underlying receivables. Only in this case there might be the risk that the capital requirements are not sufficiently representative of the effective riskiness of the transaction.

Therefore, the Group is of the opinion that, in relation to the securitization programs currently in place - considering the triple role of receivable assignor, servicer and subscriber of the subordinated bond tranche, and considering the calculation of the capital requirements of the underlying assets - there is no uncertainty on the economic substance of the securitization transactions that are considered to calculate the relevant capital requirements. Therefore, the Group does not intend to perform a quantitative assessment (internal capital) to face this risk but intends to consider instead the methodologies and processes implemented to control and mitigate such risk.

Organizational structure
To face securitization risk, the Group has implemented:
a comprehensive organizational model;
a process to identify, monitor and mitigate securitization risks formalized in specific internal procedures.

Every new securitization transaction, structured by the Capital Markets unit of the Treasury department and validated by the CFO & Deputy General Manager, is submitted for approval to the NPA committee, chaired by the CEO & General Manager, by its first lines and second-level internal control functions.





The approval minutes and any opinion rendered by the company’s second-level control functions are submitted, together with the product concept, to the BoD for final approval.

Capital Markets, unit of the Treasury department, is responsible for:
- structuring all of the Group’s transactions and the direct management (in Italy) and control (abroad) of the servicing activities of the securitization transactions implemented as well as managing relations with rating agencies and investors;
- performing second-level controls. First-level controls are performed directly by the foreign markets.
Risk & Permanent Control - GRM defines and develops the methodologies, policies and procedures to detect, assess, monitor, measure and mitigate second-level securitization risks; it expresses its opinion within the NPA Committee.

Internal Audit carries out, at least every three years, checks on the adequacy of the internal control system and verifies that FCA Bank’s management of securitization transactions and servicing activity comply with applicable regulations.

The Group’s control tools consist of the following processes:
control of the appropriateness and adequacy of the transaction in its entirety by the Treasury department - Capital Markets;
control of the appropriateness and adequacy of the transaction in its entirety by the Treasury department - Capital Markets, in cooperation with legal affairs and external counsel;
Risk & Permanent Control - PC is also directly responsible for second-level permanent controls over securitization transactions.

So far all the transactions have performed in line with expectations, both in terms of adequacy of cash flows with respect to the forecasts made at inception of the transaction and regarding compliance with the main triggers related to the portfolio.
No implicit support techniques are applied to transactions, there are no clean-up calls for amounts in excess of 10% of the initial bond issue and there are no automatic early-repayment triggers related to excess spread levels, in keeping with company procedures.
The Group feels that there might be a securitization risk only in the event that capital requirements are calculated on the exposure to the vehicle, instead of the underlying receivables. Only in this case there might be the risk that the capital requirements are not sufficiently representative of the effective riskiness of the transaction.





PART F - Information on consolidated equity
Sezione 1 - Consolidated equity
A. Qualitative disclosures
The "Banking Group" differs, for the consolidation scope, from the financial statements prepared according to IAS/IFRS. The differences are largely attributable to the line-by-line consolidation, in the IAS / IFRS financial statements, of non-banking companies (mainly companies operating in the long-term rental business) that are not included in the "Banking Group";
The Own Funds, the minimum capital requirements and the resulting banking regulatory ratios were determined in accordance with the provisions contained in the Bank of Italy Circular No. 285 of December 17, 2013 (and subsequent updates) "Supervisory provisions for banks" and n. 286 of December 17, 2013 (and subsequent updates) "Instructions for completing the prudential reporting by banks”.
B. Quantitative disclosures
B.1 Consolidated Shareholders' Equity: breakdown by type of company
 
 
 
Banking Group
Insurance companies
Other companies
Consolidation adjustments and eliminations
12/31/2015
1. Share capital
702,500
1,000
103,769
(104,769)
702,500
2. Share premium reserve
192,746
4,000
-
(4,000)
192,746
3. Reserves
907,727
10,213
113,852
(124,065)
907,727
4. Equity instruments
-
-
-
-
-
5. (Treasury shares)
-
-
-
-
-
6. Revaluation reserves
45,602
-
(7,105)
7,105
45,602
- Financial assets available for sale
0
-
-
-
-
- Property, plant and equipment
0
-
-
-
-
- Intangible assets
0
-
-
-
-
- Foreign investment hedges
0
-
-
-
-
- Cash flow hedges
(4,424)
-
(5,161)
5,161
(4,424)
- Exchange differences
61,645
-
-
-
61,645
- Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale
0
-
-
-
-
- Actuarial gains (losses) on defined-benefit pension plan
(12,073)
-
(1,944)
1,944
(12,073)
- Portion of measurement reserves relating to investments carried at equity
-
-
-
-
-
- Special revaluation laws
454
-
-
-
454
7. Net profit (loss)
249,088
5,223
20,741
(25,964)
249,088
Total
2,097,663
20,436
231,257
(251,693)
2,097,663
2.2 Capital adequacy
A. Qualitative disclosures
The management of capital adequacy on a consolidated and subsidiary level is ensured in compliance with regulatory constraints.
The capital considers the following two components:
- Regulatory capital against the risks of Pillar 1;
- Internal capital covering Pillar 2 risks, for the ICAAP process.
The regulatory capital and the internal capital differ in definition and also in connection to the relevant categories of risk. The former is based on definitions provided for regulatory framework, the second on the significant management measurements.





The management of capital adequacy is implemented with the oversight of the regulatory constraints of Pillar 1 and managerial hypotheses of Pillar 2. The projections produced for the purpose of Pillar 2 take into account situations of stress in order to ensure that the available resources are adequate to cover all the risks even under adverse economic conditions.
Annually, as part of the allocation of the budget objectives process it is checked for compatibility, on a consolidated level and also for the subsidiaries, with the capitalization targets. Depending on the expected dynamics of the balance sheet and income statement, if necessary, at this stage are identified appropriate actions.

In 2015, following FGA Capital S.p.A.’s transformation into a bank (with the new name of FCA Bank) and the ensuing creation of the banking Group, the ICAAP was revised structurally.
Applicable regulations require that, within the banking Group, the Parent Company should be responsible for carrying out the ICAAP on a consolidated basis.
Thus, the Parent Company started to prepare the new policy that defines the ICAAP adopted by the Group on a consolidated basis, as well as the guidelines that the consolidated companies, within the banking business, are required to adopt in accordance with local laws and regulations.
The Company, in accordance with the Supervisory Instructions on capital adequacy (so-called second pillar) defined its own capital adequacy assessment process (ICAAP, Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process).
The Company’s ICAAP consists of the following phases:
identification of significant risks to be assessed;
measurement/assessment of the individual risks and the relevant internal capital;
determination of total internal capital - as required by the prudential provisions for Class 2 Banks and Groups - in accordance with the simplified building block technique, which involves adding the internal capital set aside for first pillar risks to internal capital for second pillar risks and any internal capital allocated as a result of stress tests;
stress testing designed to assess better risk exposure, the relevant mitigation systems and control as well as capital adequacy.
 
Determination of (current and prospective) total internal capital is carried out at least every six months, allowing for any re-assessment in case of significant changes at the organizational and/or strategic level.
Moreover ICAAP is revised internally by the Company’s Internal Audit department.
 
Risk map

The definition and mapping of risks is an ongoing process, not a one-time event, to improve risk management and to keep an updated map of the risks to which the Group is exposed.
Based on the Group’s operational and strategic characteristics, the R&PC - GRM department considered significant, currently and prospectively, all the quantifiable risks laid down in Circular 285/13. Moreover, it identified as significant investment risk, which is defined as the risk to underestimate the Group’s credit exposure deriving from the exclusion of the commercial companies from the banking Group, even though the operations of these companies are part and parcel of the Group’s strategies.
Regarding non-quantifiable risks, the R&PC - GRM department adopted a prudential approach and defined as significant (thus subject to a qualitative assessment) all the “non-quantifiable” risk categories, except as otherwise specified in paragraph 3.1.2.
In addition, following receipt of the banking licence and the change in the regulatory framework of reference for the Group’s business, emphasis is placed on compliance risk.
The table below provides a combined view of all the risks that are significant for the Group, as well as the relevant methodologies to measure and execute stress tests:





Risk
Typology
Assessment method
Domestic Capital allocation
Stress Test
Credit and counterpart risk
Pillar 1
Standard method Current value method         
Yes                                                                            
Sensisitvity Analysis                                                      No
Market risk
Due date method
 
 
Operative risk
Base method - BIA
Yes                                                                
No
Concentration risk
Other risks
Granularity Adjustment
Yes
Sensitivity Analysis
Country risk
Qualitative assessment
No
0
Interest rate risk
Facilitated methodology
Yes
No
Liquidity risk
Liquidity gap analysis
No
Systemic stress scenario
Residual risk
Qualitative assessment
No
0
Securitization transactions risk
Qualitative assessment
No
0
Leverage Ratio risk
Leverage Ratio
No
0
Strategic risk
Qualitative assessment
No
0
Reputation risk
Qualitative assessment
No
0
Compliance risk
Qualitative assessment
No
0
Shareholding risk
RWA comparison beween Juridical and Banking perimeter
Yes
No

2.2 Own funds
A. Qualitative disclosures
The regulatory framework provides that the Own Funds are made of the following levels of capital:
- Tier 1 Capital, that consists of:
*Common Equity Tier 1 - CET1;
*Additional Tier 1 - AT1;
- Tier 2 - T2.
The predominant form of Tier 1 Common Equity, composed primarily of equity instruments (eg. Common shares), profit reserves, revaluation reserves, of computable minority interests, in addition to the elements in deduction.

1. Common equity tier 1 - CET1
The Common Equity Tier 1 of the FCA Bank Group as at 31 December 2015 is made up of first class components (share capital, share premium, reserves, minority interests) duly restated according to the relevant regulations.
It is noted that the profit for the year-end 2015 was not included in the Own Funds.

2. Additional Tier 1 - AT1
The FCA Bank Group on 31 December 2015 does not have specific Additional Tier 1 instruments.
The Additional Tier 1 reports the minority interest of the Group in accordance with the relevant regulations.

3. Tier 2 - T2
The FCA Bank Group as at 31 December 2015 does not have Tier 2 instruments.
The Tier 2 reports the minority interest of the Group in accordance with the relevant regulations.






B. Quantitative disclosures
Capital for regulatory purposes - B. Quantitative information
 
 
Total
 
31/12/2015
A. Tier 1 before prudential filters
1,844,246,542
B. Tier 1 prudential filters:
-
B1 - Positive IAS/IFRS Tier 1 prudential filters (+)
4,260,984
B2 - Negative IAS/IFRS Tier 1 prudential filters (-)
1,848,507,526
C. Tier 1 capital gross of items to be deducted (A+B)
117,917,813
D. Items to be deducted
(26,230,215)
E. Total TIER 1 (C-D)
1,704,359,498
F. Tier 2 before prudential filters
542,005
G. Tier 1 prudential filters:
-
G1 - Positive IAS/IFRS Tier 1 prudential filters (+)
-
G2 - Negative IAS/IFRS Tier 1 prudential filters (-)
-
H. Tier 2 capital gross of items to be deducted (F+G)
542,005
I. Items to be deducted
722,673
E. Total TIER 2 (H-I)
-
M. Deductions from Tier 1 and Tier 2
-
N. Capital for regulatory purposes (E+L-M)
-
O. Tier 3 Capital
722,673
P. Capital for regulatory purposes included Tier 3 (N+O)
1,705,624,176

Capital adequacy - B. Quantitative information
 
Non weighted assets
weighted assets
31/12/2015
31/12/2015
A. RISK ASSETS
 
 
A.1 Credit and counterparty risk
20,055,049,720
14,465,051,181
1. Standardized approach
20,055,049,720
14,465,051,181
2. IRB approach
-
-
2.1 Foundation
-
-
2.2 Advanced
-
-
3. Securitizations
-
-
B. CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
 
 
B.1 Credit and counterparty risk
 
1,157,204,094
B.2 Risk valuation adjustment credit
 
5,641,481
B.3 Regulation Risk
 
-
B.4 Market Risk
 
54,291,514
1. Standardized approach
 
54,291,514
2. Internal models
 
-
3. Concentration risk
 
-
B.5 Operational risk
 
87,568,749
1. Basic inidcator approach (BIA)
 
87,568,749
2. Traditional standardized approach (TSA)
 
-
3. Advanced measurement approach (AMA)
 
-
B.7 Total capital requirements
 
-
B.7 Total capital requirements
 
1,304,705,838
C. RISK ASSETS AND CAPITAL RATIOS
 
C.1 Weighted risk assets
 
16,308,822,981
C.2 Capital primary class1 / Risk
 
10.45%
C.3 Capital Class 1 / Risk-weighted assets (Total capital ratio)
10.45%
C.4 Total own funds // Risk-weighted assets (Total capital ratio)
10.46%





PART H - RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
1.
Compensation to key executive directors
Compensation related to managers and statutory auditors are decided in specific boards, it corresponded at 31 December 2015 respectively to 437 k/Eur and 218 k/Eur.

2.
Information on related-party transactions
Transactions with related-party are usually performed at market equivalent conditions. Infragroup operations are deleted in Consolidated Financial Statements.

The chart below reports assets, liabilities, profits and losses at 31 December 2015

 
Transactions with related parties: balance sheet
 
 
 
 
 
AMOUNTS AT 31/12/2015
 
 
SHAREHOLDERS
KEY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
OTHER RELATED PARTIES
TOTAL
20.
Held for trading financial assets
-
-
489
489
60.
Loans and receivables with Banks
-
-
21,111
21,111
70.
Loans and receivables with Customers
128,450
-
89,735
218,185
80.
Hedging Derivatives
-
-
34,560
34,560
160.
Other Assets
242,820
-
88,399
331,219
 
Total Assets
371,270
-
234,293
605,563
10.
Deposits from Banks
1,850,249
-
916,588
2,766,837
20.
Deposits from Customers
-
-
7,391
7,391
30.
Debt securities in issue
32,605
-
0
32,605
40.
Financial liabilities held for trading
-
-
2,707
2,707
60.
Hedging Derivatives
-
-
17,962
17,962
100.
Other liabilities
61,929
-
65,790
127,719
 
Total liabilities
1,944,783
-
1,010,438
2,955,221

 
Transactions with related parties: income statement
 
 
 
 
 
AMOUNTS AT 31/12/2015
 
 
SHAREHOLDERS
KEY EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
OTHER RELATED PARTIES
TOTAL
10.
Interest and similar income
42,836
-
124,697
167,533
20.
Interest and similar expense
(31,023)
-
(31,546)
(62,569)
40.
Fee and commission income
-
-
37,964
37,964
50.
Fee and commission expense
(53)
-
(2,037)
(2,090)
180.
Administrative expenses
(7,793)
(736)
(6,567)
(15,096)
220.
Other operating income
(1,811)
-
(285)
(2,096)
220.
Other operating expenses
12,625
-
41,250
53,875

SERVICES
SERVICER PROVIDER
 
31/12/2015
Audit
Reconta Ernst & Young S.p.A.
 
1,708
Audit
Delotte Polska
 
32
Other attestation services
Ernst & Young Financial business S.p.A.
 
494
Other services
Delotte Polska
 
16
Other services
Ernst & Young Financial business S.p.A.
 
276
TOTAL
 
 
2,526





REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
To the Shareholders
of FCA Bank S.p.A. (formerly FGA Capital S.p.A.)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of FCA Bank S.p.A. and subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of FCA Bank S.p.A. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Other Matter
The accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of FCA Bank S.p.A. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year then ended, were not audited, reviewed or compiled by us and, accordingly, we express no opinion on them.

/s/ Reconta Ernst & Young S.p.A.
Turin, Italy
February 22, 2016